<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
------------------------
FORM 10
(AMENDMENT NO. 2)
---------------------
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
------------------------
UNOVA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
DELAWARE 95-4647021
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification No.)
360 NORTH CRESCENT DRIVE
BEVERLY HILLS, CALIFORNIA 90210
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
</TABLE>
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (310) 888-2500
------------------------
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
TITLE OF EACH CLASS NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH
TO BE SO REGISTERED EACH CLASS IS TO BE REGISTERED
- --------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
Common Stock, New York Stock Exchange
par value $.01 per share
Preferred Share Purchase Rights New York Stock Exchange
</TABLE>
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
I. INFORMATION INCLUDED IN INFORMATION STATEMENT
AND INCORPORATED IN FORM 10 BY REFERENCE
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT
AND ITEMS OF FORM 10
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM
NO. ITEM CAPTION LOCATION IN INFORMATION STATEMENT
----- ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
1. Business............................................ "Summary of Certain Information"; "Introduction";
"The Distribution -- Background and Reasons for the
Distribution"; "Business and Properties"; and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
2. Financial Information............................... "Summary of Certain Information"; "Risk Factors";
"UNOVA, Inc. Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Selected
Statements of Operations"; "UNOVA, Inc. Selected
Combined Historical Financial Data"; "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Financial Statements."
3. Properties.......................................... "Business and Properties."
4. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management.......................................... "The Distribution -- Listing and Trading of Company
Common Stock"; "Management" and "Security Ownership
of Certain Beneficial Owners of Company Common
Stock."
5. Directors and Executive Officers.................... "Risk Factors"; "Arrangements Between Western Atlas
and the Company Relating to the Distribution";
"Management" and "Liability and Indemnification of
Officers and Directors."
6. Executive Compensation.............................. "Arrangements Between Western Atlas and the Company
Relating to the Distribution" and "Management."
7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions...... "Summary of Certain Information"; "Introduction";
"Risk Factors"; "The Distribution -- Background and
Reasons for the Distribution"; "Arrangements Between
Western Atlas and the Company Relating to the
Distribution"; "Management"; "Certain Transactions"
and "Index to Financial Statements."
8. Legal Proceedings................................... "Business and Properties -- Legal Proceedings."
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM
NO. ITEM CAPTION LOCATION IN INFORMATION STATEMENT
----- ---------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------
<C> <S> <C>
9. Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant's
Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters....... "Summary of Certain Information"; "Introduction";
"Risk Factors" and "The Distribution -- Listing and
Trading of Company Common Stock."
11. Description of Registrant's Securities to be
Registered.......................................... "Description of Capital Stock"; "Certain
Antitakeover Effects of Certain Provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, State Law
and the Rights Plan."
12. Indemnification of Directors and Officers........... "Liability and Indemnification of Directors and
Officers" and "Annex C -- Certificate of
Incorporation of UNOVA, Inc."
13. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data......... "Summary of Certain Information"; "UNOVA, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of
Operations"; "UNOVA, Inc. Selected Combined
Historical Financial Data"; "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Index to Financial Statements."
15. Financial Statements and Exhibits
(a) Financial Statements and Schedules*............. "Index to Financial Statements."
</TABLE>
II. INFORMATION NOT INCLUDED IN INFORMATION STATEMENT
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Item 10. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
None.
Item 14. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure.
None.
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* All schedules not included in the Information Statement have been omitted
because the amounts in question are insufficient to require inclusion or
because the information required is presented in the combined financial
statements contained in the Information Statement.
2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Item 15. Financial Statements and Exhibits.
(b) Exhibits:
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NO. DESCRIPTION
- ----------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
2 Form of Distribution and Indemnity Agreement
3A Certificate of Incorporation of UNOVA, Inc. (attached to Information Statement as
Annex C)
3B By-laws of UNOVA, Inc. (attached to Information Statement as Annex D)
3C Rights Agreement dated as of September 24, 1997 between UNOVA, Inc. and The Chase
Manhattan Bank, as Rights Agent
10A Form of 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (attached to Information Statement as Annex B)
10B* Form of Tax Sharing Agreement
10C Form of Distribution and Indemnity Agreement (filed as Exhibit 2)
10D Form of Benefits Agreement
10E* Form of Intellectual Property Agreement
10F* Form of Change of Control Employment Agreement with certain executive officers of
UNOVA, Inc.
10G Form of Director Stock Option and Fee Plan (attached to Information Statement as
Annex A)
10H* UNOVA, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
10I* UNOVA, Inc. Restoration Plan
10J* Employment Agreement between Intermec Corporation and Michael Ohanian, dated May 18,
1995, as amended
10K* Employment Agreement between UNOVA Inc. and Clayton A. Williams dated August, 1997
10L* Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between UNOVA, Inc. and Alton J. Brann
10M* Credit Agreement dated as of September 24, 1997 among UNOVA, Inc., and the banks
listed therein and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Agent
21* Subsidiaries of UNOVA, Inc.
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* Previously filed.
<PAGE>
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
UNOVA, INC.
By /s/ ALTON J. BRANN
-----------------------------------------
Alton J. Brann
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
October 22, 1997
<PAGE>
[LOGO]
INFORMATION STATEMENT
UNOVA, INC.
360 NORTH CRESCENT DRIVE
BEVERLY HILLS, CA 90210-4867
COMMON STOCK
(PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)
PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE RIGHTS
This Information Statement is being furnished to shareholders of Western Atlas
Inc. ("Western Atlas") in connection with the distribution by Western Atlas to
its shareholders of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of its wholly
owned subsidiary, UNOVA, Inc.
The distribution will be made on October 31, 1997, on the basis of one share of
common stock of UNOVA, Inc. for each share of Western Atlas common stock held at
the close of business on October 24, 1997. No consideration will be paid by
shareholders of Western Atlas for the shares of common stock of UNOVA, Inc. to
be received by them in the distribution, nor will they be required to surrender
or exchange shares of Western Atlas in order to receive common stock of UNOVA,
Inc. Each share of UNOVA, Inc. common stock distributed will be accompanied by
one Preferred Share Purchase Right.
There is currently no public market for the common stock of UNOVA, Inc. The New
York Stock Exchange has approved the listing of such shares upon notice of
issuance.
------------------------
WE ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY
AND YOU ARE REQUESTED NOT TO
SEND US A PROXY.
------------------------
THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES. ANY SUCH OFFERING MAY
ONLY BE MADE BY MEANS OF A SEPARATE PROSPECTUS PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND OTHERWISE IN COMPLIANCE
WITH APPLICABLE LAW.
THE DATE OF THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT IS OCTOBER 22, 1997.
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION...................................................................................... iii
SUMMARY OF CERTAIN INFORMATION............................................................................. iv
The Distribution....................................................................................... iv
UNOVA, Inc............................................................................................. v
Summary Financial Information.......................................................................... vii
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................... 1
RISK FACTORS............................................................................................... 1
THE DISTRIBUTION........................................................................................... 3
Background and Reasons for the Distribution............................................................ 3
Manner of Effecting the Distribution................................................................... 4
Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution........................................... 4
Listing and Trading of Company Common Stock............................................................ 5
Future Management of the Company....................................................................... 6
Conditions; Termination................................................................................ 7
ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN WESTERN ATLAS AND THE COMPANY RELATING TO THE DISTRIBUTION............................ 7
Distribution and Indemnity Agreement................................................................... 7
Tax Sharing Agreement.................................................................................. 8
Benefits Agreement..................................................................................... 8
Intellectual Property Agreement........................................................................ 9
FINANCING.................................................................................................. 10
BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES.................................................................................... 10
General................................................................................................ 10
Products and Services.................................................................................. 11
Business Strategy...................................................................................... 14
Markets and Customers.................................................................................. 15
Competition............................................................................................ 16
Research and Development............................................................................... 17
Patents and Trademarks................................................................................. 17
Seasonality; Backlog................................................................................... 18
Employees.............................................................................................. 18
Legal and Environmental Matters........................................................................ 18
Raw Materials.......................................................................................... 18
Properties............................................................................................. 19
UNOVA, INC. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS.......................................... 20
UNOVA, INC. SELECTED COMBINED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA.................................................... 24
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS...................... 26
General................................................................................................ 26
Recent Developments.................................................................................... 27
Results of Operations.................................................................................. 28
Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 Compared to 1996........................................................ 28
Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to 1995.......................................................... 29
Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared to 1994.......................................................... 29
Foreign Currency Transactions.......................................................................... 30
Liquidity and Capital Resources........................................................................ 30
Inflation.............................................................................................. 30
</TABLE>
i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
-----
<S> <C>
MANAGEMENT................................................................................................. 31
Directors of the Company............................................................................... 31
Executive Officers of the Company...................................................................... 32
The Board and Certain Board Committees................................................................. 33
Directors' Compensation and Retirement Policies........................................................ 33
Director Stock Option and Deferred Fee Plan............................................................ 33
Annual Meeting......................................................................................... 35
Historical Compensation................................................................................ 35
Summary Compensation Table............................................................................. 35
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year...................................................................... 36
Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values...................... 38
Employment and Change in Control Arrangements.......................................................... 39
Retirement Benefits.................................................................................... 40
Indebtedness of Management to the Company.............................................................. 43
Incentive Compensation Plans Following the Distribution................................................ 43
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK.................................... 49
By Management.......................................................................................... 49
By Others.............................................................................................. 50
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK............................................................................... 51
Authorized Capital Stock............................................................................... 51
Company Common Stock................................................................................... 51
Company Preferred Stock................................................................................ 51
CERTAIN ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, THE BY-LAWS, STATE
LAW AND THE RIGHTS PLAN.................................................................................. 52
Classified Board of Directors.......................................................................... 52
Number of Directors; Removal; Filling Vacancies........................................................ 52
No Shareholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings............................................. 53
Fair Price Provision................................................................................... 53
Advance Notice Provisions for Shareholder Nominations and Shareholder Proposals........................ 59
Preferred Stock........................................................................................ 60
Amendment of Certain Provisions of the Certificate and By-laws......................................... 61
Antitakeover Legislation............................................................................... 61
Relationship of Article IX to Section 203.............................................................. 61
Rights Plan............................................................................................ 62
Comparison with Rights of Holders of Western Atlas Common Stock........................................ 64
LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.................................................... 64
Elimination of Liability of Directors.................................................................. 64
Indemnification of Directors and Officers.............................................................. 65
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.............................................................................. F-1
ANNEXES
A. UNOVA, Inc. Director Stock Option and Fee Plan.......................................................... A-1
B. UNOVA, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan................................................................... B-1
C. Certificate of Incorporation of UNOVA, Inc.............................................................. C-1
D. By-laws of UNOVA, Inc................................................................................... D-1
</TABLE>
ii
<PAGE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
UNOVA, Inc. (the "Company") has filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") a Registration Statement on Form 10 (the
"Registration Statement") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"), with respect to its Common Stock described herein. The
Registration Statement became effective on October 15, 1997. This Information
Statement does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information,
reference is made hereby to the Registration Statement and such exhibits and
schedules. Copies of these documents may be inspected without charge at the
principal office of the Commission at 450 5th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the Commission
upon payment of the charges prescribed by the Commission. Copies of such
materials can also be obtained from the Commission's Web Site (http://
www.sec.gov).
Following the Distribution (as defined herein), the Company will be required to
comply with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual,
quarterly and other reports with the Commission. The Company will also be
subject to the proxy solicitation requirements of the Exchange Act and,
accordingly, will furnish audited financial statements to its shareholders in
connection with its annual meetings of shareholders.
No person is authorized by Western Atlas Inc. or the Company to give any
information or to make any representations other than those contained in this
Information Statement, and if given or made, such information or representations
must not be relied upon as having been authorized.
iii
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF CERTAIN INFORMATION
THIS SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED BY THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION SET FORTH ELSEWHERE
IN THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT, WHICH SHOULD BE READ IN ITS ENTIRETY.
THE DISTRIBUTION
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Distributing Company......................... Western Atlas Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Western Atlas").
Shares to be Distributed..................... Approximately 54.1 million shares of common
stock, par value $.01 per share ("Company
Common Stock"), of UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), based on
approximately 54.1 million shares of common
stock of Western Atlas ("Western Atlas Common
Stock") currently outstanding.
Distribution Ratio........................... One share of Company Common Stock for each
share of Western Atlas Common Stock. See "The
Distribution -- Manner of Effecting the
Distribution."
Federal Income Tax Consequences.............. The Distribution is expected to qualify as a
tax-free distribution under Sections 355
and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue
Code. See "The Distribution -- Material
Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Distribution."
Risk Factors................................. Shareholders should consider certain factors
discussed under "Risk Factors."
Trading Market............................... There is currently no public market for
Company Common Stock. The New York Stock
Exchange has approved the listing of the
Company Common Stock, under the trading
symbol UNA, upon notice of issuance. See "The
Distribution -- Listing and Trading of
Company Common Stock."
Record Date.................................. October 24, 1997.
Distribution Date............................ October 31, 1997 (the "Distribution Date").
On or shortly after the Distribution Date,
the Distribution Agent will commence mailing
account statements reflecting ownership of
shares of Company Common Stock to holders of
Western Atlas Common Stock on the Record
Date. Western Atlas shareholders will not be
required to make any payment or to take any
other action to receive their Company Common
Stock. See "The Distribution -- Manner of
Effecting the Distribution."
Distribution Agent........................... ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
</TABLE>
iv
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
The Company.................................. UNOVA, Inc., following the Distribution, will
own and operate substantially all of the
industrial automation systems businesses
currently being conducted by Western Atlas.
In the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996,
the businesses to be owned by the Company had
aggregate pro forma revenues and net earnings
of approximately $1.4 billion and $27.9
million, respectively. The industrial
automation systems businesses are
international suppliers of industrial
automation technologies, with emphasis on
automated data collection, mobile computing
and manufacturing systems. See "UNOVA, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of
Operations" and "Business and Properties."
The principal corporate offices of the
Company are located at 360 North Crescent
Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210 and
its telephone number is (310) 888-2500.
Pre-Distribution Intercompany Dividend....... Immediately prior to the Distribution, the
Company will distribute approximately $230
million to Western Atlas to enable Western
Atlas to repay short-term debt in a like
amount.
Management of the Company.................... Immediately after the Distribution Date, all
of the executive officers of the Company are
expected to be persons who currently serve as
officers or other key employees of Western
Atlas, several of whom manage the businesses
to be owned by the Company. All such persons
will resign from their positions as
executives of Western Atlas, so that the
Company and Western Atlas will have no
executive officers in common. Two persons who
are directors or executive officers of the
Company will continue as directors of Western
Atlas. See "Management."
Trading Market............................... There is not currently a public market for
Company Common Stock, although a "when-
issued" trading market (as described on page
6 below) is expected to develop prior to the
Distribution Date. The New York Stock
Exchange has approved the listing of the
Company Common Stock, under the trading
symbol UNA, upon notice of issuance. See
"Risk Factors" and "The Distribution --
Listing and Trading of Company Common Stock."
</TABLE>
v
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
UNOVA, INC. (CONTINUED)
Preferred Share Purchase Rights.............. As of the Distribution Date, the Company will
have adopted a Preferred Share Purchase
Rights Plan (the "Rights Plan"). Certificates
or book-entry credits issued in the
Distribution representing shares of Company
Common Stock will also initially represent an
equivalent number of associated Preferred
Share Purchase Rights of the Company (the
"Rights"). See "Certain Antitakeover Effects
of Certain Provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation, the By-laws, State Law and the
Rights Plan -- Rights Plan."
Certain Provisions of Certificate of
Incorporation and By-laws.................. Certain provisions of the Company's
Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws, as
each will be in effect following the
Distribution, may have the effect of making
more difficult an acquisition of control of
the Company in a transaction not approved by
the Company's Board of Directors. See
"Certain Antitakeover Effects of Certain
Provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation, the By-laws, State Law and the
Rights Plan." The Company's Certificate of
Incorporation would, in some circumstances,
eliminate liabilities of the Company
directors in connection with the per-formance
of their duties. See "Liability and
Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Post-Distribution Dividend Policy............ Neither Western Atlas nor the Company is
expected to pay cash dividends in the near
future. The payment of future dividends, if
any, by Western Atlas or the Company will be
at the discretion of the Western Atlas Board
of Directors and the Company's Board of
Directors, respectively. See "Risk Factors --
Dividend Policies."
Transfer Agent and Registrar................. ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
</TABLE>
vi
<PAGE>
SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
UNOVA, INC.
SELECTED COMBINED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected combined historical financial data of the Company should
be read in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements and
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The following
selected combined historical financial data which relate to the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1996 have been derived from combined financial
statements audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors. The selected
combined historical financial data for the five-month period ended December 31,
1993, the one-year periods ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 and the six-month
periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 have been derived from unaudited combined
financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited combined
financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal
adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial position of the Company
at December 31, 1993, July 31, 1993 and 1992 and June 30, 1997 and 1996 and the
results of operations for the five-month period ended December 31, 1993, for the
years ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 and for the six-month periods ended June 30,
1997 and 1996. The historical combined financial statements of the Company may
not necessarily reflect the results of operations or financial position that
would have been obtained had the Company been a separate, independent company.
The historical combined results for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996
are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.
See "UNOVA, Inc. Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
See page (ix) for selected pro forma financial data.
The Company's preliminary net earnings for the quarter ended September 30, 1997
were $11.7 million or $0.22 per share.
vii
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
SELECTED COMBINED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR
SIX MONTHS FIVE MONTHS ENDED
ENDED JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED JULY 31,
-------------------- ------------------------------- DECEMBER 31, ---------
1997 1996 1996 1995 1994 1993 1993
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
Sales and Service Revenues............... $ 732.3 $ 504.5 $ 1,164.7 $ 942.9 $ 971.1 $ 360.9 $ 844.3
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------------- ---------
Operating Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales.......................... 512.5 356.5 841.8 669.3 689.9 270.2 589.9
Selling, general and
administrative(1).................... 356.0 103.8 218.7 194.1 199.9 79.4 170.6
Depreciation and amortization.......... 17.0 12.9 27.0 26.1 28.7 12.0 26.8
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------------- ---------
Total................................ 885.5 473.2 1,087.5 889.5 918.5 361.6 787.3
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------------- ---------
(Loss) Earnings before Interest and
Taxes (2).............................. (153.2) 31.3 77.2 53.4 52.6 (0.7) 57.0
Interest Expense--net (3)................ (7.1) (3.1) (7.1) (9.3) (15.7) (4.3) (5.1)
Taxes on Income.......................... (17.2) (11.3) (28.1) (17.9) (15.3) (0.3) (20.5)
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------------- ---------
Net (Loss) Earnings (2).................. $ (177.5) $ 16.9 $ 42.0 $ 26.2 $ 21.6 $ (5.3) $ 31.4
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -------------- ---------
Pro Forma Net (Loss) Earnings
per Share (2).......................... $ (3.29) $ 0.78
Equivalent Shares (4).................... 53,892 53,892
FINANCIAL POSITION (at end of period):
Total Assets............................. $ 1,351.3 $ 906.6 $ 1,073.8 $ 919.0 $ 860.8 $ 799.0 $ 748.0
Equity -- Investment by Western Atlas.... $ 590.2 $ 501.5 $ 574.5 $ 502.7 $ 439.4 $ 380.9 $ 471.5
Notes Payable and Current Portion of
Long-term Obligations.................. $ 57.4 $ 23.3 $ 27.5 $ 22.2 $ 41.7 $ 7.1 $ 4.3
Long-term Obligations.................... $ 17.3 $ 14.0 $ 14.5 $ 14.1 $ 9.0 $ 8.9 $ 19.1
Allocated Portion of Western Atlas
Debt................................... $ 228.2 $ 112.7 $ 109.6 $ 112.4 $ 112.8 $ 211.0 $ 27.3
Working Capital.......................... $ 83.5 $ 192.2 $ 266.0 $ 194.7 $ 115.2 $ 53.0 $ 199.5
Current Ratio............................ 1.1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.3 1.1 2.0
Total Debt as a Percentage of Total
Capitalization......................... 34% 23% 21% 23% 27% 37% 10%
<CAPTION>
1992
---------
<S> <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
Sales and Service Revenues............... $ 761.8
---------
Operating Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales.......................... 526.3
Selling, general and
administrative(1).................... 159.8
Depreciation and amortization.......... 26.7
---------
Total................................ 712.8
---------
(Loss) Earnings before Interest and
Taxes (2).............................. 49.0
Interest Expense--net (3)................ (7.0)
Taxes on Income.......................... (16.6)
---------
Net (Loss) Earnings (2).................. $ 25.4
---------
---------
Pro Forma Net (Loss) Earnings
per Share (2)..........................
Equivalent Shares (4)....................
FINANCIAL POSITION (at end of period):
Total Assets............................. $ 717.8
Equity -- Investment by Western Atlas.... $ 410.9
Notes Payable and Current Portion of
Long-term Obligations.................. $ 1.8
Long-term Obligations.................... $ 19.8
Allocated Portion of Western Atlas
Debt................................... $ 76.7
Working Capital.......................... $ 117.7
Current Ratio............................ 1.5
Total Debt as a Percentage of Total
Capitalization......................... 19%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) General and Administrative Costs include allocated charges from Western
Atlas of $22.2 million, $19.9 million, $27.6 million, $8.1 million, $14.1
million and $10.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995
and 1994, the five months ended December 31, 1993, and the fiscal years
ended July 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively, and $9.1 million and $10.8
million for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. The June 30, 1997 period includes a $203.3 million
non-tax-deductible charge, or $3.77 per share, for the value of in-process
research and development activities resulting from the Norand and UBI
acquisitions.
(2) Amounts presented for the year ended July 31, 1993 are before a cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principle for the adoption of the
provisions of SFAS No. 106, Employer's Accounting for Postretirement
Benefits Other Than Pensions. The Company elected immediate recognition of
the transition liability, and recorded a net of tax charge of $9.3 million.
Net earnings for the period were $22.1 million and earnings per share were
$0.41 after the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
(3) Interest expense includes allocated charges from Western Atlas of $8.3
million, $8.4 million, $12.1 million, $3.7 million, $3.9 million and $5.8
million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the
five months ended December 31, 1993, and the fiscal years ended July 31,
1993 and 1992, respectively, and $6.3 million and $4.1 million for the
six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
(4) In thousands. The number of common shares used to calculate earnings per
share for all periods presented is based on the number of shares of Western
Atlas Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 1997.
viii
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
SELECTED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS,
EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(UNAUDITED)
The following unaudited selected pro forma financial data of the Company give
effect to the Distribution, the Company's purchase of Norand Corporation
("Norand") and the related borrowings. For purposes of the unaudited pro forma
operating data, such transactions are assumed to have taken place on the first
day of each period presented. The selected unaudited pro forma financial data
should be read in conjunction with the more detailed unaudited pro forma
financial data and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information
Statement.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
ENDED YEAR ENDED
JUNE 30, 1997 DECEMBER 31, 1996
-------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
Sales and Service Revenues................................................... $ 769,141 $ 1,405,812
-------------- -------------------
Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales.............................................................. 534,191 981,785
Selling, general and administrative........................................ 169,839 305,837
Depreciation and amortization.............................................. 20,103 46,224
Interest--net.............................................................. 9,611 15,924
Litigation settlement...................................................... 5,100
Cost of restructuring operations........................................... 4,392
-------------- -------------------
Total costs and expenses................................................... 733,744 1,359,262
-------------- -------------------
Earnings before Taxes on Income............................................ 35,397 46,550
Taxes on Income............................................................ (14,159) (18,620)
-------------- -------------------
Net Earnings................................................................. $ 21,238 $ 27,930
-------------- -------------------
-------------- -------------------
Pro Forma Net Earnings per Share............................................. $ 0.39 $ 0.52
-------------- -------------------
-------------- -------------------
(Equivalent Shares of 53.9 million)
</TABLE>
ix
<PAGE>
INTRODUCTION
On May 5, 1997, Western Atlas Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Western Atlas"),
announced that its Board of Directors had approved in principle a plan to
distribute as a dividend to Western Atlas' shareholders (the "Distribution")
substantially all of the industrial automation systems businesses being
conducted by Western Atlas. Western Atlas' industrial automation businesses will
be transferred to wholly owned subsidiaries of UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company") and a wholly owned subsidiary of Western Atlas. On
September 24, 1997, the Board of Directors of Western Atlas reaffirmed its
approval in principle of the Distribution, and delegated to a committee of the
board the authority to take the actions necessary to complete the Distribution,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions described under "The Distribution
- -- Conditions; Termination."
The Distribution will be effected by distributing to holders of Western Atlas
common stock, par value $1.00 per share ("Western Atlas Common Stock"), all of
the outstanding common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company ("Company
Common Stock"). On October 31, 1997 (the "Distribution Date"), Western Atlas
will effect the Distribution by delivering all of the outstanding shares of the
Company Common Stock to ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. as the
distribution agent (the "Distribution Agent") for transfer and distribution to
the holders of Western Atlas Common Stock on October 24, 1997, the record date
for the Distribution.
The Company's principal executive offices are located at 360 North Crescent
Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210 and its telephone number is (310)
888-2500.
Shareholders of Western Atlas with inquiries relating to the Distribution should
contact the Distribution Agent at (800) 821-5130, or Western Atlas Inc.,
Shareholder Services Office, 360 North Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California
90210, telephone number (310) 888-2660. After the Distribution Date,
shareholders of the Company with inquiries relating to their investment in the
Company should contact UNOVA, Inc., Shareholder Services Office, 360 North
Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210, telephone number (310)
888-2660.
NO ACTION IS REQUIRED BY WESTERN ATLAS SHAREHOLDERS IN ORDER TO RECEIVE THE
COMPANY COMMON STOCK TO WHICH THEY ARE ENTITLED IN THE DISTRIBUTION.
RISK FACTORS
Certain risk factors are involved in an investment in the Company, as described
below. The Company also cautions readers that, in addition to the historical
information included herein, this Information Statement includes certain
forward-looking statements and information that are based on management's
beliefs as well as on assumptions made by and information currently available to
management. When used in this Information Statement, the words "expect,"
"anticipate," "intend," "plan," "believe," "seek," "estimate," and similar
expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. However,
this Information Statement also contains other forward-looking statements. Such
statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks,
uncertainties and assumptions, including but not limited to the following
factors, which could cause the Company's future results and shareholder values
to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking
statements made by or on behalf of the Company. Many of such factors are beyond
the Company's ability to control or predict. Readers are cautioned not to put
undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The Company disclaims any intent
or obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a
result of new information, future events or otherwise.
CERTAIN FINANCIAL CONSIDERATIONS
Following the Distribution, Western Atlas will become more leveraged than it
currently is. Assuming the Distribution had been consummated as of June 30,
1997, Western Atlas would have had total debt,
1
<PAGE>
excluding deferred items and post-retirement benefit obligations other than
pensions, of $740 million and total shareholders' equity of $783 million,
compared with Western Atlas' actual total debt at June 30, 1997 of $1,043
million and total shareholders' equity of $1,373 million. If the Distribution
had occurred on June 30, 1997, Western Atlas would have had approximately $19
million in cash or cash equivalents.
The Company will be less leveraged immediately following the Distribution than
Western Atlas currently is. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
DIVIDEND POLICIES
Neither Western Atlas nor the Company is expected to pay cash dividends in the
near future. The dividend policy of each company will be reviewed from time to
time by its Board of Directors. The payment of future dividends, if any, would
depend on the companies' respective operating results, financial requirements
and other factors, and should be within the sole discretion of such Board of
Directors.
CERTAIN ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS
The Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company, certain sections of
the Delaware General Corporations Law (the "DGCL") and the Rights Plan contain
several provisions that may make the acquisition of control of the Company more
difficult or expensive. See "Certain Antitakeover Effects of Certain Provisions
of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, State Law and the Rights
Plan."
TRADING OF WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK AND COMPANY COMMON STOCK
The Western Atlas Common Stock will continue to be listed and traded on the New
York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") after the Distribution. There is currently no
public market for the Company Common Stock. The NYSE has approved the listing of
the Company Common Stock upon notice of issuance. The combined trading price of
Western Atlas Common Stock and Company Common Stock held by shareholders after
the Distribution may be less than, equal to or greater than the trading price of
Western Atlas Common Stock prior to the Distribution.
Substantially all of the shares of Company Common Stock will be eligible for
immediate resale in the public market after the Distribution. Any sales of
substantial amounts of Company Common Stock in the public market, or the
perception that such sales might occur, whether as a result of the Distribution
or otherwise, could materially adversely affect the market price of Company
Common Stock. See "The Distribution -- Listing and Trading of Company Common
Stock."
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
Western Atlas has been advised by its special counsel, Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen &
Katz, that the Distribution will qualify as a tax-free distribution under
Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), and the Distribution is conditioned on receipt of an
opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Western Atlas Board to the same effect.
See "The Distribution -- Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Distribution."
2
<PAGE>
THE DISTRIBUTION
BACKGROUND AND REASONS FOR THE DISTRIBUTION
The Board of Directors of Western Atlas (the "Western Atlas Board") believes
that the Distribution will be beneficial to Western Atlas' shareholders and to
each of Western Atlas' current businesses. It will separate businesses with
distinctly different financial, investment and operating characteristics so that
each could adopt strategies and pursue objectives more appropriate to its
specific markets and industries than is possible under Western Atlas' present
combined structure. Western Atlas' Industrial Automation Systems segment and
Oilfield Services segment ("Oilfield Services") have also grown to a size that
allows each to continue on its own without significantly reducing the
operational or financial flexibility of either entity.
The Distribution will enable management of each company to concentrate its
attention and financial resources on the core businesses of its respective
company without being limited by the corporate objectives, policies and
investment standards of the other.
Under current capital market conditions, the oilfield services sector is valued
differently than either automated data collection or manufacturing systems.
Moreover, competitive conditions in the oilfield services industry, particularly
the demands of customers for a broader range of services to be provided by a
single major service company, necessitate, in management's view, that the
Oilfield Services business expand the range of services it offers. Management
believes that this expansion will not be achievable solely through internal
growth and thus the Oilfield Services business will need to engage in mergers
and other significant acquisitions to respond to the competitive needs of this
business and secure future expansion. Management believes that the Oilfield
Services business is more likely to successfully realize its strategic and
financing strategies as a separate public company.
Western Atlas regards the UNOVA businesses as well-positioned in a worldwide
market with attractive growth opportunities. Western Atlas has recently
significantly expanded these businesses through the acquisition of Norand
Corporation ("Norand") and United Barcode Industries ("UBI"), and further
acquisitions in this segment are likely. While these recent acquisitions have
added critical mass to UNOVA's businesses and helped establish Western Atlas as
a leading participant in the industrial workplace information technology market,
they have also made Western Atlas' prospects more difficult to analyze by
investors and analysts, who follow and rate Western Atlas primarily because of
its participation in the oilfield services industry.
Management is concerned that as UNOVA continues to grow internally and through
further acquisitions, the market value of Western Atlas' stock, in the absence
of the Distribution, might be affected adversely. By dividing Western Atlas into
two independent oilfield services and industrial automation entities, management
hopes to facilitate the market's analysis of the two businesses so as to promote
more accurate assessments of the value of each business, enhancing the
likelihood that each will achieve appropriate market recognition of its
performance and potential. Accordingly, the Distribution will enable current
shareholders and potential investors to direct their investment to their
specific area of interest by allowing them to choose between the industrial
automation business and the Oilfield Services business or to continue to have an
interest in both.
The Oilfield Services business by its nature requires particularly extensive
involvement between its senior executives and the senior executives of customers
of the business on a global scale, as over two-thirds of its activities are
performed outside North America and often in countries that are not highly
developed from an industrial standpoint. As such this business benefits
substantially from continuity of senior management and stability of
relationships developed over many years. A major and growing part of UNOVA's
activities participates in markets that are driven by constant technology
advances and changes, and by the need to establish multi-layered distribution
and marketing networks. Management
3
<PAGE>
orientation in this business is distinctly different from that in Oilfield
Services. Accordingly, these differences in the management characteristics of
Western Atlas' businesses, and in the customers of each business, lead to issues
related to management development and succession and to the compensation
structure of each business.
The Western Atlas Board believes that, following the Distribution, the value and
potential of UNOVA and the Oilfield Services business can be better realized as
separate public companies. In addition, the Distribution will permit each
company to offer incentives that are unique to its business and, therefore, more
appropriate for the key employees of its business. By establishing UNOVA and the
Oilfield Services business as separate independent public companies, the
Distribution should assist each company in recruiting key personnel and
tailoring its compensation, particularly stock-based compensation, to correspond
more closely to the performance of its business.
For the reasons stated above, the Western Atlas Board believes that the
Distribution is in the best interests of Western Atlas and its shareholders.
MANNER OF EFFECTING THE DISTRIBUTION
On October 31, 1997, all of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock will
be delivered to the Distribution Agent for transfer. Commencing on or shortly
after that date, the Distribution Agent will commence mailing account statements
to holders of Western Atlas Common Stock as of the close of business on October
24, 1997, the date selected by the Western Atlas Board as the record date for
the Distribution (the "Record Date"), on the basis of one share of Company
Common Stock for each share of Western Atlas Common Stock held on the Record
Date. All such shares of Company Common Stock will be fully paid, nonassessable
and free of preemptive rights. See "Description of Capital Stock."
The Company maintains a direct registration system for the Company Common Stock.
See "Description of Capital Stock -- Company Common Stock." Accordingly,
physical certificates representing shares of Company Common Stock will not be
issued, except to shareholders that specifically request a certificate as
described in the materials provided by the Distribution Agent.
NO HOLDER OF WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK WILL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY CASH OR
OTHER CONSIDERATION FOR THE SHARES OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK TO BE RECEIVED IN THE
DISTRIBUTION OR TO SURRENDER OR EXCHANGE SHARES OF WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK OR
TO TAKE ANY OTHER ACTION IN ORDER TO RECEIVE COMPANY COMMON STOCK. THE
DISTRIBUTION WILL NOT AFFECT THE NUMBER OF OUTSTANDING SHARES OF WESTERN ATLAS
COMMON STOCK.
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION
Western Atlas has been advised by its special counsel, Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen &
Katz, that the Distribution will qualify as a tax-free distribution under
Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. The Distribution is conditioned
upon receipt of an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Western Atlas Board to
the same effect. So long as the Distribution qualifies under Sections 355 and/or
368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, in the opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz the
principal federal income tax consequences of the Distribution will be as
follows:
(a) No gain or loss will be recognized by, or be includible in the income
of, a holder of Western Atlas Common Stock solely as a result of the
receipt of Company Common Stock and the associated Preferred Share
Purchase Rights in the Distribution.
(b) No gain or loss will be recognized by Western Atlas as a result of
the Distribution (other than income or gain, if any, recognized by
Western Atlas or its subsidiaries in connection with the intercompany
items or excess loss accounts).
(c) Assuming that a holder of Western Atlas Common Stock holds such
Western Atlas Common Stock as a capital asset, such holder's holding
period for the Company Common Stock
4
<PAGE>
received in the Distribution will include the period during which such
Western Atlas Common Stock was held.
(d) The tax basis of Western Atlas Common Stock held by a Western Atlas
shareholder immediately prior to the Distribution will be apportioned
(based upon relative fair market values at the time of the Distribution)
between such Western Atlas Common Stock and the Company Common Stock
received by such shareholder in the Distribution.
THE FOREGOING IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
OF THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW, AND DOES NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ANY
SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES THAT MAY APPLY TO PARTICULAR SHAREHOLDERS. EACH
SHAREHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR
CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO SUCH SHAREHOLDER, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION
OF STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND AS TO POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAX LAWS
THAT MAY AFFECT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED ABOVE. THIS SUMMARY MAY NOT BE
APPLICABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS WHO RECEIVED THEIR WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK
PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS, UNDER AN EMPLOYEE STOCK
PURCHASE PLAN OR OTHERWISE AS COMPENSATION OR WHO ARE NOT CITIZENS OR RESIDENTS
OF THE UNITED STATES.
The opinions of counsel referred to above would not be binding upon the Internal
Revenue Service (the "IRS") and would be subject to certain factual
representations and assumptions. Western Atlas is not aware of any present facts
or circumstances which should cause such representations and assumptions to be
untrue. However, certain future events not within the control of Western Atlas
or the Company, including certain extraordinary purchases of Western Atlas
Common Stock or Company Common Stock, could cause the Distribution not to
qualify as tax-free. Depending on the event, the Company may be liable for some
or all of the taxes resulting from the Distribution not qualifying under
Sections 355 and/ or 368(a)(1)(D)of the Code as tax-free. See "Arrangements
Between Western Atlas and the Company Relating to the Distribution -- Tax
Sharing Agreement." If the Distribution were taxable, then (i) each holder of
Western Atlas Common Stock who receives shares of Company Common Stock in the
Distribution would be treated as if such shareholder received a taxable
distribution, taxed as a dividend to the extent of such shareholder's pro rata
share of Western Atlas' current and accumulated earnings and profits and then
treated as a return of capital to the extent of the holder's basis in the
Western Atlas Common Stock and finally as gain from the sale or exchange of
Western Atlas Common Stock and (ii) corporate level taxes would be payable by
the consolidated group of which Western Atlas is the common parent, based upon
the excess of the fair market value of the Company Common Stock on the date of
the Distribution over Western Atlas' tax basis therein. Western Atlas does not
intend to effect the Distribution if, prior to the Distribution Date, Western
Atlas becomes aware of circumstances that would result in the Distribution being
a taxable transaction.
Information with respect to the allocation of tax basis between Company Common
Stock and Western Atlas Common Stock will be provided to shareholders at the
time of distribution of the account statements reflecting ownership of shares of
Company Common Stock.
For a description of the agreement pursuant to which Western Atlas and the
Company have provided for various tax matters, see "Arrangements Between Western
Atlas and the Company Relating to the Distribution -- Tax Sharing Agreement."
LISTING AND TRADING OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK
There is not currently a public market for Company Common Stock. Prices at which
Company Common Stock may trade prior to the Distribution on a "when-issued"
basis (see the second following paragraph) or after the Distribution cannot be
predicted. Until the Company Common Stock is fully distributed and an orderly
market develops, the prices at which trading in such stock occurs may fluctuate
significantly. The prices at which Company Common Stock trades will be
determined by the marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including,
among others, the depth and liquidity of the market for Company
5
<PAGE>
Common Stock, investor perception of the Company and of the industries in which
the Company operates, the Company's dividend policy and general economic and
market conditions.
The planned Distribution will involve the distribution of an aggregate of
approximately 53.9 million shares of Company Common Stock to the shareholders of
Western Atlas on the Distribution Date, representing all of the outstanding
shares of Company Common Stock. Substantially all of such shares of Company
Common Stock will be eligible for immediate resale in the public market. In
addition, because Western Atlas is included in the Standard & Poor's 500 stock
index, but the Company is not so included, shares of Company Common Stock
received by "index funds" that invest in Western Atlas may be made available for
sale, although the Company is unable to predict the timing or amounts of any
such sales. Neither Western Atlas nor the Company is able to predict whether
substantial amounts of Company Common Stock will be sold in the open market
following the Distribution. Any sales of substantial amounts of Company Common
Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales might occur,
whether as a result of the Distribution or otherwise, could materially adversely
affect the market price of Company Common Stock.
In "when-issued" trading, contracts for the purchase and sale of shares of stock
are made prior to the issuance of such shares in the same manner as currently
issued shares, except that when-issued contracts are settled by delivery of and
payment for the shares on a date chosen by the particular exchange on which such
shares are to be listed. Ordinarily, in connection with a distribution of stock
such as described in this Information Statement, the date fixed for settlement
of when-issued contracts relating to such stock is the sixth business day after
distribution of such stock. Shareholders who may wish to effect a when-issued
trade in Company Common Stock should consult their brokers for additional
details.
The NYSE has approved the listing of the Company Common Stock, under the trading
symbol UNA, upon notice of issuance. The Company initially will have
approximately 21,500 shareholders of record and an additional 14,000 beneficial
holders, based on the number of record holders and the estimated number of
beneficial holders of Western Atlas Common Stock, and approximately 54.1 million
shares of Company Common Stock will be outstanding. The Transfer Agent and
Registrar for the Company Common Stock will be ChaseMellon Shareholder Services,
L.L.C. For certain information regarding options to purchase Company Common
Stock that are expected to become outstanding after the Distribution, see
"Management -- Benefit Plans Following the Distribution."
Shares of Company Common Stock distributed to Western Atlas shareholders in the
Distribution will be freely transferable, except for securities received by
persons who may be deemed to be "affiliates" of the Company, under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Persons who may be
deemed to be affiliates of the Company after the Distribution generally include
individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with, the Company and may include certain officers and directors of the
Company as well as principal shareholders of the Company, if any. Persons who
are affiliates of the Company will be permitted to sell their shares of Company
Common Stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act.
FUTURE MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
Following the Distribution it is intended that the Company will operate Western
Atlas' industrial automation businesses substantially in the manner in which
they have been operated by Western Atlas in the past. All of the executive
officers of the Company are expected to be persons who currently serve as
officers or other key employees of Western Atlas. See "Management -- Executive
Officers of the Company." In order to avoid adversely affecting the intended tax
consequences of the Distribution, and incurring indemnification obligations
under the Tax Sharing Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Company intends
not to (a) liquidate, merge with any other corporation, or sell or otherwise
dispose of assets other than in certain transactions, (b) engage in certain
repurchases or issuances of stock or
6
<PAGE>
(c) discontinue the active conduct of the trade or business conducted by it
immediately after the Distribution, unless it obtains a satisfactory opinion of
counsel or tax ruling. The Company does not expect these limitations to
significantly inhibit its financing or acquisition activities or its ability to
respond to unanticipated developments. See "Arrangements Between Western Atlas
and the Company Relating to the Distribution -- Tax Sharing Agreement."
CONDITIONS; TERMINATION
The Distribution is conditioned upon, among other things, (i) the receipt by
Western Atlas of opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Western Atlas Board
that, among other things, the Distribution will be tax-free; (ii) the Company
Common Stock having been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official
notice of issuance; (iii) the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"),
as described below under "Management -- Directors of the Company," having been
elected by Western Atlas as sole shareholder of the Company, and the Certificate
of Incorporation and the By-laws of the Company, as each will be in effect after
the Distribution, having been adopted and being in effect; (iv) the Registration
Statement having become effective; and (v) the receipt of a statement from the
Staff of the Commission that the Distribution may be effected without
registration of Company Common Stock under the Securities Act. Even if all the
above conditions are satisfied, the Western Atlas Board has reserved the right
to abandon, defer or modify the Distribution and the related transactions
described herein at any time prior to the Distribution Date. See "Arrangements
Between Western Atlas and the Company Relating to the Distribution --
Distribution and Indemnity Agreement."
ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN WESTERN ATLAS AND
THE COMPANY RELATING TO THE DISTRIBUTION
For the purpose of governing certain of the relationships between Western Atlas
and the Company after the Distribution, Western Atlas and the Company will enter
into the various agreements described below. The agreements summarized below
have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, of which this
Information Statement is a part, and the following summaries are qualified in
their entirety by reference to the agreements as filed.
DISTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
Western Atlas and the Company will enter into a Distribution and Indemnity
Agreement (the "Distribution Agreement") providing for, among other things, the
principal corporate transactions required to effect the Distribution and certain
other agreements governing the relationship between Western Atlas and the
Company with respect to or in consequence of the Distribution.
The Distribution Agreement provides that, immediately prior to the Distribution,
(i) the Company will pay a dividend in the amount of $230 million to Western
Atlas, which will be utilized by Western Atlas to repay short-term debt, and
(ii) all indebtedness owed by the Company or its subsidiaries to Western Atlas
will be canceled as a contribution to the capital of the Company. Funds for the
dividend to Western Atlas will be obtained from borrowings under the Company's
credit agreement. See "Financing."
Subject to certain exceptions, the Distribution Agreement provides for certain
cross-indemnities designed principally to place financial responsibility for the
liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries with the Company and financial
responsibility for the liabilities of Western Atlas and its other subsidiaries
with Western Atlas. The Distribution Agreement also provides that each of
Western Atlas and the Company will indemnify the other in the event of certain
liabilities arising under the federal securities laws. Insofar as
indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be
permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to
the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that in the opinion of
the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy, as expressed in such Act and is therefore unenforceable.
7
<PAGE>
In the Distribution Agreement, each of Western Atlas and the Company has agreed
to make available to the other for a limited period certain administrative
services to assist in effecting an orderly transition following the
Distribution. The party providing such services will be entitled to
reimbursement for all direct costs of providing such services, including amounts
relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses. These
costs are not expected to be material.
The Distribution Agreement provides that, except as otherwise set forth therein
or in the other agreements between Western Atlas and the Company relating to the
Distribution, all costs and expenses arising prior to the Distribution Date in
connection with the Distribution will be paid by Western Atlas, other than the
expenses of printing the Company's new stock certificates.
TAX SHARING AGREEMENT
Through the Distribution Date, the results of the operations of the Company and
its domestic subsidiaries (the "Company Group") have been and will be included
in Western Atlas' consolidated United States federal income tax returns. As part
of the Distribution, Western Atlas and the Company will enter into a Tax Sharing
Agreement (the "Tax Sharing Agreement") which provides, among other things, for
the allocation between the parties thereto of federal, state, local and foreign
tax liabilities for all periods through the Distribution Date. In general, the
Tax Sharing Agreement provides that Western Atlas will be liable for
consolidated federal income tax and joint state income tax liabilities,
including any such liabilities resulting from the audit of or other adjustment
to previously filed tax returns, which are attributable to the Company Group
through the Distribution Date. Western Atlas will be entitled to tax benefits
resulting from any audit or other adjustments to the Company's pre-Distribution
Date consolidated federal income tax and joint state income tax liabilities,
when and if realized by the Company. The Company Group will generally be liable
for all other state, local and foreign tax liabilities which are attributable to
the Company Group through the Distribution Date and the pre-acquisition tax
liabilities of Norand. Though valid as between the parties thereto, the Tax
Sharing Agreement is not binding on the IRS and does not affect the several
liability of the Company, Western Atlas and their respective subsidiaries to the
IRS for all federal taxes of the consolidated group relating to periods prior to
the Distribution Date.
While the Tax Sharing Agreement provides that the Company Group should be liable
generally only for items attributable to the Company Group's operations, it also
provides that in the event that the Distribution fails to qualify as a tax-free
distribution under the provisions of Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the
Code, the Company will indemnify Western Atlas for 50% of all taxes (100% of all
taxes if an acquisition of 50% or more of the Company's stock or assets results
in the Distribution's failure to so qualify, and 0% if an acquisition of 50% or
more of Western Atlas' stock or assets results in the Distribution's failure to
so qualify), including penalties and interest, incurred by Western Atlas by
reason of the Distribution being a taxable event. In the event that the
Distribution failed to so qualify, the amount by which the fair market value of
the Company Common Stock on the date of the Distribution exceeds Western Atlas'
tax basis therein would be recognized as gain upon the Distribution.
BENEFITS AGREEMENT
Western Atlas and the Company will enter into an Employee Benefits Agreement
(the "Benefits Agreement") providing for the treatment of employee benefit
matters and other compensation arrangements for certain former and current
employees of the Company and its subsidiaries.
The Benefits Agreement generally provides that the Company and its subsidiaries
will be responsible for all liabilities to any employee of Western Atlas or any
of its subsidiaries as of the Distribution Date who is or will become an
employee of the Company or its subsidiaries after the Distribution ("Separated
Employees"), as well as any former employee of Western Atlas who was, at the
time of such employee's termination of employment, principally employed in the
Company's businesses or at the corporate headquarters of Western Atlas. Further,
except as specifically provided therein, the Benefits Agreement
8
<PAGE>
will not affect any employee benefit plan or compensation arrangement of Western
Atlas in respect of employees of Western Atlas and its subsidiaries who are not
Separated Employees. Effective on or prior to the Distribution, the Company will
assume the pension, 401(K) and welfare benefit plans of Western Atlas in which
the Company's employees currently participate, and will assume all assets and
liabilities under such plans. Such assumption will be effected in a manner
intended to assure that all material qualified pension plans of the Company will
be fully funded as of the Distribution Date. All of the Company's benefit plans
that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"), will comply with ERISA on the Distribution Date.
The Benefits Agreement provides that the Separated Employees' cessation of
employment with Western Atlas will not be deemed a severance of employment for
purposes of any plan or agreement of Western Atlas or any subsidiary that
provides for the payment of severance benefits. The Company expects all
severance compensation agreements between Western Atlas or any subsidiary and
any Separated Employee to be terminated as of the Distribution Date and that the
Company will execute new agreements with such employees in the form described in
"Management -- Historical Compensation" and adopt severance plans or
arrangements similar to those presently in effect at Western Atlas covering
other Separated Employees.
The Benefits Agreement provides for an adjustment to all outstanding options to
purchase Western Atlas Common Stock to account for the Distribution. The
adjustment will have the effect of increasing the number of shares of Western
Atlas Common Stock subject to each option, and decreasing the exercise price per
share of Western Atlas Common Stock. See "Management -- Historical
Compensation."
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT
Some of the intellectual property utilized by the Company and its subsidiaries
is nominally owned by Western Atlas or by one of Western Atlas' subsidiaries
which will continue to be a Western Atlas subsidiary after the Distribution. The
Company and its subsidiaries have been using the Western Atlas trade name,
trademark and service mark on stationery, advertising and promotional materials,
products and facilities. Western Atlas and the Company will enter into an
Intellectual Property Agreement providing for the transfer of ownership of
intellectual property without charge from the nominal owner to the Company or
its subsidiaries, and to provide to the Company and its subsidiaries rights to
use the Western Atlas name for a period of six months without charge therefor.
9
<PAGE>
FINANCING
On September 24, 1997, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement, to become
effective as of the Distribution Date, with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
York, as Agent, and with Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association,
The Bank of New York, The Chase Manhattan Bank, CIBC Inc., The First National
Bank of Chicago, and Nations Bank of Texas, N.A., as Co-Agents, providing for
borrowings by the Company up to $400 million under a five-year revolving credit
facility.
Borrowings under this facility will bear interest according to one of three
interest rate options selected by the Company based on (i) the London interbank
offered rate; (ii) the domestic certificate of deposit rate; or (iii) a floating
rate based on the Agent's prime rate. The margin over the rates varies depending
on the Company's "Leverage Ratio" from time to time, defined as the ratio of
debt to net income plus interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation and
amortization.
The Credit Agreement contains a covenant that the Leverage Ratio will in no
event exceed 3.5 to 1.0 for the period through September 29, 1998; 3.0 to 1.0
for the period from September 30, 1998 through September 29, 1999; and 2.75 to
1.0 for the period from September 30, 1999, and thereafter. The Credit Agreement
limits the amount of debt which may be incurred by the Company's subsidiaries.
Events of default under the Credit Agreement include (i) the failure to make
required payments or to perform other agreements contained in the Credit
Agreement, in each case after any applicable grace period; (ii) events
permitting acceleration of other indebtedness of the Company or its subsidiaries
in a principal amount in excess of $25 million; (iii) certain events of
bankruptcy of the Company or its subsidiaries; and (iv) a change in control of
the Company.
The Company expects to borrow $230 million under this facility on the
Distribution Date to distribute to Western Atlas as a dividend.
BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES
The Company operates in two business segments -- Automated Data Systems ("ADS")
and Industrial Automation Systems ("IAS") (formerly the title for all of the
operations to be spun off by Western Atlas). The Company had pro forma revenues
of approximately $1.4 billion for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.
The Company had approximately 6,650 employees as of June 30, 1997 located
principally at offices, plants or other facilities in nine states within the
United States and in Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Sweden, the
Netherlands and Australia. Approximately 25% of the Company's sales and service
revenues come from activities and customers outside the United States.
The Company has been, and will be until the Distribution Date, a wholly owned
subsidiary of Western Atlas. Prior to March 17, 1994, Western Atlas was a wholly
owned subsidiary of Litton Industries, Inc. ("Litton"). Western Atlas became an
independent public company on March 17, 1994 through the distribution by Litton
to Litton's shareholders of all of the outstanding common stock of Western
Atlas.
The Company's principal executive offices are located at 360 North Crescent
Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210. Its telephone number at that address is
(310) 888-2500.
GENERAL
The Company is an industrial technologies company providing customers with
solutions for improving their efficiency and productivity. The Automated Data
Systems business segment comprises automated data collection and mobile
computing products and services, principally serving the industrial market.
10
<PAGE>
Customers include the distribution and transportation companies, food and
beverage operations, manufacturing industries, health care providers and
government agencies. The Industrial Automation Systems business segment includes
integrated machining systems, body welding and assembly systems, and precision
grinding and abrasive systems, primarily serving the worldwide automotive,
off-road and diesel engine manufacturing industries.
Current estimates call for about 45% of the Company's revenues to come from the
ADS business and about 55% of revenues to be derived from IAS activities for the
1997 fiscal year.
PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
AUTOMATED DATA SYSTEMS. The Company's Automated Data Collection ("ADC") and
Mobile Computing Systems business is conducted under the Intermec, Norand and
UBI brand names. Intermec was acquired in 1991; Norand and UBI were acquired
early in 1997. All three companies operate as one organization serving the
global bar code, data collection and mobile computing market, which has grown
approximately 12% to 15% annually over the past five years. The Company's
activities in this market represented slightly more than 30% of the Company's
total revenues in each of the fiscal years ended 1996, 1995 and 1994, and were
based only on Intermec's results prior to the 1997 acquisitions of Norand and
UBI. Together, the three companies would have had pro forma combined revenues of
about $700 million in 1996, which would have represented 50% of the Company's
pro forma 1996 revenues. Intermec accounted for 32%, 34% and 31% of the
Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
This combination of companies and capabilities establishes the Company as a
leading participant in the emerging logistics automation marketplace. Together,
they offer a broad range of products which are used to gather, organize and
transmit selected data from various off-site or in-premise locations to central
computers or information retrieval systems in order to track parts, products and
people through manufacturing, distribution and other processes.
Through its Intermec subsidiary, the Company has been in the forefront of many
innovations within the bar code and ADC technologies. Its ADC products comprise
batch and radio frequency ("RF") terminals, hand-held and stationary scanners
and related software. Intermec entered the bar code market in 1969 with a
contract to create specialized printers for bar code labels, and later moved
into hand-held scanners. In the late 1970s Intermec developed Code 39, the most
widely used bar code symbology in the world. The Company also was an early
originator in the use of open operating systems for industrial data collection
applications, and continues to develop improved bar code label printing systems,
which provide higher resolution, superior quality and greater label flexibility.
Some of Intermec's other "firsts" included inventing the first stacked bar code
symbology; introducing the first high-speed, wide-area scanning technology and
spread spectrum radio frequency technology to the data collection market; and
developing 400 dpi bar code label printing technology.
The Norand acquisition added increased knowledge and capabilities from one of
the leading originators of wireless data communications using radio frequency
("RF") technology and mobile computing solutions for the logistics market.
Mobile computing refers to rugged PC-based devices for route accounting, meter
reading, field services and sales management, rather than general personal or
desktop computing applications. In combination with wireless communications,
mobile computing enables remote workers to have access to centralized computer
applications and databases and to send and receive information through wireless
networks for improved productivity, efficiency and accuracy of data. Wireless
network data communications represent an area in which the Company expects
growth in the future. In the communications area, Norand provides advanced axis
point and docking station technology, communications software, product
configuration and ergonomics. This acquisition also expands the Company's
offering in the RF spread-spectrum technology.
11
<PAGE>
Norand is credited with inventing the world's first bar code scanner in 1971,
and developing the first radio data network in 1985. It also originated the
Pocket RF product category four years later, followed by the first pen-based
hand-held computer with desktop PC performance in 1993.
With the addition of UBI, the Company now also has access to an extensive
distribution network for ADC products in the expanding European market. UBI
further provided two major product lines: bar code on-demand printers with
labels and ribbons, and hand-held scanners. These scanners are primarily based
on "charge coupled device" ("CCD") technology which is an alternative to laser
scanners in many applications. UBI also provides software that improves laser
scanning for one- and two-dimensional symbologies. UBI's printer technology
complements the Company's existing printer offerings with low-end, low cost
printers and high-end, high speed printers. In addition, UBI provides enhanced
media-handling systems, such as linerless adhesive labels and software.
Bar code systems, which continue to represent the most widely used technology
for ADC, typically consist of the bar code labels or tags and label printers,
input devices such as scanners and wands, hand-held batch or RF terminals,
vehicle mounted terminals, on-line (or stationary) terminals, systems
integration tools and data transmission techniques. Complete systems
installation, service and support are provided to customers on a global basis.
The Company's operations also integrate technologies such as the newer 2-D
symbologies, radio frequency identification tags ("RFID"), vision and scanning
systems, magnetic stripe and optical character recognition.
Ongoing product development efforts include advanced communication networks,
further integration of RF technology, application software technologies,
advances in portable computers and automatic identification technology
integration. Innovative electronics miniaturization and packaging also have
enabled the Company to develop pen computing hand-held terminals for
applications in which traditional keypad or bar code scanner data input is not
practical. Typical uses for these wireless, durable pen-based, hand-held and
mobile computers include route accounting for the distribution and package
handling industries, public works, health care and utilities.
Major offices and manufacturing facilities are located in the states of Iowa,
Ohio and Washington; and internationally in The Netherlands, Sweden, France and
Australia.
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS. The Company is a major designer, producer
and integrator of manufacturing technologies, primarily for the global
automotive, off-road and diesel engine industries, but also for other markets
such as electronics and durable goods. Products include integrated machining
systems for the manufacture of powertrain components such as engines,
transmissions and connecting rods, and chassis components such as steering
knuckles, rear axle housings and brake calipers; body welding and assembly
systems; test and automation equipment for integration into production lines;
precision grinding and abrasives; the redesign, remanufacturing and retooling of
installed equipment; and design/engineering services.
During 1995 the Company acquired 49% of Honsberg, a German machine tool
engineering and manufacturing company. The Company acquired the remaining 51% in
1997.
The Company's integrated manufacturing systems are marketed under the Lamb, Lamb
Technicon and Honsberg Lamb names; the Body Welding and Assembly Systems also
are available under the Lamb and Lamb Technicon brands; and the Precision
Grinding and Abrasives market is served under the Landis, Landis Lund, Gardner
and Cranfield Precision brands.
INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS. Through its Lamb, Lamb Technicon and
Honsberg Lamb operations, the Company designs, integrates and installs
integrated machining systems for the world's automotive and off-road vehicle
industries. The integrated manufacturing systems divisions design manufacturing
solutions for all production volumes of powertrain components -- primarily
engines and transmissions. Integrated manufacturing systems accounted for 39%,
38% and 44% of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.
12
<PAGE>
The product lines include computer-numeric-control ("CNC") machines for
low-volume applications (up to 25,000 units of production annually), and modular
flexible production systems for medium-(25,000 to 75,000 units of production
annually) and high-volume (75,000 to 250,000 units of production annually)
requirements. The integrated manufacturing systems operations specialize in
utilizing simultaneous engineering techniques, in conjunction with its
customers, to develop optimum solutions to complex manufacturing requirements.
Historically, the Company has specialized in designing solution sets for
manufacturing cylinder heads, engine blocks and transmission cases. However, the
retooling of existing systems and the design of manufacturing processes for
smaller parts also have expanded into growing businesses for the Company in
recent years.
The Company's emphasis on engineering has resulted in the advancement of
machining processes. These upgrades offer lower life-cycle costs and improved
production performance by reducing unproductive time during operation.
Innovations also include a high-speed "dry" machining process for precision work
on aluminum parts without the use of coolants, and better flexibility of
transfer line systems using less production floor space, providing faster
throughput at much lower costs. The Company has developed modular flexible
transfer systems in which parts are mounted on pallet fixtures which transport
work pieces between work stations faster than guided vehicles could between
flexible machining systems.
Recent additions to the Company's product range include modular machining
centers that perform continuous high-speed, high-precision machining of cast
iron, aluminum or magnesium parts. The Duraflex-TM- CNC machine line is designed
to produce a variety of cylinder heads or engine blocks, in a random-run
environment, while maintaining close tolerances. The MACH I-TM- dual-spindle
machine has been designed to improve the efficiency of CNC machines in
higher-volume production scenarios. The MACH I can complete a machining
operation, change tools and resume machining, all in less than one second.
These new designs allow the machines to operate in stand-alone, cellular or
system configurations. Larger systems also can be adapted to process changes by
exchanging single machining modules on a transfer line. The utilization of
advanced process technology, as represented in these newest CNC machines, has
enabled the Company to provide highly accurate, durable and truly flexible
machining systems.
The Company's emphasis on process engineering is demonstrated by its efforts in
"simultaneous engineering," a process in which manufacturing solutions are
developed with the customer while the customer's product design and engineering
phases are still underway. In these processes, another important technology,
"virtual manufacturing," creates sophisticated 3-D computer simulations which
are used by the Company to design and pre-program systems, work flow and single
machining operations.
BODY WELDING AND ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS. The Lamb Body Welding and Assembly
Systems division designs automated systems to assemble and weld high-quality
automobile and truck bodies as well as other industrial products. The division
integrates robotic systems, high-precision holding and alignment fixtures and
high-volume welding equipment to produce components and sub-assemblies for the
automotive industry, and supplies specialized assembly systems for car bodies.
It also provides engineering services and advanced electronic design technology
in the areas of computer simulations and three-dimensional tool design. Through
its Assembly and Test Systems operations, the division also designs and builds
specialized assembly and/or testing equipment and systems for a variety of
manufacturing applications. Body Welding and Assembly Systems accounted for 12%,
8% and 9% of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.
A number of proprietary technologies have been developed for use in automotive
assembly. Examples are specialized material handling solutions to move
subassemblies or complete car bodies through the manufacturing process, such as
overhead non-synchronous gantries. The Company also is recognized
13
<PAGE>
for its expertise in "hemming," the process of attaching exterior sheet metal to
the interior frames of doors, hoods, deck lids and similar "hang-ons" or
"closures." Another solution is called "flexible body framing," a patented
system which enables consistent, high-precision positioning for final body
assembly.
PRECISION GRINDING AND ABRASIVES. The Company develops and produces
precision grinding systems and equipment for the global manufacturing market. A
key area of the Company's expertise is the application of precision cylindrical
and disc grinding technologies to medium- and high-volume production of car
engines and transmission components such as camshafts, crankshafts or connecting
rods. Precision Grinding and Abrasives accounted for 17%, 20% and 16% of the
Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
In response to the automotive industry's need to reduce costs, improve fuel
consumption and decrease car emissions, the Company provides a full range of CNC
precision grinding systems that enable car manufacturers to produce car engine
parts at tight tolerances, increase production throughput and improve quality.
Among the Company's new developments in precision grinding are a CNC machine for
grinding the lobes of automotive camshafts. This advanced camlobe grinder uses
superabrasive cubic boron nitride ("CBN") grinding wheels, which are capable of
higher grinding speeds, more consistent accuracy, and longer effective
performance life.
Other technological innovations include a camshaft lobe grinder for large-scale
production of soft camshaft applications, centerless grinders for
high-production parts processing, a new generation of double-disc grinding
machines used for precision machining of parts with flat and parallel sides and
a horizontal double-disc grinder for automotive connecting rods. The Company
also has developed sophisticated software tools for monitoring and controlling
grinding processes and dressing grinding wheels.
The Industrial Automation Systems segment's major offices and production
facilities are located in Illinois, Michigan, Ohio and Pennsylvania and
internationally in Canada, the United Kingdom and Germany.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
The Company's strategy is to develop products, processes and services that help
improve productivity and efficiency in a variety of manufacturing and
distribution applications. Both business segments -- Automated Data Systems and
Industrial Automation Systems -- offer single products as well as integrated
solutions to their customers.
Future growth in these businesses is expected to result from expansion of the
Company's existing operations and its customer base, and through acquisitions.
In seeking acquisitions, the Company will concentrate on technologies, products
and services which enhance customer productivity and efficiency, and those that
can be characterized as growth drivers.
The ongoing development of the Company's ADC/Mobile Computing activities will
depend primarily on the application of new technologies and products to maintain
its position in this technology-driven market. The Company believes it has the
necessary technical expertise to achieve this goal. Future geographic
opportunities have been identified outside North America, particularly in
Europe, Latin America and Asia, where the use of data collection technology is
less developed. To capitalize on these emerging markets, the Company is
expanding its international marketing, distribution and support network, and is
engaged in an ongoing program to locate Company-owned resources in key markets
worldwide. In its Industrial Automation Systems business segment, the Company
plans to continue to develop its existing customer base by seeking a greater
role in customer projects, by continuing its emphasis on product development and
by expanding its international activities.
14
<PAGE>
The Company also intends to increase its presence in market segments where it
presently holds a smaller market share, such as the body welding and assembly
systems area, and the application of lower-volume flexible manufacturing systems
and CNC machines. In some areas the Company also has developed high-precision
manufacturing technologies that should allow it to establish a presence in
growth markets such as micro-electronics with its new generation of
ultra-high-precision wafer grinders.
In recent years, cost-cutting needs and quality requirements in the automotive
industry have affected the Company's relationships with its customers. The car
makers' trend toward fewer suppliers has benefited the Company and allowed it to
expand its market participation. These market-driven changes also have forced
many smaller competitors to either withdraw from the market or reduce their role
to that of a second or third tier supplier. The Company's strategy has been to
establish an extensive outsourcing network of qualified suppliers in North
America and overseas, thereby avoiding unnecessary vertical integration and
gaining flexibility in its market approach.
Both major business segments should be able to grow from established positions
in their respective markets, often serving customers in a multitude of projects
which result in repeat business opportunities.
MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS
AUTOMATED DATA SYSTEMS. Because Automated Data Systems represents
technologies that can be utilized by a company of any size, and small systems
can be installed at very low cost, the market is extensive. Worldwide sales of
automated data systems equipment exceeded $8 billion in 1996, according to
estimates from independent research sources. These sources also predict that the
overall market will continue to grow at an annual rate of approximately 12% to
15% over the next several years.
Market growth is driven by the global need for technologies and solutions which
improve quality, productivity and cost-efficiency in business and government,
particularly through logistics automation and supply chain management. Worldwide
coverage with a dedicated sales organization is therefore a major advantage.
Through its application of technologies in the manufacturing,
warehouse-distribution, transportation, health care, government and other
non-retail markets, the Company maintains a strong position in the global
non-retail ADC/mobile computing market.
The Company sells and services its products through multiple sales and
distribution channels: a direct field sales force which concentrates on large,
complex systems sales; value added resellers ("VARs") that offer
applications-specific solutions; and alliances with major systems integrators.
The Company's direct sales organization serves customers from offices throughout
North America, Europe and in some selected countries outside these regions. An
indirect sales channel includes long-time exclusive relationships with
international value-added distributors and master resellers.
Although the Company obtains approximately 34% of its sales through indirect
sales channels, no individual value-added distributor or reseller is material to
overall Company results. The Company also maintains contact with customers and
prospective users by having established user forums for Automated Data Systems
applications and technologies.
The mobile computing systems market consists of several applications, such as
route accounting for the distribution and package/parcel delivery industries,
sales merchandising, remote delivery and field service. These applications are
generally used in the consumer products, food, beverage, wholesale, parcel
delivery, freight, field service and home service industries. The RF systems
market comprises manufacturing, warehousing and distribution center and retail
applications.
Manufacturing applications include the collection and communication of
information related to receipt of materials, work-in-progress, finished goods
inventory and other functions throughout the manufacturing process. Warehousing
and distribution center applications involve the collection and communication of
15
<PAGE>
information related to receiving materials to be stored, storage locations,
materials retrieval and shipping. Retail applications include the automation of
shelf label maintenance and product shipping and receiving functions.
International sales opportunities exist in countries where mobile computing
systems market practices and other applications are similar to those in the U.S.
The extent of RF systems opportunities in any particular country is based on the
level of industrialization, the status of bar coding implementation and the RF
regulatory environment. The major markets for printers are manufacturing,
distribution, warehousing, transportation, health care, government and other
services.
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS. The Company participates in the automotive
manufacturing market, the largest capital equipment investor in the world, and
in the general manufacturing markets. Investments by automotive customers are
driven by model changes; competitive pressures; government regulations such as
emission standards and gasoline consumption rates; and by the customers' own
internal spending cycles. Investments in diesel engine manufacturing are driven
by the infrastructure needs of emerging industrial nations and by the efficiency
benefits diesel engines offer for heavy and light trucks and utility vehicles.
Customers for the Company's integrated manufacturing systems products are the
major auto manufacturers and tier 1 suppliers. Although the passenger car and
light truck industries continue to represent this division's largest market,
business from diesel engine manufacturers has grown in recent years.
The Company believes the areas with growth potential for this business are the
developing countries in Asia, Eastern Europe and Latin America. Potential
customers include the major manufacturers from the U.S. and Western Europe who
are building plants in these developing countries as well as indigenous
manufacturers seeking to improve their competitiveness.
Based upon internal surveys of equipment installed at customer engine and
transmission plants, management believes that the Company is a leading global
supplier of high-volume production systems for engine, transmission and chassis
components in this $5.7 billion market. While the Company is not yet a leader in
the body welding and assembly industry, its growth rate exceeds that of the
market which is about the same size as integrated machining systems.
A substantial majority of the Industrial Automation Systems segment's total
revenues is generated by worldwide automotive and diesel engine industry
purchases of automated manufacturing systems, including integrated machining,
body welding and assembly and precision grinding systems. Among customers for
such equipment, U.S. and Canadian auto producers currently account for more than
70% of integrated manufacturing systems sales, and manufacturers in Europe
account for about 20%. The remainder of sales represents products exported from
the Company's production facilities, mostly for installation in Latin America
and Asia.
Recent major customers include U.S.-based Chrysler, Cummins, Ford, General
Motors, Navistar and Detroit Diesel; in foreign markets, the major Western
European auto manufacturers, BMW/Rover, Fiat, Mercedes Benz, Jaguar, Peugeot,
Renault, Volkswagen, and the European subsidiaries of the large U.S.
manufacturers, as well as Yuchai Diesel in China and Tata (Telco) in India and
Kamaz in Russia. The Company has also won major systems contracts in the U.S.
for the manufacturing facilities of foreign auto makers, including both European
and Japanese, and also serves the automotive components manufacturing market.
COMPETITION
Strong competition exists both in the domestic and international markets for the
Company's products and services. Products are sold and projects are won in the
marketplace based on price, technology and service.
16
<PAGE>
AUTOMATED DATA SYSTEMS. The market for ADC/Mobile Computing systems is
highly fragmented. Based on independent market surveys, management believes that
Intermec/Norand/UBI is one of the largest participants measured by revenues,
with a more than 10% market share in the bar code segment of the Automated Data
Systems industry. The other two major participants are Symbol and Telxon. The
Company also faces strong competition for single product lines from specialized
suppliers.
The Company competes on the basis of its open modular systems approach, network
and communications expertise, applications software, level of sales and support
services, and product functionality, performance, ruggedness and overall
quality.
The market for mobile computing and RF products is highly competitive and
rapidly changing. Some firms manufacture and market hand-held systems for route
accounting applications, including Telxon and Fujitsu. In addition, a number of
firms manufacture and market radio-linked data communication products, including
LXE, Teklogix, Symbol, and Telxon. On the printer side, the Company faces
competition from Zebra, Eltron, Datamax and many others, depending on the
geographic area.
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS. While product quality is a key determinate
in the competition to win market share, pricing remains the most important
criteria in the global market. Lamb Machining Systems' strength is the ability
to design reliable and efficient manufacturing processes for its customers and
combine them with cost-effective machining solutions in order to win orders
against strong competition.
There are numerous competitors in the markets served by integrated
manufacturing. The division's major competitors include four German companies
and one in Italy.
The market for high-volume production systems for engines and transmissions in
North America and Europe is divided among approximately ten major competitors
and numerous smaller participants. Major competitors are Thyssen/Giddings &
Lewis, Ingersoll Milling and Grob (Germany). Management estimates that the
Company has approximately a 12% share of this market.
In the Body Welding and Assembly Systems market, the Company is faced with
competitors that are involved in a broad range of assembly equipment and other
competitors that provide "niche" machines to address specific markets. Some of
the stronger competitors have been or are aligned with machine tool companies
for "total capability." In North America, there are eight main competitors and
another seven in Europe. The primary competitors include DCT, Progressive
Industries (PICO) and Valiant in the U.S.; FFT and Kuka in Germany; Comau
(Italy); and Thyssen (Germany).
In the worldwide market for high-precision grinding of engine parts, the Company
has achieved a strong market position through innovative products that improve
customer efficiency while reducing their capital costs. Major competitors are
the foreign companies Koyo and Toyoda in Japan; the Koerber Group, Naxos Union
and Junkers in Germany; and Guistina in Italy.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Companywide expenditures on research and development activities amounted to
$29.7 million, $27.5 million and $31.7 million, substantially all of which was
sponsored by the Company, in the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and
1994, respectively.
PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS
The Company owns a large number of patents, trademarks and copyrights relating
to its manufactured products, which have been secured over a period of years.
These patents, trademarks and copyrights have been of value in the growth of the
Company's business and may continue to be of value in the future. However, the
Company's business generally is not dependent upon the protection of any patent,
17
<PAGE>
patent application or patent license agreement, or group thereof, and would not
be materially affected by expiration thereof.
The Company has approximately 21 patent licenses under which it paid out or
received income in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. During such fiscal
year, the aggregate amount of license fees paid by the Company was approximately
$6.9 million, and the aggregate amount of license fees received was
approximately $700,000.
SEASONALITY; BACKLOG
Sales backlog was $459 million at June 30, 1997, and $595 million, $579 million
and $413 million at December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The
operations of the Company are not seasonal to any appreciable degree. The
majority of the Company's backlog is concentrated in the Industrial Automation
Systems segment. The Automated Data Systems market typically operates without a
significant backlog of firm orders and does not consider backlog to be a
relevant measure of future sales.
EMPLOYEES
At June 30, 1997, the Company had approximately 6,650 full-time employees, of
which approximately 3,220 are engaged in the Automated Data Systems business,
approximately 3,310 in the Industrial Automation Systems segment and
approximately 120 in corporate and shared services.
LEGAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
The Company is currently, and is from time to time, subject to claims and suits
arising in the ordinary course of its business. Although the results of
litigation proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes
that the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's financial statements.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the amounts incurred to comply
with federal, state and local legislation pertaining to environmental standards
did not have a material effect upon the capital expenditures or earnings of the
Company.
Radio emissions are the subject of governmental regulation in all countries in
which the Company currently conducts business. In North America, both the
Canadian and the U.S. governments publish relevant regulations, and changes to
these regulations are made only after public discussion. In some countries
regulatory changes can be introduced with little or no grace period for
implementing the specified changes. Furthermore, there is little consistency
among the regulations of various countries outside North America, and future
regulatory changes in North America are possible. These conditions introduce
uncertainty into the product planning process and could have an adverse effect
on the ADC/ Mobile Computing business.
The European Community ("EC") has passed a directive requiring its members to
adopt laws relating to electro-magnetic compatibility and emissions standards.
These standards will apply to ADC/Mobile Computing products sold in EC member
countries as those countries adopt the EC standards into law. Currently, the
Company believes that its products are in material compliance with the
regulations in force in each of the EC member countries.
RAW MATERIALS
The Company uses a wide variety of raw materials in the manufacture of its
products and obtains such raw materials from a variety of suppliers. No single
supplier provides 10% or more of the Company's raw materials, nor do raw
materials from any one supplier generate 10% or more of the Company's
consolidated revenues. The Company does not have any long-term supply agreements
relating to raw materials.
18
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
The Company's executive offices, in owned premises, are at 360 North Crescent
Drive, Beverly Hills, California. Its principal plants and offices have an
aggregate floor area of approximately 3,324,098 square feet, of which 2,454,428
square feet (74%) are located in the United States, and 869,670 square feet
(26%) are located outside of the United States, primarily in the United Kingdom
and Canada. These properties are used by the business segments as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SQUARE FEET
------------
<S> <C>
Industrial Automation Systems................................................... 2,331,788
Automated Data Systems.......................................................... 659,310
------------
2,991,098
------------
------------
</TABLE>
Approximately 2,873,428 square feet (86%) of the principal plant, office and
commercial floor area is owned by the Company, and the balance is held under
lease.
The Company's plants and offices in the United States are situated in 17
locations in the following states:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STATE SQUARE FEET
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------
<S> <C>
Michigan........................................................................ 575,099
Pennsylvania.................................................................... 459,425
California...................................................................... 333,000
Washington...................................................................... 312,000
Illinois........................................................................ 189,438
Iowa............................................................................ 180,927
Other states.................................................................... 404,539
------------
2,454,428
------------
------------
</TABLE>
The above-mentioned facilities are in satisfactory condition and suitable for
the particular purposes for which they were acquired or constructed and are
adequate for present operations.
The foregoing information excludes Company-held properties leased to others and
also excludes plants or offices which, when added to all other of the Company's
plants and offices in the same city, have a total floor area of less than 50,000
square feet.
19
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
The following unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations have been
prepared from the historical financial statements of the Company and Norand
Corporation. Effective March 3, 1997, the Company acquired Norand for
approximately $280 million. The acquisition has been accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the acquisition cost has been
allocated among the net assets of Norand based upon their estimated fair values.
Such allocation process resulted in approximately $138 million in value assigned
to in-process research and development activities; $23 million was assigned to
identified intangibles (which will be amortized over periods ranging from five
to eighteen years); and approximately $123 million was assigned to goodwill
(which will be amortized over 25 years). In accordance with Financial Accounting
Standards Board Interpretation No. 4 ("FIN 4"), the values assigned to
in-process research and development activities acquired in the Norand and UBI
transactions ($203 million in total) were charged to expense by the Company
during the period ended June 30, 1997.
The operations of Norand for the year ended November 30, 1996 have been combined
with the Company's operations for the year ended December 31, 1996. Norand's
historical operations for the two months ended March 1, 1997 have been combined
with the Company's operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 (which
include Norand subsequent to the acquisition date).
The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations are not necessarily
indicative of what the results of operations would have been if the combination
had occurred on the above-mentioned dates. Additionally, they are not predictive
of future results of operations. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of
operations should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited historical
combined financial statements, along with Norand's audited historical financial
statements for the year ended August 31, 1996, included elsewhere in this
Information Statement.
20
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNOVA NORAND
HISTORICAL HISTORICAL
SIX MONTHS TWO MONTHS
ENDED ENDED
JUNE 30, MARCH 1,
1997 1997 ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
------------- ----------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales and Service Revenues........................ $ 732,343 $ 36,798 $ 769,141
------------- ----------- -------------
Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales................................... 512,516 21,675 534,191
Selling, general and administrative............. 152,671 17,168 169,839
In-process research and development charge...... 203,300 $ (203,300)(2)
Depreciation and amortization................... 17,035 1,932 1,136(1) 20,103
Interest -- net................................. 7,099 979 1,533 )(4 9,611
------------- ----------- ------------ -------------
Total Costs and Expenses.......................... 892,621 41,754 (200,631) 733,744
------------- ----------- ------------ -------------
Earnings (Loss) before Taxes on Income............ (160,278) (4,956) 200,631 35,397
Taxes on Income................................... (17,208) 1,487 1,562(5) (14,159)
------------- ----------- ------------ -------------
Net Earnings (Loss)............................... $ (177,486) $ (3,469) $ 202,193 $ 21,238
------------- ----------- ------------ -------------
------------- ----------- ------------ -------------
Pro Forma Net Earnings (Loss) per Share........... $ (3.29) $ (0.07) $ 3.75 $ 0.39
------------- ----------- ------------ -------------
------------- ----------- ------------ -------------
(Equivalent Shares of 53.9 million)
</TABLE>
21
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNOVA NORAND
HISTORICAL HISTORICAL
YEAR YEAR
ENDED ENDED
DECEMBER 31, NOVEMBER 30,
1996 1996 ADJUSTMENTS PRO FORMA
-------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales and Service Revenues.................... $ 1,164,682 $ 241,130 $ 1,405,812
-------------- -------------- -------------
Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales............................... 841,820 139,965 981,785
Selling, general and administrative......... 218,672 87,165 305,837
Depreciation and amortization............... 27,043 12,344 $ 6,837(1) 46,224
Interest -- net............................. 7,111 5,821 2,992 )(4 15,924
Litigation settlement....................... 5,100 5,100
Cost of restructuring operations............ 4,392 4,392
-------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
Total Costs and Expenses...................... 1,094,646 254,787 9,829 1,359,262
-------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
Earnings (Loss) before Taxes on Income........ 70,036 (13,657) (9,829) 46,550
Taxes on Income............................... (28,014) 4,097 5,297(5) (18,620)
-------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
Net Earnings (Loss)........................... $ 42,022 $ (9,560) $ (4,532) $ 27,930
-------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
-------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
Pro Forma Net Earnings (Loss) per Share....... $ 0.78 $ (0.18) $ (0.08) $ 0.52
-------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
-------------- -------------- ------------ -------------
(Equivalent Shares of 53.9 million)
</TABLE>
22
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
The following pro forma adjustments give effect to the acquisition of Norand as
if it had occurred on January 1, 1996 or January 1, 1997, respectively. The pro
forma statements of operations have not been adjusted to eliminate the results
of the Material Handling division (sold in November 1996) nor the acquisitions
of UBI and Honsberg, because such results are not material to the Company's
operations.
(1) To record amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in
the acquisition of Norand.
(2) To eliminate the Company's non-recurring, non-tax-deductible charge to
expense acquired in-process research and development activities in
accordance with FIN 4.
(3) To record incremental interest expense on allocated Western Atlas corporate
debt using the Western Atlas estimated blended historical 7.5% annual rate.
(4) To eliminate Norand's historical interest expense related to short-term
borrowings under agreements which were repaid with additional Western Atlas
corporate debt concurrent with the Company's acquisition of Norand.
(5) To adjust the pro forma combined effective federal and state income tax rate
to 40%.
23
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
SELECTED COMBINED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected combined historical financial data of the Company should
be read in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements and
notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The following
selected combined historical financial data which relate to the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1996 have been derived from combined financial
statements audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors. The selected
combined historical financial data for the five-month period ended December 31,
1993, the one-year periods ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 and the six-month
periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 have been derived from unaudited combined
financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited combined
financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal
adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial position of the Company
at December 31, 1993, July 31, 1993 and 1992 and June 30, 1997 and 1996 and the
results of operations for the five-month period ended December 31, 1993, for the
years ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 and for the six-month periods ended June 30,
1997 and 1996. The historical combined financial statements of the Company may
not necessarily reflect the results of operations or financial position that
would have been obtained had the Company been a separate, independent company.
The historical combined results for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996
are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.
24
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
SELECTED COMBINED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS FIVE MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED
--------------------- -------------------------------- DECEMBER 31,
1997 1996 1996 1995 1994 1993
---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
OPERATING RESULTS:
Sales and Service Revenues.......................... $ 732.3 $ 504.5 $ 1,164.7 $ 942.9 $ 971.1 $ 360.9
---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- -------
Operating Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales..................................... 512.5 356.5 841.8 669.3 689.9 270.2
Selling, general and administrative(1)............ 356.0 103.8 218.7 194.1 199.9 79.4
Depreciation and amortization..................... 17.0 12.9 27.0 26.1 28.7 12.0
---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- -------
Total............................................. 885.5 473.2 1,087.5 889.5 918.5 361.6
---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- -------
(Loss) Earnings before Interest and Taxes(2)........ (153.2) 31.3 77.2 53.4 52.6 (0.7)
Interest Expense-net(3)............................. (7.1) (3.1) (7.1) (9.3) (15.7) (4.3)
Taxes on Income..................................... (17.2) (11.3) (28.1) (17.9) (15.3) (0.3)
---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- -------
Net (Loss) Earnings(2).............................. $ (177.5) $ 16.9 $ 42.0 $ 26.2 $ 21.6 $ (5.3)
---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- -------
---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- -------
Pro Forma Net (Loss) Earnings
per Share(2)...................................... $ (3.29) $ 0.78
Equivalent Shares(4)................................ 53,892 53,892
FINANCIAL POSITION (at end of period):
Total Assets........................................ $ 1,351.3 $ 906.6 $ 1,073.8 $ 919.0 $ 860.8 $ 799.0
Equity -- Investment by Western Atlas............... $ 590.2 $ 501.5 $ 574.5 $ 502.7 $ 439.4 $ 380.9
Notes Payable and Current Portion of Long-term
Obligations....................................... $ 57.4 $ 23.3 $ 27.5 $ 22.2 $ 41.7 $ 7.1
Long-term Obligations............................... $ 17.3 $ 14.0 $ 14.5 $ 14.1 $ 9.0 $ 8.9
Allocated Portion of Western Atlas Debt............. $ 228.2 $ 112.7 $ 109.6 $ 112.4 $ 112.8 $ 211.0
Working Capital..................................... $ 83.5 $ 192.2 $ 266.0 $ 194.7 $ 115.2 $ 53.0
Current Ratio....................................... 1.1 1.6 1.6 1.6 1.3 1.1
Total Debt as a Percentage of Total
Capitalization.................................... 34% 23% 21% 23% 27% 37%
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
JULY 31,
--------------------
1993 1992
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
Sales and Service Revenues.......................... $ 844.3 $ 761.8
--------- ---------
Operating Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales..................................... 589.9 526.3
Selling, general and administrative(1)............ 170.6 159.8
Depreciation and amortization..................... 26.8 26.7
--------- ---------
Total............................................. 787.3 712.8
--------- ---------
(Loss) Earnings before Interest and Taxes(2)........ 57.0 49.0
Interest Expense-net(3)............................. (5.1) (7.0)
Taxes on Income..................................... (20.5) (16.6)
--------- ---------
Net (Loss) Earnings(2).............................. $ 31.4 $ 25.4
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
Pro Forma Net (Loss) Earnings
per Share(2)......................................
Equivalent Shares(4)................................
FINANCIAL POSITION (at end of period):
Total Assets........................................ $ 748.0 $ 717.8
Equity -- Investment by Western Atlas............... $ 471.5 $ 410.9
Notes Payable and Current Portion of Long-term
Obligations....................................... $ 4.3 $ 1.8
Long-term Obligations............................... $ 19.1 $ 19.8
Allocated Portion of Western Atlas Debt............. $ 27.3 $ 76.7
Working Capital..................................... $ 199.5 $ 117.7
Current Ratio....................................... 2.0 1.5
Total Debt as a Percentage of Total
Capitalization.................................... 10% 19%
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(1) General and Administrative Costs include allocated charges from Western
Atlas of $22.2 million, $19.9 million, $27.6 million, $8.1 million, $14.1
million and $10.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995
and 1994, the five months ended December 31, 1993, and the fiscal years
ended July 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively, and $9.1 million and $10.8
million for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. The June 30, 1997 period includes a $203.3 million
non-tax-deductible charge, or $3.77 per share, for the value of in-process
research and development activities resulting from the Norand and UBI
acquisitions.
(2) Amounts presented for the year ended July 31, 1993 are before a cumulative
effect of a change in accounting principle for the adoption of the
provisions of SFAS No. 106, Employer's Accounting for Postretirement
Benefits Other Than Pensions. The Company elected immediate recognition of
the transition liability, and recorded a net of tax charge of $9.3 million.
Net earnings for the period were $22.1 million and earnings per share were
$0.41 after the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
(3) Interest expense includes allocated charges from Western Atlas of $8.3
million, $8.4 million, $12.1 million, $3.7 million, $3.9 million and $5.8
million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the
five months ended December 31, 1993, and the fiscal years ended July 31,
1993 and 1992, respectively, and $6.3 million and $4.1 million for the
six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
(4) In thousands. The number of common shares used to calculate earnings per
share for all periods presented is based on the number of shares of Western
Atlas Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 1997.
25
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following is a description of the business segments of the Company and a
discussion of the historical combined financial condition and results of
operations of the Company and factors affecting the Company's financial
resources and capital after the Distribution. This discussion should be read in
conjunction with the historical combined financial statements and notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Information Statement.
GENERAL
The Company is an industrial technologies company providing global customers
with solutions for improving their efficiency and productivity. The Company's
business segments comprise Automated Data Systems ("ADS") and Industrial
Automation Systems ("IAS").
Future growth in these businesses is expected to result from expansion of the
Company's existing operations and its customer base, and through acquisitions.
In seeking acquisitions, the Company will concentrate on technologies, products
and services which enhance customer productivity and efficiency, and those that
can be characterized as growth drivers.
Currently, the Company estimates that about 45% of its revenues will come from
ADS operations and about 55% of revenues will be derived from IAS activities for
the 1997 fiscal year.
AUTOMATED DATA SYSTEMS
ADS comprises automated data collection ("ADC") and mobile computing products
and services, conducted under the Intermec, Norand and UBI brand names. Intermec
was acquired in 1991; Norand and UBI were acquired early in 1997. Customers
include the global distribution and transportation companies, food and beverage
operations, manufacturing industries, health care providers and government
agencies. All three companies operate as one organization serving the global bar
code, data collection and mobile computing market, which has grown approximately
12% to 15% annually over the past five years. The Company's ADS operations
represented slightly more than 30% of the Company's total revenues in each of
the fiscal years ended 1996, 1995 and 1994, and were based only on Intermec's
results prior to the 1997 acquisitions of Norand and UBI. Together, the three
companies would have had combined revenues of about $700 million in 1996, which
would have represented 50% of the Company's unaudited pro forma 1996 revenues.
Intermec accounted for 32%, 34% and 31% of the Company's combined revenues in
fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
This combination of companies and capabilities establishes the Company as a
leading participant in the emerging logistics automation marketplace. Together,
they offer a broad range of products which are used to gather, organize and
transmit selected data from various off-site or in-premise locations to central
computers or information retrieval systems in order to track parts, products and
people through manufacturing, distribution and other processes.
The ongoing development of the Company's ADC/Mobile Computing activities will
depend primarily on the application of new technologies and products to maintain
its position in this technology-driven market. The Company believes it has the
necessary technical expertise to achieve this goal. Future geographic
opportunities have been identified outside North America, particularly in
Europe, Latin America and Asia, where the use of data collection technology is
less developed. To capitalize on these emerging markets, the Company is
expanding its international marketing, distribution and support network, and is
engaged in an ongoing program to locate Company-owned resources in key markets
worldwide.
26
<PAGE>
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
IAS includes integrated manufacturing systems, body welding and assembly
systems, and precision grinding and abrasive systems, primarily serving the
worldwide automotive, off-road and diesel engine manufacturing industries.
The Company plans to continue to develop its existing IAS customer base by
seeking a greater role in customer projects, continuing its emphasis on product
development and expanding its international activities.
The Company also intends to increase its presence in IAS market segments where
it presently holds a smaller market share, such as the body welding and assembly
systems area, and the application of lower-volume flexible manufacturing systems
and CNC machines. In some areas the Company also has developed high-precision
manufacturing technologies that should allow it to establish a presence in
growth markets such as micro-electronics with its new generation of
ultra-high-precision wafer grinders.
INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS. Through its Lamb, Lamb Technicon and Honsberg
Lamb operations, the Company designs, integrates and installs integrated
machining systems for the world's automotive and off-road vehicle industries.
The integrated manufacturing systems divisions design manufacturing solutions
for all production volumes of powertrain components -- primarily engines and
transmissions. Integrated manufacturing systems accounted for 39%, 38% and 44%
of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
BODY WELDING AND ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS. The Lamb Body Welding and Assembly Systems
division designs automated systems to assemble and weld high-quality automobile
and truck bodies as well as other industrial products. Through its Assembly and
Test Systems operations, the division also designs and builds specialized
assembly and/or testing equipment and systems for a variety of manufacturing
applications. Body Welding and Assembly Systems accounted for 12%, 8% and 9% of
the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
PRECISION GRINDING AND ABRASIVES. The Company develops and produces precision
grinding systems and equipment for the global manufacturing market. A key area
of the Company's expertise is the application of precision cylindrical and disc
grinding technologies to medium- and high-volume production of car engines and
transmission components such as camshafts, crankshafts or connecting rods.
Precision Grinding and Abrasives accounted for 17%, 20% and 16% of the Company's
combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
The Company's preliminary net earnings for the quarter ended September 30, 1997
were $11.7 million, or $0.22 per share.
The Company acquired Norand Corporation ("Norand") on March 3, 1997, and United
Barcode Industries ("UBI") on April 4, 1997. Norand designs, manufactures and
markets mobile computing systems and wireless data communications networks using
radio frequency technology. UBI is a European-based ADC company headquartered in
Sweden, with fiscal 1996 sales of approximately $100 million. These companies
are currently being integrated into the ADS segment. Both transactions were
funded using a combination of Western Atlas' committed credit facilities,
short-term uncommitted credit lines and excess cash, and are being accounted for
under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the acquisition costs
(approximately $280 million and $107 million for Norand and UBI, respectively)
have been allocated to the net assets acquired based upon their relative fair
values. Such allocation resulted in $203 million assigned to in-process research
and development activities; $156 million assigned to goodwill (to be amortized
over 25 years); and $29 million assigned to other intangibles (to be amortized
over periods ranging from 4 to 18 years). During the period ended June 30, 1997,
the
27
<PAGE>
Company expensed the amounts assigned to in-process research and development in
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 4.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Sales and service revenues and segment operating profit for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 (excluding the $203 million charge for acquired in-process
research and development described above) and 1996, and each of the three years
ended December 31, were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED
JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
-------------------- -------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1997 1996 1996 1995 1994
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
SALES AND SERVICE REVENUES
Automated Data Systems................................................ $ 282 $ 175 $ 367 $ 321 $ 303
Industrial Automation Systems......................................... 450 329 798 622 668
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total Sales and Service Revenues...................................... $ 732 $ 504 $ 1,165 $ 943 $ 971
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
SEGMENT OPERATING PROFIT
Automated Data Systems................................................ $ 12 $ 13 $ 30 $ 13 $ 24
Industrial Automation Systems......................................... 49 29 70 62 56
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total Segment Operating Profit........................................ $ 61 $ 42 $ 100 $ 75 $ 80
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO 1996
Total sales and service revenues increased $228 million, or 45% for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 compared with the corresponding prior period. Total
segment operating profit, excluding a $203 million charge for acquired
in-process research and development, increased $19 million, or 45% for the six
months ended June 30, 1997 compared to the corresponding prior period.
ADS revenues increased by $107 million, or 61% due to the acquisitions of Norand
and UBI. However, ADS operating profit declined by $1 million, or 8% due
primarily to the process of integrating the newly acquired companies with
Intermec. Operating profit margins, which declined from 7.4% in 1996 to 4.3% in
1997, are expected to improve to historical levels following the completion of
the integration efforts in late 1997.
IAS revenues increased $121 million, or 37% and related operating profit
increased $20 million, or 69% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared
with the corresponding prior period. IAS experiences lower profit margins in the
early stages of long-term contracts (until the development risks have been
mitigated). During 1997 the Integrated Manufacturing Systems operations
experienced a higher level of revenues and profits from contracts in the final
delivery and installation phase.
These projects contributed to an increase in operating margins for IAS from 8.8%
in 1996 to 10.9% in 1997. Accordingly, IAS backlog declined from $545 million at
December 31, 1996 to $407 million at June 30, 1997.
Net interest expense was $7.1 million and $3.1 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The increase is primarily due to an
increase in the level of Western Atlas allocated debt from $113 million at June
30, 1996 to $228 million at June 30, 1997. The increase in allocated debt is
primarily attributable to the 1997 acquisitions of Norand and UBI.
28
<PAGE>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO 1995
Total sales and service revenues increased $222 million, or 24%, and related
segment operating profit increased $25 million, or 33% for the year ended
December 31, 1996 compared with the corresponding prior period.
ADS revenues increased by $46 million, or 14% as a result of the success of new
product introductions and increased deliveries on Intermec's five-year purchase
agreement with the U.S. Government. Revenues attributable to new product
introductions rose by $23 million, or 209%, and related unit shipments increased
213% over 1995 levels. Revenues under the purchase agreement with the U.S.
Government increased $16 million, primarily attributable to a 38% increase in
unit hardware shipments.
ADS operating profit increased by $17 million in 1996, and operating margins
improved from 4.0% in 1995 to 8.2% in 1996. In 1995 margins were adversely
impacted by changes in product mix and competitive pressure on pricing of
certain mature product lines. Approximately one percentage point of the 1996
increase was due to improved margins on media products (labels and printer
ribbons), while the remaining improvement resulted from the Company responding
to factors contributing to the 1995 decrease. The 1995 decrease in margins was
affected by the cost of a shift from proprietary to open architecture systems
which caused an approximate two percentage point decrease, while pricing
pressure contributed to an additional decrease of approximately two percentage
points.
IAS revenues increased by $176 million, or 28% in 1996, and its operating profit
increased by 13% to $70 million. Operating margins declined from 10.0% in 1995
to 8.8% in 1996 as a result of lower profit recognition in the early stages of
certain 1996 contracts. Backlog improved to $545 million at December 31, 1996
compared to $501 million at the prior year-end.
Net interest expense decreased from $9.3 million in 1995 to $7.1 million in 1996
because of lower levels of allocated Western Atlas debt, as well as reduced
interest income attributable to lower average balances in cash and marketable
securities.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO 1994
Total sales and service revenues decreased $28 million, or 3%, and related
segment operating profit decreased $5 million, or 6% for the year ended December
31, 1995 compared with the corresponding prior period.
ADS revenues increased by $18 million, or 6% in 1995. However, related operating
profit declined by $11 million, or 46%, and ADS operating margins dropped from
7.9% to 4.0% for the reasons discussed above.
IAS revenues decreased $46 million, or 7%, and related operating profit
increased $6 million, or 11% for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared with
the corresponding prior period. The decrease in sales and service revenues from
1994 compared with 1995 resulted from several large programs with automobile
customers being completed by the Integrated Manufacturing Systems operations and
shipped near the end of 1994. The increase in operating profit is partially
attributable to improvements in the operational performance of the Material
Handling Systems division in 1995 compared with 1994. This division was included
with IAS until it was sold in 1996. IAS backlog increased to $501 million at
December 31, 1995, from $353 million at December 31, 1994.
Net interest expense decreased from $15.7 million in 1994 to $9.3 million in
1995. Allocated Western Atlas debt declined following the sale of 6.9 million
Western Atlas common shares in September 1994, the proceeds of which ($286
million) were used primarily to pay down debt.
29
<PAGE>
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS
The Company is subject to the effects of international currency fluctuations due
to the global nature of its operations. Currency fluctuations did not have a
significant impact on operations during fiscal years 1996, 1995 and 1994. It is
not possible to predict the Company's exposure to foreign currency fluctuations
beyond the near term because revenues generated from particular foreign
jurisdictions vary widely over time. The Company hedges transactions from time
to time, but the amount and volume of such transactions are not material.
For fiscal year 1996, the Company derived approximately 18% of its revenues and
approximately 22% of its operating profits (exclusive of corporate overhead)
from non-U.S. operations. However, at December 31, 1996, identifiable assets
attributable to foreign operations comprised 14% of total assets (of which the
largest components were attributable to European operations). Therefore,
exposure of identifiable assets to foreign currency fluctuations or
expropriations is not significant, even after considering the 1997 acquisitions
of Norand and UBI.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash and marketable securities decreased from $149.5 million at December 31,
1996 to $21.8 million at June 30, 1997 primarily as a result of the Norand
acquisition.
The net accounts receivable balance was $495.1 million at June 30, 1997, and
$394.6 million and $284.1 million as of December 31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. The change from December 31, 1995 to 1996 and continuing on
through June 30, 1997 is due primarily to an increase in unbilled recoverable
costs and accrued profit on progress completed on long-term contracts. The
unbilled amounts are generally billed upon completion and shipping of the
project. Fluctuation of unbilled amounts is a normal aspect of long-term
contracts, and the Company does not foresee any adverse liquidity implications
resulting from this activity. The net accounts receivable increase from December
31, 1996 to June 30, 1997 is primarily attributable to trade receivables of the
recently acquired Norand and UBI companies.
Total debt increased from $151.5 million at December 31, 1996 to $302.9 million
at June 30, 1997 due primarily to an increase in Western Atlas allocated debt
attributable to the use of a combination of Western Atlas' committed credit
facilities and short-term uncommitted credit lines to fund the Norand and UBI
acquisitions. The remaining increase is primarily attributable to capital
expenditures and working capital needs of the operations. WAI short-term
borrowings currently bear interest at an annual rate of approximately 5.75% and
have maturities of up to 60 days. The Company expects that cash flow from
operations, along with available borrowing capacity, will be adequate to meet
working capital requirements. After payment of an intercompany dividend to
Western Atlas immediately prior to the Distribution, the Company expects to have
unused committed credit facilities of approximately $170 million. The Company
does not anticipate any material adverse decline in cash flow from operations
nor any significant changes in capital expenditures required to support ongoing
operations.
INFLATION
In the opinion of management, inflation has not been a significant factor in the
markets in which the Company operates and has not had a significant impact upon
the results of its operations.
30
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY
Immediately following the Distribution, the Board of Directors of the Company is
expected to consist of the five persons named below. Directors for each class
will be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders held the year in which the
term for such class expires and will serve thereafter for three years. The
expiration of the initial term of each director is indicated below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POSITION WITH THE COMPANY AND
PRINCIPAL BUSINESS AFFILIATIONS DURING
NAME AGE PAST FIVE YEARS
- --------------------------------------------- --- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Alton J. Brann............................... 55 Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company. Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
and a director of Western Atlas since March 1994; prior
thereto President from November 1990 and Chief Executive
Officer of Litton from December 1992 to March 1994. A
director of Litton since December 1990.
Stephen E. Frank............................. 55 President and Chief Operating Officer of Southern California
Edison, a subsidiary of Edison International since June
1995; prior to that President and Chief Operating Officer of
Florida Power and Light Company since August 1990. Mr. Frank
is also a director of Washington Mutual, Inc.
Orion L. Hoch................................ 68 Chairman of the Executive Committee and a member of the
Western Atlas Board since March 1994; prior thereto Chairman
of the Board of Litton from March 1988 to March 1994; Chief
Executive Officer of Litton from December 1986 to December
1992 and a director of Litton since June 1982.
Steven B. Sample............................. 56 President of the University of Southern California since
March 1991. Dr. Sample is also a member of the Board of
Directors of Wm. Wrigley Jr. Company, Santa Catalina Company
and Presley Companies. He has been a director of Western
Atlas since March 1994.
William D. Walsh............................. 67 Partner of Sequoia Associates, a private investment firm,
since June 1982. Mr. Walsh is also a director of American
Ireland Fund, BVP, Inc., Crown Vantage, Inc., Newcourt
Credit Group, Inc. and URS Corporation. He is Chairman of
the Board of Golden Valley Produce, LLC, Clayton Group,
Inc., Consolidated Freightways Corporation, Newell
Manufacturing Corporation and Newell Industrial Corporation.
</TABLE>
On the Distribution Date, Dr. Sample will resign as a member of the Board of
Directors of Western Atlas. Mr. Brann and Dr. Hoch are expected to continue as
directors of Western Atlas, and Mr. Brann will be elected non-executive Chairman
of the Board of Western Atlas effective as of the Distribution Date.
The Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company provide that the
Company's Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the
classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. Of the initial directors,
Mr. Frank and Dr. Hoch will serve until the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders;
Dr. Sample and Mr. Walsh will serve until the 2000 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders; and Mr. Brann will serve until the 2001 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders. Starting with the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, one class
of directors will be elected each year for a three-year term. See "Certain
Antitakeover
31
<PAGE>
Effects of Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws,
State Law and the Rights Plan -- Classified Board of Directors."
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the persons who
currently serve as executive officers of the Company. Each such person was
elected to the indicated office with the Company in anticipation of the
Distribution and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Those persons
who have been officers and/or employees of Western Atlas will relinquish such
positions in connection with the Distribution.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POSITION WITH THE COMPANY AND
PRINCIPAL BUSINESS AFFILIATIONS DURING
NAME AGE PAST FIVE YEARS
- --------------------------------------------- --- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Alton J. Brann............................... 55 Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; for prior
business experience see "Directors of the Company" above.
Charles A. Cusumano.......................... 51 Vice President, Finance. Vice President, Finance, of Western
Atlas since October 1, 1996. Prior thereto, Vice President
and Controller of Western Atlas from March 1994 to September
30, 1996. Vice President, Finance, of Litton's Industrial
Automation Systems Group from October 1988 to March 1994.
Michael E. Keane............................. 41 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Western Atlas
since October 1, 1996. Prior thereto, Vice President and
Treasurer of Western Atlas from March 1994 to September 30,
1996. Director of Pensions and Insurance of Litton from
February 1991 to March 1994.
Michael Ohanian.............................. 65 Senior Vice President and Group Executive, Automated Data
Systems. Senior Vice President of Western Atlas since July
8, 1997, Vice President of Western Atlas from May 1996 to
July 1997 and President of Intermec since May 1995. Prior
thereto, an independent consultant from September 1994 to
May 1995 and Vice President, Strategic and Government
Programs, of Intermec from April 1988 to September 1994.
Norman L. Roberts............................ 62 Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Senior Vice
President and General Counsel of Western Atlas since March
1994. Prior thereto, Senior Vice President and General
Counsel of Litton from March 1990 to March 1994.
Clayton A. Williams.......................... 63 Senior Vice President and Group Executive, Industrial
Automation Systems. Senior Vice President of Western Atlas
since May 7, 1996 and Group Executive of Western Atlas'
Manufacturing Systems Group since December 1995. Prior
thereto, Vice President of Western Atlas from December 9,
1995 to May 7, 1996. Vice President of Litton from June 1992
to December 1995 and President of its Applied Technology
division from January 1990 to December 1995.
</TABLE>
32
<PAGE>
THE BOARD AND CERTAIN BOARD COMMITTEES
The Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") is expected to establish an Audit
and Compliance Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating Committee.
The duties and membership of such committees will be established at the initial
meeting of the Board following the Distribution.
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION AND RETIREMENT POLICIES
Directors who are not employees of the Company are expected to be paid an annual
fee for Board service of $30,000, payable in quarterly installments, and an
attendance fee of $2,000 for each Board meeting attended and each meeting of a
committee of the Board attended. In addition, any nonemployee director serving
as Chair of the Audit and Compliance Committee or the Compensation Committee
will receive a separate annual fee of $4,000, and any nonemployee director
serving as Chair of the Nominating Committee will receive a separate annual fee
of $3,000. Directors may elect prior to the Distribution Date (for fees earned
in 1997) and prior to the commencement of the calendar year for each year
thereafter, to receive 50% or more of the fees described in the two preceding
sentences in Company Common Stock pursuant to the Director Stock Option and Fee
Plan described below; PROVIDED, that new directors may make such election during
the 30-day period immediately following commencement of service as a director.
The number of shares of Company Common Stock which may be received in lieu of
cash fees shall equal the quarterly fees earned which the director has elected
to convert into Company Common Stock, divided by the average for the quarter of
the average of the high and low prices of the Company Common Stock on each
trading day during the quarter. Directors who are employees of the Company are
not paid any fee or additional remuneration for services as members of the Board
or any committee thereof. Director fees, including fees elected to be paid in
Company Common Stock, may be deferred pursuant to the Director Stock Option and
Fee Plan described below.
The Company is expected to adopt a policy establishing the mandatory retirement
date of each director and advisory director as the date of the Annual Meeting of
the shareholders of the Company next following his or her 72nd birthday.
DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AND DEFERRED FEE PLAN
Under the terms of the UNOVA, Inc. Director Stock Option and Fee Plan (the
"Director Plan"), directors (including advisory directors, if any) who are not
employees of the Company or any subsidiary thereof automatically receive annual
grants of options to purchase shares of the Company Common Stock at the fair
market value of such stock on the date of grant. The initial grants under the
Director Plan will be made as of the Distribution Date (for purposes of the
initial grants made as of the Distribution Date, fair market value shall be
based on the average of the high and low daily prices of the Company Common
Stock as reported in the NYSE Composite Tape on the sixth through tenth trading
dates, inclusive, following the Distribution Date). Each of these initial grants
will cover 25,000 shares of the Company Common Stock. Any person who joins the
Board as a nonemployee director subsequent to the date of the initial grant of
options under the Director Plan and who neither received options under the 1997
Plan during the two-year period preceding the date of commencement of Board
membership nor was an employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company
during such two-year period will receive an initial grant of options to purchase
25,000 shares upon joining the Board. Commencing in 1999, on the first business
day following the Company's annual shareholders' meeting for each year during
the term of the Director Plan, each nonemployee director automatically will
receive a grant of an option for 2,500 shares. All options granted under the
Director Plan become fully exercisable on the first anniversary of the grant
thereof; however, if a director dies or becomes permanently disabled while
serving on the Board, or if the director retires pursuant to the policy for
mandatory retirement of directors described below, then all options held by such
director become exercisable in full. In addition, if a change in control of the
Company (as defined in the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan as described below) occurs,
then all options granted under the Director Plan become fully exercisable. An
aggregate of 500,000 shares of
33
<PAGE>
Company Common Stock, subject to adjustment for certain events affecting the
Company's capitalization, are authorized for issuance under the Director Plan.
Options granted under the Director Plan shall remain exercisable until three
years following the first to occur of the retirement or resignation of the
director from the Board (or the director's failure to be re-elected to the
Board), the total and permanent disability of the director, or the death of the
director.
Pursuant to the Director Plan, nonemployee directors may elect to defer all or a
portion of their fees described under the caption "Directors' Compensation and
Retirement Policies" to either a deferred stock account or cash account. The
deferred stock account will enable directors to defer their fees into phantom
Company Common Stock, and the cash account will provide a deferral into an
interest-based account. An election to defer fees must be made prior to the
Distribution Date (for fees earned in 1997) and prior to the commencement of the
calendar year for fees earned in each year thereafter; provided, that new
directors may make such election during the 30-day period following commencement
of service as a director.
The deferred stock account will be a bookkeeping account credited with share
units representing shares of Company Common Stock. Dividends paid on Company
Common Stock will be treated as paid on the number of share units in the
deferred stock account and as reinvested in share units credited to the deferred
stock account. The cash account will accrue interest at a rate equal to the
prime rate as reported by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York on the first
business day of the applicable quarter.
Credits to the deferred stock and cash accounts shall be made on the first
business day following the end of each quarter. A director's stock account will
be credited with the number of shares of Company Common Stock into which the
director's fees would be converted pursuant to an election to receive Company
Common Stock in lieu of cash fees, and are the subject of a deferral election.
Transfers between the stock account and the cash account will not be permitted.
Deferred amounts will be paid to each director commencing in the January
following the director's termination of service with the Board. Such payments
may be made in a lump sum or in two to fifteen annual installments as elected by
the director at the time of the deferral election. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, upon a change in control of the Company, all deferred accounts will
be paid out immediately. The deferred stock account will be paid in shares of
Company Common Stock equal to the number of share units credited to such
account, and the cash account will be paid in cash.
The Director Plan will be administered by the Board, which will have authority
to interpret, and make rules and regulations relating to, the Director Plan and
to determine the provisions of the individual option agreements to be entered
into under the Director Plan. The Director Plan will terminate on December 15,
2007 (unless earlier discontinued by the Board), but such termination will not
affect the rights of the holder of any option or participant in a deferred stock
or cash account outstanding on such date of termination. The Board may suspend
or discontinue the Director Plan or amend it in any respect whatsoever;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such amendment shall adversely affect the rights of
any director without such director's consent or shall be made without
stockholder approval if such approval is required by any regulation, law or
stock exchange rule.
Of the individuals named on page 31, all except Mr. Brann are expected to be
eligible to participate in the Director Plan immediately following the
Distribution Date.
The foregoing summary of the Director Plan is qualified by reference to the text
of the Director Plan which is attached to this Information Statement as Annex A.
34
<PAGE>
ANNUAL MEETING
The Company's By-laws provide that annual meetings of shareholders shall be held
at such place and time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board. The first
annual meeting for which proxies will be solicited from shareholders is expected
to be held in May 1999.
HISTORICAL COMPENSATION
The following table sets forth, for the chief executive and the four other
executive officers of the Company who, based upon employment by Western Atlas
and its subsidiaries, received the highest compensation with respect to the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 (the "Named Executive Officers"),
information concerning compensation paid in fiscal 1996 to such persons by
Western Atlas or its subsidiaries. The principal positions listed in the table
are those expected to be held by the Named Executive Officers following the
Distribution.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ANNUAL COMPENSATION LONG TERM COMPENSATION
-------------------- ---------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
AWARDS
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING ALL OTHER
SALARY BONUS OPTIONS COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR ($) ($)(A) (#) ($)(B)
- ------------------------------------------------- --------- --------- --------- ----------- --------------
Alton J. Brann 1996 687,030 928,125 50,000 17,382
Chairman of the Board and 1995 649,065 669,638 50,000 17,130
Chief Executive Officer 1994 573,092 625,000 175,000 157,994
Charles A. Cusumano 1996 226,289 174,242 15,000 4,936
Vice President, Finance
Michael Ohanian 1996 269,232 269,232 11,000 9,250
Senior Vice President
Norman L. Roberts 1996 295,846 292,887 15,000 9,057
Senior Vice President 1995 285,774 220,455 15,000 10,090
and General Counsel 1994 267,027 210,000 25,000 39,289
Clayton A. Williams 1996 257,500 321,875 12,000 45,540
Senior Vice President 1995 15,385(c) 0 25,000 0
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(a) Bonuses awarded to the Named Executive Officers, with respect to 1996 were
paid as follows: an amount equal to 50% of the recipient's annual base pay
in effect on January 1, 1996, was paid in February 1997, and the remainder
will be paid one year later provided the recipient is then in the employ of
the Company, or has terminated employment by reason of death, disability, or
retirement or is on an approved leave of absence. Where a bonus exceeded
100% of the recipient's base pay at January 1, 1996, an amount equal to one
half of such base pay was paid in February 1997; and, subject to
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the preceding sentence, an
additional amount equal to 50% of such base pay will be paid in February
1998; and the remainder, in February 1999.
(b) Included in this column for 1996 are the following: (i) present value costs
of Western Atlas' portion of the 1996 premium for split-dollar life
insurance for Mr. Brann of $1,936; (ii) the amount of $2,793 representing
premiums paid by Western Atlas with respect to the participation in Western
Atlas' Executive Medical Plan of each of Messrs. Brann and Roberts; (iii)
the following amounts representing interest imputed to and taxable to the
holder of loans from Western Atlas: Mr. Brann, $10,903, Mr. Cusumano,
$3,186, and Mr. Roberts, $4,514; (iv) Western Atlas matching contributions
of $1,750 made to the respective accounts of Messrs. Brann, Cusumano,
Ohanian and Roberts under
35
<PAGE>
Western Atlas' 401(k) plan; and (v) the amount of $7,500 paid to Mr. Ohanian
by a subsidiary of Western Atlas pursuant to an executive flexible benefits
plan; and (vi) the amount of $45,540 paid to Mr. Williams as relocation
expenses and relocation bonus in connection with his move from San Francisco
to the Detroit area in December 1995, to assume the position of Group
Executive for Western Atlas' Manufacturing Systems Operations.
(c) Represents salary paid to Mr. Williams from the date of his employment by
Western Atlas, December 9, 1995, through December 31, 1995.
The following table shows stock option grants with respect to shares of Western
Atlas Common Stock under employee stock option plans of Western Atlas to the
Named Executive Officers during the 1996 fiscal year.
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
NUMBER OF PERCENTAGE OF
SECURITIES TOTAL OPTIONS GRANT DATE
UNDERLYING GRANTED TO EXERCISE PRESENT
OPTIONS EMPLOYEES IN PRICE EXPIRATION VALUE
NAME GRANTED (#)(A) FISCAL YEAR ($/SH) DATE ($)(B)
- --------------------------------------- -------------- ------------------- ----------- ------------ -----------
Alton J. Brann......................... 1,731(c) 0.29% 57.75 8/15/2006 54,653
48,269(d) 7.98% 57.75 8/15/2006 1,523,990
Charles A. Cusumano.................... 1,731(c) 0.29% 57.75 8/15/2006 54,653
13,269(e) 2.19% 57.75 8/15/2006 418,940
Michael Ohanian........................ 8,655(f) 1.43% 57.75 8/15/2006 273,263
2,345(g) 0.39% 57.75 8/15/2006 74,038
Norman L. Roberts...................... 1,731(c) 0.29% 57.75 8/15/2006 54,653
13,269(e) 2.19% 57.75 8/15/2006 418,940
Clayton A. Williams.................... 1,731(c) 0.29% 57.75 8/15/2006 54,653
10,269(h) 1.70% 57.75 8/15/2006 324,222
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(a) All options granted to the Named Executive Officers were granted at the
prevailing market price of the Western Atlas Common Stock on the date of
grant. These options permit payment of the exercise price and any
withholding tax due upon exercise by the surrender of already owned shares
of Western Atlas Common Stock having a fair market value equal to the
exercise price or the amount of withholding tax, as the case may be, or
payment of withholding tax by applying shares otherwise receivable upon
exercise. All such options become immediately exercisable upon the
occurrence of certain events resulting in a change in control of Western
Atlas, and accelerated vesting schedules become applicable in the event of
the death of the optionee while in the employ of Western Atlas. Change in
control has the meaning described on page 47.
(b) The Black-Scholes model was used to determine the grant date present value
of stock options. This method requires the assumption of certain values that
affect the option price. The values which were used in this model are the
volatility of Western Atlas' stock price and the estimate of the risk-free
interest rate. Since Western Atlas does not pay a dividend, no yield on the
Western Atlas Common Stock was assumed. For purposes of the model used to
value the options in this table, a volatility factor of 26%, determined from
historical stock price fluctuations, and a 6.7% risk-free interest rate,
determined from market information prevailing on the grant date, were used.
No adjustments were made for the nontransferability or risk of forfeiture of
the stock options. This model assumed all options are exercised on their
respective expiration dates. There is no assurance that these assumptions
will prove true in the future. The actual value of the options depends on
the market price of the Western Atlas Common Stock at the date of exercise,
which may vary from the theoretical value indicated in the table.
36
<PAGE>
(c) Incentive Stock Options. These options become 100% exercisable on the fifth
anniversary of the date of grant.
(d) Nonqualified Stock Options. These options become exercisable in four
installments of 10,000 shares each on the first through the fourth
anniversaries of the date of grant, and in one installment of 8,269 shares
on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant.
(e) Nonqualified Stock Options. These options become exercisable in four
installments of 3,000 shares each on the first through the fourth
anniversaries of the date of grant, and one installment of 1,269 shares on
the fifth anniversary of the date of grant.
(f) Incentive Stock Options. These options become exercisable in five equal
installments of 1,731 shares on each of the first through the fifth
anniversaries of the date of grant.
(g) Nonqualified Stock Options. These options become exercisable in five equal
installments of 469 shares each on the first through the fifth anniversaries
of the date of grant.
(h) Nonqualified Stock Options. These options become exercisable in four
installments of 2,400 shares each on the first through the fourth
anniversaries of the date of grant, and one installment of 669 shares on the
fifth anniversary of the date of grant.
37
<PAGE>
The following table provides information with respect to options to purchase
Western Atlas Common Stock exercised by any of the Named Executive Officers
during 1996 and with respect to the number and value of unexercised options held
by each Named Executive Officer at December 31, 1996.
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND
FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES(a)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES
SHARES UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
ACQUIRED OPTIONS AT IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
ON VALUE DECEMBER 31, 1996(#) DECEMBER 31, 1996($)
EXERCISE REALIZED ---------------------------- ----------------------------
NAME (#)(B) ($) EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- --------------------------------------- ----------- --------- ------------ -------------- ------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Alton J. Brann......................... 12,644 498,880 72,196 273,440 2,605,610 7,440,925
Charles A. Cusumano.................... 0 0 18,640 37,360 984,220 885,010
Michael Ohanian........................ 0 0 3,390 12,110 167,809 201,379
Norman L. Roberts...................... 0 0 17,600 59,400 795,780 1,604,768
Clayton A. Williams.................... 0 0 5,000 32,000 104,675 576,200
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(a) The number and value of unexercised options to purchase Western Atlas Common
Stock at the end of 1996 are shown in the table. In addition, Messrs. Brann,
Cusumano, Ohanian and Roberts held options to purchase shares of Litton
common stock, adjusted on account of the 1994 distribution of the Western
Atlas Common Stock to the shareholders of Litton and granted to them prior
to such distribution, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY LITTON OPTIONS
LITTON OPTIONS AT AT
DECEMBER 31, 1996 (#) DECEMBER 31,1996 ($)
---------------------------- ----------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
NAME EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
- ----------------------------------------------------- ------------ -------------- ------------ --------------
Alton J. Brann............................... 0 33,440 0 887,569
Charles A. Cusumano.......................... 9,940 2,560 326,878 82,604
Michael Ohanian.............................. 3,390 1,110 108,760 37,108
Norman L. Roberts............................ 14,600 7,400 460,596 233,951
</TABLE>
(b) During 1996 Mr. Brann exercised Litton options to purchase 49,840 shares,
thereby realizing $1,388,406.
ADJUSTMENTS TO OUTSTANDING WESTERN ATLAS OPTIONS AS A RESULT OF THE
DISTRIBUTION. Western Atlas has granted outstanding options to purchase Western
Atlas Common Stock under the Western Atlas Inc. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan and
the Western Atlas Inc. Director Stock Option Plan and has assumed options
granted under the plans of Norand Corporation (collectively, the "Western Atlas
Options"). Upon the Distribution, each Western Atlas Option will be adjusted by
(i) multiplying the number of shares of Western Atlas Common Stock subject to
the option by the Adjustment Factor and (ii) dividing the exercise price per
share of the option by the Adjustment Factor. For these purposes, the
"Adjustment Factor" is defined as the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the
Average Market Price of the Western Atlas Common Stock plus the Average Market
Price of the Company Common Stock by (y) the Average Market Price of the Western
Atlas Common Stock. The "Average Market Price" of Western Atlas Common Stock or
Company Common Stock, as the case may be, is defined to be the average of the
high and low daily prices of such security as reported on the NYSE Composite
Tape on the sixth through tenth trading days, inclusive, following the date of
the Distribution. The Western Atlas Options held by employees will be amended to
provide that, (i) for purposes of the vesting, exercisability and duration of
these options, service with the Company shall be deemed to be service with
Western Atlas, and (ii) upon the occurrence of certain events resulting in a
change of control of the Company, these options will become immediately vested
and exercisable to the extent not previously vested and exercisable.
38
<PAGE>
EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE IN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
Messrs. Brann, Cusumano, Keane, Roberts and certain additional officers of the
Company have entered into change in control agreements with the Company
(collectively, the "Agreements"). The Agreements are operative only upon the
occurrence of a change in control, which includes substantially those events
described below. Absent a change in control, the Agreements do not require the
Company to retain the executives or pay them any specified level of compensation
or benefits.
Generally, under the Agreements, a change in control is deemed to have occurred
if: (a) a majority of the Board becomes composed of persons other than persons
for whose election proxies have been solicited by the Board, or other than
persons who are then serving as directors appointed by the Board to fill
vacancies caused by death or resignation (but not removal) of a director or to
fill newly created directorships; (b) another party becomes the beneficial owner
of at least 30% of the Company's outstanding voting stock, other than as a
result of a repurchase by the Company of its voting stock; (c) the approval by
the shareholders of the Company of a merger, reorganization, or consolidation
with another party (other than certain limited types of mergers) or sells or
otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or (d)
the shareholders approve the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
Each Agreement provides that for three years after a change in control there
will be no adverse change in the executive's salary, bonus opportunity,
benefits, or location of employment. If, during this three-year period, the
executive's employment is terminated by the Company other than for cause, or if
the executive terminates his or her employment for good reason as such terms are
defined in the Agreements (including compensation reductions, demotions,
relocation, and requiring excessive travel), or voluntarily during the 30-day
period following the first anniversary of the change in control, the executive
is entitled to receive an accrued salary and annual incentive payment through
the date of the termination and, except in the event of death or disability, a
lump-sum severance payment equal to three times the sum of the executive's base
salary and annual bonus (and certain pension credit and insurance and other
welfare plan benefits). Further, an additional payment is required in such
amount that after the payment of all taxes, income and excise, the executive
will be in the same after-tax position as if no excise tax under the Code had
been imposed. In the event of termination of employment by reason of death or
disability or for cause, the Agreements terminate and the sole obligation of the
Company is to pay any amounts theretofore accrued thereunder.
The Agreements will terminate effective as of the Distribution, but it is
expected that the Company will enter into agreements with these individuals and
other officers and key employees with substantially identical terms.
The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Clayton A. Williams
whereby Mr. Williams has agreed to accept employment from the period from the
Distribution Date to February 13, 1999, initially as Group Executive of the
Company's Industrial Automation Systems operations and Senior Vice President of
the Company. Under this agreement, Mr. Williams will receive a current annual
salary of not less than $280,000 and is entitled to participate in the cash
bonus plan or plans for which he is eligible. In the event of Mr. Williams'
termination of employment without cause, he is entitled to receive the remaining
installments of base salary payable during the term of the agreement and a pro
rata portion of the bonus for which he would have qualified had he remained
employed throughout the year of any such termination.
Mr. Ohanian has an employment contract with Intermec Corporation, a subsidiary
of the Company, which provides for his employment through February 28, 1998, for
a base salary of $300,000 and provides that he is eligible to receive an annual
bonus, subject to the satisfaction of performance goals established by the
Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors, in accordance with
the terms of any cash bonus plan in which he is eligible to participate.
39
<PAGE>
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
Prior to the Distribution, the Company's management will be participants in the
tax-qualified and non-qualified retirement plans of Western Atlas (the "Western
Atlas Retirement Plans"). Effective at the time of the Distribution, the Company
will adopt tax-qualified and non-qualified retirement plans that will replicate,
in all material respects, the Western Atlas Retirement Plans (the "Company
Retirement Plans"). The following is a description of the expected terms of the
Company Retirement Plans.
THE FSSP AND RELATED RETIREMENT PLAN. Messrs. Brann, Cusumano, Ohanian and
Roberts are expected to participate in the Company's Financial Security and
Savings Program (the "FSSP"), a defined contribution plan intended to qualify
under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code. Participation in the FSSP is
generally available to employees of the Company located in the United States.
A participant in the FSSP may elect to defer from 2% to 18% of his or her
covered compensation for investment in the trust established under the FSSP, but
the maximum amount which the employee may contribute to the FSSP for any
calendar year is limited by provisions of the Code relating to the maximum
amount, as adjusted for inflation, which may be contributed to plans qualified
under Section 401(k) of the Code (the "401(k) Maximum Amount"), which is $9,500
for 1997. Deposits of 2% to 4% of the participant's compensation are invested in
the FSSP Retirement Fund, while deposits in excess of 4% are invested in one or
more investment funds as designated by the participant.
The Company adds to the investment fund account of an FSSP participant an amount
(not to exceed 2% of the participant's compensation) equal to 50% of the
participant's deposits in excess of 4% of his or her compensation. In the case
of employees who are classified as highly compensated pursuant to applicable
Treasury releases (those earning over $80,000 for 1997), such employees'
permissible contributions may be reduced further and the amount of the
employer's matching contributions may be limited if certain nondiscrimination
tests set forth in the Code are not achieved. A participant is entitled to
receive his or her entire FSSP account, to the extent it has become vested, upon
retirement or earlier termination of employment with the Company.
Benefits under the FSSP are intended to supplement benefits under the Company's
related retirement plan, which is a defined benefit plan. Although deposits to
the FSSP do not comprise part of the retirement plan's trust (except for
transfers of assets made at the request of a participant in connection with a
distribution, as described below), the extent of an employee's participation in
the Retirement Fund of the FSSP will affect the amount of such employee's
benefit under the related retirement plan. The employee's contribution to the
FSSP of 2% to 4% of his or her gross earnings causes the employee (if eligible
to participate in the Company's retirement plan) to become eligible to accrue
benefits under such retirement plan. Covered compensation for purposes of both
the retirement plans and the FSSP Retirement Fund is aggregate cash compensation
including bonuses and commissions but would, in the case of Messrs. Brann,
Cusumano, Ohanian and Roberts be limited to $160,000 pursuant to provisions of
the Code.
The amount of a participant's annual retirement benefit at his or her normal
retirement date (generally age 65) under the Company's defined benefit
retirement plan is the higher of (A) 60% of the participant's deposits to the
Retirement Fund of the FSSP (during the entire period of his or her employment)
or (B) 85% of such deposits minus 75% of the participant's estimated Social
Security primary benefit at age 65, with adjustments in the amount of the
benefit to take into account factors such as age at retirement, degree of
vesting, and form of benefit selected. In the case of Company employees who
transferred directly from Western Atlas to the Company, contributions to the
Retirement Fund of the FSSP will be included in the computation of a
participant's total deposits for purposes of the formula set forth above. The
annual retirement benefit at normal retirement age is reduced by the actuarial
equivalent of lump sum distributions made (at the request of the participant) of
the participant's Retirement Fund account in the FSSP. Should a participant wish
to receive the entire benefit described in the formula set forth above,
40
<PAGE>
the participant may direct that his or her Retirement Fund balance consisting of
deposits with earnings be transferred to the retirement plan trust.
RESTORATION PLAN.The limitations in the Code establishing the 401(k) Maximum
Amount cause certain participants in the FSSP to lose Company-provided benefits
which they could otherwise have derived from the deposit of a full 8% of their
covered compensation to the FSSP. Consequently, the Company has adopted a
noncontributory and unfunded plan (the "Restoration Plan") designed to restore
the approximate amount of lost employer-provided benefits to those employees who
participate in the FSSP to the fullest extent permitted by the applicable Code
provisions but who are unable (as a result of the 401(k) Maximum Amount
limitation) to contribute 8% of their compensation to the FSSP. Such lost
employer-provided benefits which are restored under this plan consist of (i) all
or part of the 50% matching contribution to the investment fund account of the
FSSP participant and (ii) except in the case of Mr. Brann, who participates in a
supplemental contractual arrangement (as described below), a portion of the full
benefit under the Company's retirement plan if the participant's contributions
to the FSSP Retirement Fund are limited to less than 4% of his or her
compensation. Amounts that would have been deposited to the employee's
Retirement Fund account by the employee and to his or her investment fund
account by the Company are projected with interest to the participant's normal
retirement date. Based upon these amounts, the participant's lost benefits from
the Company's retirement plan and lost Company contributions to the investment
fund are determined and converted to, and payable upon the participant's
retirement as, a single life annuity if the participant is unmarried at such
time or as a 100% joint and survivor annuity if the participant is then married;
however, no payment will commence until the participant reaches the age of 62.
SUPPLEMENTAL ARRANGEMENT FOR MR. BRANN. In addition to the FSSP, the related
retirement plan, and the Restoration Plan, the Company has a noncontributory and
unfunded supplemental contractual arrangement (the "Supplemental Arrangement")
designed to provide additional retirement benefits to Mr. Brann. If Mr. Brann
retires on or after age 65 following 25 years of service with the Company
(including prior service with Western Atlas and Litton), his annual benefit
(computed as a single life annuity) under the Supplemental Arrangement is 55% of
his final average compensation, less amounts payable to Mr. Brann under Social
Security and less that portion of pension benefits deemed to have been provided
by the employer's (as opposed to Mr. Brann's) contributions which would have
been received by Mr. Brann under any other retirement plan sponsored by the
Company, Western Atlas or Litton if he was eligible to participate and had
participated at all times in any such plan to the maximum extent permitted
(regardless of the degree of actual participation). Final average compensation
means one-third of covered cash compensation (including salary and bonus) deemed
to have been awarded to or received by Mr. Brann during any three periods of 12
consecutive months specified by Mr. Brann occurring during the 60-month period
preceding his retirement. Salary is deemed to have been received when paid and
bonuses are deemed to have been received when determined and awarded to Mr.
Brann by the Compensation Committee, regardless of when paid. For purposes of
the Supplemental Arrangement, Mr. Brann had 24 credited years of service at
August 1, 1997.
If Mr. Brann's employment is terminated before he has completed 25 years of
service or attained the age of 65, then the percentage of 55% referred to above
is reduced in accordance with a schedule relating to age and length of service;
however, payment of retirement benefits to Mr. Brann under the Supplemental
Arrangement will, in no event, commence until he reaches age 62. The
Supplemental Arrangement also provides for certain salary continuation payments
in the event of Mr. Brann's disability and certain survivors' benefits in the
event of his death while employed by the Company and prior to the commencement
of the payment of retirement benefits.
The following table indicates the approximate annual combined benefit which
would be received by Mr. Brann representing the sum of (a) the benefit under the
Company's basic retirement plan deemed to have been provided by the employer's
contributions and (b) the benefit under the Supplemental Arrangement, based on
the following assumptions: (i) participation in the voluntary retirement plans
to the maximum extent permitted during the entire period of Mr. Brann's
employment, (ii) retirement at age 65, and (iii) election of the benefit in the
form of a single life annuity.
41
<PAGE>
PENSION PLAN TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS OF SERVICE
-------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REMUNERATION 15 20 25 OR MORE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
$1,200,000................................................................ $ 420,000 $ 570,000 $ 660,000
1,400,000................................................................ 490,000 665,000 770,000
1,600,000................................................................ 560,000 760,000 880,000
1,800,000................................................................ 630,000 855,000 990,000
2,000,000................................................................ 700,000 950,000 1,100,000
</TABLE>
Although, as indicated above, the amount of such combined benefit would be
reduced by Mr. Brann's Social Security primary benefit, the foregoing table does
not give effect to such offset. Covered compensation under the Supplemental
Arrangement is aggregate cash compensation, including salary and bonus, actually
paid to Mr. Brann during the fiscal year. Since Mr. Brann received incentive
awards from Western Atlas payable in installments, and since Mr. Brann's bonus
awarded by Western Atlas for fiscal 1996 was not paid during 1996, the cash
compensation paid to Mr. Brann during 1996 was $1,312,000, rather than the
amount shown in the Summary Compensation Table.
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN. Messrs. Cusumano, Ohanian and Roberts
participate in the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, an unfunded
plan which provides additional retirement benefits to key executive employees
designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board after nomination by the
Chief Executive Officer. A participant in this plan does not ordinarily vest in
a retirement benefit until reaching the age of 60 and completing 15 years of
service following the participant's 40th birthday and may not ordinarily begin
receiving a retirement benefit thereunder until reaching age 62. Under this plan
a participant's annual retirement benefit is the actuarial equivalent, as of the
age of the participant at retirement, of the following computation (a) 1.6% of
"average earnings" of the participant up to $125,000 (which amount is adjusted
annually for inflation) plus (b) 2.2% of "average earnings" in excess of such
amount, the sum of (a) plus (b) then being multiplied by the participant's
number of years of service (not to exceed 25) following the participant's 40th
birthday. Average earnings for purposes of this plan is the average of base
salary and cash bonus awarded by the Company to the participant in the three
periods of 12 consecutive months in which the participant's compensation was
highest during the final 60 months of the participant's employment. There is
offset from the benefit calculated in the manner described above the
participant's Social Security primary benefit as well as all amounts of
"Company-provided" retirement benefit which the participant receives (or could
have received assuming full participation at all times of eligibility) under
other retirement plans sponsored by the Company. For purposes of this plan, Mr.
Roberts had 22 credited years of service, Mr. Ohanian had 9 credited years of
service and Mr. Cusumano had 11 credited years of service at August 1, 1997.
The following table indicates the approximate combined annual retirement benefit
which would be received by a participant in this plan representing the sum of
(a) the Company-provided benefit under the Company's basic retirement plan; (b)
the benefit under the Restoration Plan; and (c) the benefit under the
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan based on retirement at age 65, full
participation at all relevant times in the basic retirement plans, and election
of a benefit in the form of a single life annuity. The table does not give
effect to the offset of the participant's Social Security benefit.
42
<PAGE>
PENSION PLAN TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS OF SERVICE
-------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REMUNERATION 15 20 25 OR MORE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------- ----------- -----------
$ 600,000................................................................. $ 177,739 $ 236,986 $ 296,232
800,000................................................................. 243,739 324,986 406,232
1,000,000................................................................ 309,739 412,986 516,232
1,200,000................................................................ 375,739 500,986 626,232
</TABLE>
In addition to retirement benefits, certain benefits are payable under this plan
in the event of the death or disability of the participant. In the event of a
change of control of the Company, a participant is immediately vested in the
retirement benefit and is entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to the
actuarial equivalent, as of the age of the participant on the date of the change
of control of the Company, of the retirement benefit which would have been
payable at age 65, unless the committee which then administers the plan elects
to defer such lump sum payment.
INDEBTEDNESS OF MANAGEMENT TO THE COMPANY
As a form of additional incentive for its key employees, Western Atlas provides
loans to certain such employees located in the United States. Under such
program, loans in the aggregate principal amount of $1,196,000 were outstanding
at August 1, 1997 to four executive officers of the Company, as follows: Alton
J. Brann, $616,000; Charles A. Cusumano, $225,000; Michael E. Keane, $100,000;
and Norman L. Roberts, $255,000. These loans are unsecured, currently bear
interest at the rate of 4% per annum, and are payable on the Company's demand,
but, in any event, not later than the earlier of (i) termination of the
borrower's employment with the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or (ii)
December 31, 1998. The foregoing amounts represent the largest amount of
indebtedness of each such executive officer and present executive officers as a
group under such loan program outstanding since December 31, 1995.
It is anticipated that the Company will establish a similar program effective as
of the Distribution Date, and that the receivables of Western Atlas representing
such loans will be transferred to the Company. The final maturity date of these
loans is expected to be extended to December 31, 2002.
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS FOLLOWING THE DISTRIBUTION
The following are descriptions of the incentive compensation plans that are
expected to provide benefits to management employees of the Company after the
Distribution.
1997 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
The UNOVA, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1997 Plan") has been adopted by
the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by Western Atlas as the
Company's sole shareholder. The Company's Board believes that the adoption of
the 1997 Plan will help the Company to attract, retain and provide appropriate
incentives for management personnel. The description of the 1997 Plan set forth
below is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
text of the 1997 Plan, which is attached to this Information Statement as Annex
B.
GENERAL. The 1997 Plan provides that the total number of shares available for
grant shall be 5,500,000 shares of Company Common Stock plus a number of shares
of Company Common Stock equal to 1% of the number of shares of Company Common
Stock outstanding as of January 1 of each year beginning in 1999; any amount not
used in a given year may be carried over into the next year. In addition to the
foregoing limitation, no more than 5,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock may
be granted over the life of the 1997 Plan for incentive stock options (within
the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) ("ISOs"), and no more than 30% of the
shares of Company Common Stock available for grant under the plan as of the
first day of any fiscal year during which the 1997 Plan is in effect may be
utilized in that
43
<PAGE>
fiscal year for awards in the form of restricted stock ("Company Restricted
Stock"). Shares subject to an option or award may be authorized but unissued
shares or treasury shares. In each calendar year, no individual may be granted
awards covering more than 1,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock.
If an award granted under the 1997 Plan expires, terminates or lapses for any
reason, without the issuance of shares of Company Common Stock thereunder, such
shares will again be available under the 1997 Plan.
In the event of a merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization,
spin-off, stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary distribution with respect
to the Company Common Stock or any other similar event, the Board or its
Compensation Committee (the "Compensation Committee") shall make such
adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares reserved for issuance,
the maximum number of shares that can be granted to any participant in any
single year, the number of shares covered by outstanding awards and the exercise
prices specified therein and make such other equitable adjustments as may be
determined to be appropriate. An employee may satisfy a tax withholding
requirement by applying shares to which the employee is entitled as a result of
the exercise of a nonqualified stock option or the termination of the restricted
period with respect to any shares of Company Restricted Stock awarded under the
1997 Plan.
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION. Participants in the 1997 Plan will be selected by
the Compensation Committee, which will administer the 1997 Plan. The 1997 Plan
contemplates that awards will be granted to officers and other key employees of
the Company and that participants will be such employees of the Company and its
subsidiaries and affiliates, including officers of the Company, as from time to
time are designated as such by the Compensation Committee.
ADMINISTRATION. The 1997 Plan requires that the Compensation Committee consist
solely of at least two directors of the Company who are "non-employee
directors," as such term is used in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and are
"outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
Accordingly, members of the Compensation Committee may not be current employees
of the Company, former officers of the Company or be receiving fees from the
Company other than in their capacity as directors and may not be engaged in any
transaction or business relationship with the Company which would require
disclosure under the proxy rules of the Commission. Under the 1997 Plan and
subject to the limitations thereunder, the Compensation Committee is authorized
(i) to select participants in the 1997 Plan, (ii) to determine whether and to
what extent awards are to be made, (iii) to determine the number of shares of
Company Common Stock to be covered by each award, (iv) to determine the terms
and conditions of any award, (v) to adjust the terms and conditions of any
award, (vi) to determine to what extent and under what circumstances Company
Common Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an award are to be
deferred and (vii) to determine under what circumstances an award may be settled
in cash or stock under the plan. The Compensation Committee also has authority
to adopt, alter and repeal administrative rules, guidelines and practices, to
interpret the terms and provisions of the 1997 Plan and any award issued
thereunder, and to otherwise supervise the administration of the 1997 Plan.
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. The 1997 Plan will terminate on September 24, 2007.
Under the 1997 Plan, options to purchase Company Common Stock ("Company
Options") or other awards granted and outstanding as of the date the 1997 Plan
terminates are not affected or impaired by such termination.
The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the 1997 Plan in such respects as the
Board may deem advisable; but no such amendment, alteration or discontinuation
may be made without shareholder approval to the extent such approval is required
by law or agreement. No such amendment, alteration or discontinuation may impair
the rights of participants under outstanding awards without the consent of the
participants affected thereby (except for any amendment made to cause the plan
to qualify for an exemption provided by Rule 16b-3) or make any change that
would disqualify the 1997 Plan from the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3.
44
<PAGE>
The Compensation Committee may amend any award theretofore granted,
prospectively or retroactively. No such amendment or modification may impair the
rights of any participant under any award without the consent of such
participant (except for any amendment made to cause the plan to qualify for an
exemption provided by Rule 16b-3). However, the Compensation Committee may not
lower the exercise price of a previously granted option or replace an option
with a new option having a lower exercise price.
PRICING OF OPTIONS. Under the 1997 Plan, an employee to whom a Company Option is
granted will have the right to purchase the number of shares of Company Common
Stock covered by the Company Option, subject to the terms and provisions of the
1997 Plan. The exercise price to be paid by a participant, which may not be less
than the fair market value of the Company Common Stock subject thereto on the
date of grant, is determined by the Compensation Committee and will be set forth
in a Company Option agreement between the Company and the participant.
Under the 1997 Plan, the purchase price of a Company Option is payable, (i) in
cash or (ii) by the surrender, at the fair market value on the date on which the
Company Option is exercised, of shares of unrestricted Company Common Stock
already owned by the optionee for at least six months.
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. The 1997 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee
to grant stock appreciation rights ("SARs") in connection with all or part of
any Company Option. An SAR entitles its holder to receive from the Company, at
the time of exercise of such right, an amount equal to the excess of the fair
market value (determined in accordance with procedures to be established by the
Compensation Committee) at the date of exercise of a share of Company Common
Stock over the exercise price of the related Company Option multiplied by the
number of shares as to which the holder is exercising the SAR. The amount
payable may be paid by the Company in Company Common Stock (valued at its fair
market value on the date of exercise), cash or a combination thereof, as the
Compensation Committee may determine, which determination may be made after
considering any preference expressed by the holder. To the extent an SAR is
exercised, any related Company Option will be cancelled and, to the extent the
related Company Option is exercised, any SAR will be cancelled.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. ISOs may be granted at the discretion of the
Compensation Committee under the 1997 Plan. No term of the 1997 Plan relating to
ISOs may be interpreted or authority exercised so as to disqualify the plan
under Section 422 of the Code.
EXERCISABILITY OF OPTIONS AND SARS. Company Options and SARs will become fully
exercisable upon a Change in Control (as defined below). Otherwise, the 1997
Plan provides that if such participant's employment by the Company or its
subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, other than death, disability or
retirement, such participant may exercise a Company Option or SAR to the extent
then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Compensation Committee may
determine, within the period ending on the earlier of three months after such
termination (seven months if the termination follows a Change in Control) or the
date the Company Option or SAR expires in accordance with its terms; provided,
however, that if the optionee dies within such three-month period, any
unexercised Company Option or SAR held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding
the expiration of such three-month period, continue to be exercisable to the
extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of twelve
months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of
such Company Option or SAR, whichever period is shorter.
Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, if such participant
dies prior to termination of employment, his legatees, executors, distributees
or personal representatives may, subject to the provisions of the 1997 Plan,
exercise the Company Option or SAR granted to such participant within the period
ending on the earlier of (i) twelve months after the date of such death or (ii)
the date the Company Option or SAR expires in accordance with its terms.
Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, if an optionee's
employment terminates by reason of disability, any Company Option or SAR held by
such optionee may thereafter be exercised
45
<PAGE>
by the optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination or
on such accelerated basis as the Compensation Committee may determine, for a
period of three years (or such other period as the Compensation Committee may
prescribe in the option agreement) from the date of such termination of
employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Company Option or
SAR, whichever period is the shorter, provided, however, that if the optionee
dies within such three-year (or other) period, any unexercised Company Option or
SAR held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such
three-year (or other) period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which
it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of twelve months from the
date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Company
Option or SAR, whichever period is the shorter.
Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, if an optionee's
employment terminates by reason of retirement, any Company Option or SAR held by
such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee, to the extent it was
exercisable at the time of such retirement or on such accelerated basis as the
Compensation Committee may determine, until the expiration of the stated term of
such Company Option or SAR.
The right of any participant to exercise a Company Option may not be transferred
in any way other than (i) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or
(ii) as otherwise expressly permitted under the applicable option agreement
including, if so permitted, pursuant to a gift to the optionee's family, whether
directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise. All
Company Options are exercisable by a participant during his or her lifetime
only, by the optionee, or any guardian or legal representative or permitted
transferee.
AWARDS OF RESTRICTED STOCK. The 1997 Plan also permits the Compensation
Committee to grant shares of Company Restricted Stock to a participant subject
to the terms and conditions imposed by the Compensation Committee. Each
certificate for Company Restricted Stock will be evidenced in such manner as the
Compensation Committee may deem appropriate, including book entry registration
or issuance of one or more certificates registered in the name of the
participant. The Compensation Committee may require that such certificate be
legended and deposited with the Company. There will be established for each
award of Company Restricted Stock a restriction period (the "restriction
period") of such length as is determined by the Compensation Committee. Shares
of Company Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or
otherwise encumbered, except as described below, during the restriction period.
Except for such restrictions on transfer and such other restrictions as the
Compensation Committee may impose, the participant will have all the rights of a
holder of Stock as to such Company Restricted Stock including, if applicable,
the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. If so
determined by the Compensation Committee in the applicable Company Restricted
Stock Agreement, the Compensation Committee may require the payment of cash
dividends to be deferred and reinvested in additional Company Restricted Stock.
At the expiration of the restriction period, the Company will redeliver to the
participant unlegended certificates. Except as provided by the Compensation
Committee at the time of grant or otherwise, upon a termination of employment
for any reason during the restriction period, all shares still subject to
restriction are forfeited by the participant. The 1997 Plan provides that shares
of Company Restricted Stock will cease to be subject to restrictions on transfer
upon a Change in Control.
The vesting of Company Restricted Stock may, in the discretion of the Committee,
be conditioned upon the achievement by the participant of pre-established
performance goals determined by the Committee or upon the continued service of
the participant, or may be conditioned upon a combination of both such criteria.
It is expected that the award of Company Restricted Stock to participants, the
deductibility of whose compensation may be limited by the limitation on
deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code will require the achievement
of such performance goals by the recipient of the award, such that the
compensation received thereunder will not be subject to such limitation on
deductibility.
The 1997 Plan provides that in the case of an award of Company Restricted Stock
the vesting of which is conditioned only upon the continued service of the
participant, such award will not vest earlier than the
46
<PAGE>
first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant thereof, on each of
which dates a maximum of one-third of the shares subject to the award may vest.
In the case of an award of Company Restricted Stock the vesting of which is
conditioned upon the attainment of a specified performance goal or goals, such
award will not vest earlier than the first anniversary of the date of grant
thereof.
CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of the 1997 Plan, a "Change in Control" means
(i) the acquisition by, any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act)
of 30 percent or more of either (a) the then outstanding shares of Company
Common Stock (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (b) the combined voting
power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting
Securities"); except that the following acquisitions of stock will not
constitute a Change in Control: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company,
other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege,
unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the
Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee
benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any
corporation controlled by the Company or (4) any acquisition by any corporation
pursuant to a transaction which complies with subclauses (a), (b) and (c) of
clause (iii) of this paragraph; or (ii) individuals who, as of the effective
date of the Plan, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any
reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; except that any
individual becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election, or
nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company, was approved by a
vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board
will be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent
Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial
assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened
election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-II of Regulation 14A
promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation
of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a person other than the Board; or
(iii) approval by the shareholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger or
consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company (a "Business Combination") or, if consummation of such
Business Combination is subject at the time of such approval by shareholders to
the consent of any government or governmental agency, the obtaining of such
consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation), unless following such
Business Combination, (a) more than 60 percent of, respectively, the then
outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities, entitled to vote generally, in the election of
directors, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination
(including, without limitation, a corporation which, as a result of such
transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's
assets) will be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or
substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial
owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding
Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such
Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding
Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (b) no Person (excluding any
employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation
resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or
indirectly, 30 percent or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of
common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the
combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such
corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to
the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (c)
at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation
resulting from such Business Combination will be members of the Incumbent Board
at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or action of the Board
providing for such Business Combination; or (iv) approval by the shareholders of
the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
47
<PAGE>
In the event of a Change in Control:
(i) any Company Options and SARs outstanding as of the date such Change
in Control is determined to have occurred and not then exercisable and
vested shall become fully, exercisable and vested to the full extent of the
original grant; and
(ii) the restrictions applicable to any Company Restricted Stock shall
lapse, and such Company Restricted Stock shall become free of all
restrictions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of
the original grant.
The 1997 Plan further provides that during the 60-day period following a Change
in Control, the holder of a Company Option has the right to surrender such
option for cash in an amount equal to the difference between the "change in
control price" (as defined in the 1997 Plan) and the exercise price.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the receipt of cash upon surrender of an
option would make a Change in Control transaction ineligible for
pooling-of-interests accounting treatment, the Committee may substitute for the
cash payment common stock with a fair market value equal to the cash that would
otherwise be payable.
48
<PAGE>
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK
BY MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth the number of shares of Company Common Stock
expected to be beneficially owned following the Distribution, directly or
indirectly, by each director, each Named Executive Officer and all directors and
executive officers as a group, based upon the ownership by such persons of
Western Atlas Common Stock as of September 30, 1997 and based upon the expected
participation of certain directors in the Director Plan. A list of current
executive officers of the Company is set forth on page 32 of this Information
Statement. Except as otherwise indicated, each individual named is expected to
have sole investment and voting power with respect to the securities shown.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT AND
NATURE OF
BENEFICIAL
PERCENT PERCENT OF
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER OWNERSHIP CLASS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Alton J. Brann.................................................................................. 16,199 (a)
Charles A. Cusumano............................................................................. 2,053 (a)
Stephen E. Frank................................................................................ 25,000(b) (a)
Orion L. Hoch................................................................................... 126,657(b)(c) (a)
Michael E. Keane................................................................................ 1,355 (a)
Michael Ohanian................................................................................. 472 (a)
Norman L. Roberts............................................................................... 8,715 (a)
Steven B. Sample................................................................................ 25,500(b) (a)
William D. Walsh................................................................................ 25,000(b) (a)
Clayton A. Williams............................................................................. 400 (a)
All directors and executive officers (10 persons)............................................... 231,351 (a)
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(a) Less than 1%.
(b) Includes options to purchase 25,000 shares expected to be granted on the
Distribution Date pursuant to the Director Plan.
(c) Includes 1,080 shares expected to be owned by Dr. Hoch's wife, as to which
shares Dr. Hoch will disclaim beneficial ownership.
49
<PAGE>
BY OTHERS
The following table sets forth each person or entity that is expected to
beneficially own more than 5% of the Company Common Stock outstanding
immediately following the Distribution, based upon the ownership of Western
Atlas Common Stock as reported to the Company (except as noted) as of December
31, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AMOUNT AND
NATURE OF
BENEFICIAL PERCENT
PERCENT OF
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER OWNERSHIP CLASS
- --------------------------------------------------------------- ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Unitrin, Inc................................................... 12,657,764(a) 23.58%
One East Wacker Dr.
Chicago, IL 60601
FMR Corp....................................................... 4,145,115(b) 7.71%
82 Devonshire Street
Boston, MA 02109
The Capital Group Companies, Inc............................... 5,558,100(c) 10.31%
333 South Hope Street
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc....................................... 3,125,031(d) 5.82%
World Financial Center,
North Tower
250 Vesey Street
New York, NY 10281
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
(a) Unitrin, Inc., ("Unitrin"), has reported in a filing on Schedule 13D under
the Exchange Act that these shares are owned by two of its subsidiaries,
Trinity Universal Insurance Company (7,206,776 shares) and United Insurance
Company of America (5,450,988 shares). Unitrin reported that it had sole
voting power and sole dispositive power with respect to all such shares.
Based upon the foregoing, Unitrin would beneficially own 12,657,764 shares
of Company Common Stock immediately following the Distribution.
(b) FMR Corp. ("FMR") has reported in a filing on Schedule 13G under the
Exchange Act that, as of July 31, 1997, it has sole dispositive power with
respect to these shares and sole voting power with respect to 237,491 of
such shares. Based upon the foregoing, FMR would beneficially own 4,145,115
shares of Company Common Stock immediately following the Distribution.
(c) In a filing on Schedule 13G under the Exchange Act, The Capital Group
Companies, Inc., stated that, as of July 9, 1997, it has sole voting power
with respect to 1,068,000 shares and sole dispositive power with respect to
5,558,100 shares. The Capital Group Companies, Inc., has advised Western
Atlas that 4,111,800 of such shares are beneficially owned by its wholly
owned subsidiary Capital Research and Management Company, which acts as
investment manager for institutional investors such as pension funds and
mutual funds, and the remainder of such shares are beneficially owned by
others of its subsidiaries. The Capital Group Companies, Inc., disclaims
beneficial ownership of these shares.
(d) In a filing on Schedule 13G under the Exchange Act, Merrill Lynch & Co.,
Inc. stated that it held shared voting power and shared dispositive power
with respect to 3,125,031 shares. The filing further discloses that the
beneficial owner of the shares reported is a registered investment company
advised by Merrill Lynch Asset Management known as Merrill Lynch Growth Fund
for Investment and Retirement. Merrill Lynch & Co. and various of its
affiliates disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares of Western Atlas
reported.
50
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK
The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Company Preferred Stock"), and
250,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock. No shares of Company Preferred Stock
will be issued in connection with the Distribution. Based on the number of
shares of Western Atlas Common Stock currently outstanding, approximately 54.1
million shares of Company Common Stock will be issued to shareholders of Western
Atlas in the Distribution. All of the shares of Company Common Stock issued in
the Distribution will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
COMPANY COMMON STOCK
The holders of Company Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for each share
on all matters voted on by shareholders, including elections of directors, and,
except as otherwise required by law or provided in any resolution adopted by the
Board with respect to any series of Company Preferred Stock, the holders of such
shares exclusively will possess all voting power. The Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company (the "Certificate") does not provide for cumulative
voting in the election of directors. Subject to any preferential rights of any
outstanding series of Company Preferred Stock created by the Board from time to
time, the holders of Company Common Stock will be entitled to such dividends as
may be declared from time to time by the Board from funds available therefor,
and upon liquidation will be entitled to receive pro rata all assets of the
Company available for distribution to such holders. See "Risk Factors --
Dividend Policies."
DIRECT REGISTRATION SYSTEM. The Company maintains a direct registration system
("DRS") for the Company Common Stock. Under the DRS, which will be operational
at the time of the Distribution, the transfer agent will establish a book-entry
account for each shareholder of record of Western Atlas who is entitled to
receive shares of Company Common Stock in the Distribution. The transfer agent
will mail an account statement to each such shareholder promptly following the
Distribution. That mailing will also contain additional information concerning
the DRS. Copies of such information can also be obtained by contacting UNOVA,
Inc. Shareholder Services at (310) 888-2660.
The DRS permits each shareholder to maintain the registration of his or her
shares of Company Common Stock in his or her own name without the need for the
Company to issue, or for the shareholder to maintain or store, a physical stock
certificate. The Company believes that the DRS will enable the Company to reduce
the costs of maintaining shareholder accounts and will enable shareholders to
eliminate the costs of storing and safeguarding stock certificates and
facilitate the timely settlement of trading in the Company Common Stock. Any
shareholder who wants to receive a physical certificate evidencing his or her
shares of Company Common Stock will be able to obtain a certificate at no charge
by contacting the transfer agent.
COMPANY PREFERRED STOCK
Under the Certificate, the Board will be authorized to provide for the issue of
shares of Company Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix for each
such series such powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional and other special rights, and such qualifications, limitations or
restrictions, as are stated in the resolution adopted by the Board providing for
the issue of such series and are permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law (the "Delaware Law"). See "Certain Antitakeover Effects of Certain
Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, State Law and the
Rights Plan -- Preferred Stock."
51
<PAGE>
CERTAIN ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS
OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION,
THE BY-LAWS, STATE LAW AND THE RIGHTS PLAN
The Certificate, the By-laws of the Company (the "By-laws") and the Rights Plan
contain certain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of the
Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise. The
description set forth below is intended as a summary only and is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the Certificate and the By-laws, which are attached
to this Information Statement as Annex C and Annex D, respectively.
CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Certificate and By-laws provide that the Board will be divided into three
classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as
possible. The Board consists of the persons referred to in "Management --
Directors of the Company" above. The Certificate and the By-laws provide that,
of the initial directors of the Company, approximately one-third will continue
to serve until the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, approximately one-third
will continue to serve until the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and
approximately one-third will continue to serve until the 2001 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders. Of the initial directors, Mr. Frank and Dr. Hoch will serve until
the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, Dr. Sample and Mr. Walsh will serve
until the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Mr. Brann will serve until the
2001 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Starting with the 1999 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders, one class of directors will be elected each year for a three-year
term.
The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult
for shareholders to change the composition of the Board. At least two annual
meetings of shareholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a
change in a majority of the Board. Such a delay may help ensure that the
Company's directors, if confronted by a holder attempting to force a proxy
contest, a tender or exchange offer, or an extraordinary corporate transaction,
would have sufficient time to review the proposal as well as any available
alternatives to the proposal and to act in what they believe to be the best
interest of the shareholders. The classification provisions will apply to every
election of directors, however, regardless of whether a change in the
composition of the Board would be beneficial to the Company and its shareholders
and whether or not a majority of the Company's shareholders believe that such a
change would be desirable.
The classification provisions could also have the effect of discouraging a third
party from initiating a proxy contest, making a tender offer or otherwise
attempting to obtain control of the Company, even though such an attempt might
be beneficial to the Company and its shareholders. The classification of the
Board could thus increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain
their positions. In addition, because the classification provisions may
discourage accumulations of large blocks of the Company's stock by purchasers
whose objective is to take control of the Company and remove a majority of the
Board, the classification of the Board could tend to reduce the likelihood of
fluctuations in the market price of the Company Common Stock that might result
from accumulations of large blocks for such a purpose. Accordingly, shareholders
could be deprived of certain opportunities to sell their shares of Company
Common Stock at a higher market price than might otherwise be the case.
NUMBER OF DIRECTORS; REMOVAL; FILLING VACANCIES
The Certificate provides that, subject to any rights of holders of Company
Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the
number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a
resolution adopted by the Board. In addition, the By-laws provide that, subject
to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock, and unless the Board otherwise
determines, any vacancies will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the remaining directors, though less
52
<PAGE>
than a quorum. Accordingly, the Board could prevent any shareholder from
enlarging the Board and filling the new directorships with such shareholder's
own nominees.
Under the Delaware Law, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, directors
serving on a classified board may only be removed by the shareholders for cause.
In addition, the Certificate and the By-laws provide that directors may be
removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least
80 percent of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("Voting Stock"), voting
together as a single class.
NO SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT; SPECIAL MEETINGS
The Certificate and the By-laws provide that, subject to the rights of any
holders of Company Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified
circumstances, shareholder action can be taken only at an annual or special
meeting of shareholders and prohibit shareholder action by written consent in
lieu of a meeting. The By-laws provide that special meetings of shareholders can
be called only upon a written request stating the purpose of such meeting
delivered to the Chairman of the Board, the President (if any) or the Secretary,
signed by a majority of the Board or by resolution of the Board or the Executive
Committee (if any). Shareholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or
to require that the Board call a special meeting of shareholders. Moreover, the
business permitted to be conducted at any special meeting of shareholders is
limited to the business brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of
meeting given by the Company.
The provisions of the Certificate and the By-laws prohibiting shareholder action
by written consent may have the effect of delaying consideration of a
shareholder proposal until the next annual meeting unless a special meeting is
called at the request of a majority of the Board or by resolution of the Board
or the Executive Committee thereof. These provisions would also prevent the
holders of a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock from unilaterally
using the written consent procedure to take shareholder action and from taking
action by consent. Moreover, a shareholder could not force shareholder
consideration of a proposal over the opposition of the Chairman and the Board by
calling a special meeting of shareholders prior to the time the Chairman or a
majority of the Board believes such consideration to be appropriate.
FAIR PRICE PROVISION
Article IX of the Certificate ("Article IX") places certain limitations on the
Company's ability to effect a Business Combination with an Interested
Shareholder (as each such term is defined therein).
DEFINITIONS. Article IX confers upon a majority of the Whole Board, or, if a
majority of the Whole Board does not consist of Continuing Directors (as
hereinafter defined), a majority of the then Continuing Directors, the power and
duty to determine, on the basis of information known after reasonable inquiry,
the applicability of certain defined terms used in Article IX as well as all
other facts necessary to determine compliance with Article IX. A summary of the
definitions of certain of these terms follows.
An "Interested Shareholder" is any person (other than the Company or a
subsidiary) who or which is (a) the beneficial owner (as defined below) of ten
percent or more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock, or (b) an
"Affiliate" or an "Associate" (as defined in Article IX) of the Company or at
any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question
was the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of the voting power of the then
outstanding Voting Stock, or (c) an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to
any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year period
immediately prior to the date in question Beneficially Owned (as defined below)
by a person described in (a) or (b) above (other than shares acquired through a
public offering). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Unitrin nor any of its
subsidiaries will be an Interested Shareholder as long as such entities in the
aggregate beneficially own less than 12,658,000 shares of Company Common Stock.
53
<PAGE>
A person is the "beneficial owner" of, or "Beneficially Owns," any shares of
Voting Stock which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates (as
defined in Article IX) directly or indirectly owns or has the right to acquire
or vote or which are beneficially owned by any member of any group of such
persons having any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock.
A "Business Combination" includes the following transactions: (a) a merger or
consolidation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with an Interested
Shareholder or any corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Shareholder)
which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate of such
Interested Shareholder; (b) the sale or other disposition (in one transaction or
a series of transactions) by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of assets
having an aggregate "Fair Market Value" (as defined in Article IX) of $10
million or more if an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of an
Interested Shareholder is a party to the transaction; (c) the issuance or
transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of
the Company or of any of its subsidiaries to an Interested Shareholder or any
Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Shareholder in exchange for cash or
property (including stock or other securities) having an aggregate Fair Market
Value of $10 million or more; (d) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the
liquidation or dissolution of the Company proposed by or on behalf of an
Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of an Interested
Shareholder; (e) any reclassification of securities, recapitalization, merger
with a subsidiary or other transaction which has the effect, directly or
indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding stock of
any class of the Company or any of its subsidiaries Beneficially Owned by an
Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of an Interested
Shareholder.
A "Continuing Director" is any member of the Company's Board, who is not
affiliated with the Interested Shareholder in question and was a director of the
Company prior to the time such Interested Shareholder became an Interested
Shareholder, and any director who is thereafter appointed to fill any vacancy on
the Company's Board or who is elected and who, in either event, is not
affiliated with an Interested Shareholder and in connection with his or her
initial assumption of office was recommended by a majority of the Continuing
Directors then on the Company's Board.
SHAREHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED FOR CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS. Article IX requires
the approval of the holders of 80 percent of the voting power of all of the then
outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, as a
condition to Business Combinations, except in cases in which one of the two
alternatives described under "Exceptions to Higher Vote Requirement" were
applicable and were satisfied. In the event that either of such alternatives
were applicable and satisfied with respect to the particular Business
Combination, the affirmative vote otherwise required by the Delaware Law and the
other provisions of the Certificate and by the terms of any class or series of
stock of the Company which might be outstanding at the time of the Business
Combination would apply. (Although the Certificate authorizes 50,000,000 shares
of preferred stock, no such shares will be outstanding immediately after the
Distribution and the Board has no present intention of issuing any such shares,
other than the shares reserved for issuance in connection with the Company's
Share Purchase Rights Plan. If any authorized preferred stock were in the future
issued, its terms might be such as to require the approval of a Business
Combination by its holders, voting as a series or class. That requirement would
be in addition to, and would not be affected by, Article IX.) Thus, depending
upon the circumstances, Article IX may require an 80 percent shareholder vote
for a Business Combination in cases in which either a majority vote or no vote
would presently be required under the Delaware Law.
Even if an Interested Shareholder could obtain a 80 percent affirmative
shareholder vote in favor of a Business Combination under the Delaware Law such
Business Combination may nevertheless (depending upon its nature) require
approval by the Company's Board prior to its submission to a shareholder vote
(such would be the case, for instance, with respect to a merger or consolidation
involving the Company). In that case, the Interested Shareholder could not
effect such Business Combination, regardless of its ability to assure an 80
percent shareholder vote, without Board action. Further, even were an Interested
Shareholder able to obtain votes sufficient to effect a repeal of such
provisions, it
54
<PAGE>
could not, under the Certificate, exercise its power by written consent or
compel the Board to call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of
voting on such repeal. As discussed above, as a result of the classified board
provisions in the Certificate, an interested shareholder could not be assured of
gaining control of the Board until at least two shareholder meetings had been
held. In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware Law ("Section 203"), which
restricts second-step mergers with "Interested Shareholders" (and is described
more fully below) might also operate to prevent the ability of an Interested
Shareholder to effect a Business Combination.
EXCEPTIONS TO HIGHER VOTE REQUIREMENT. In the case of a Business Combination
that involved the receipt of cash or other consideration by the Company's
shareholders, solely in their capacity as shareholders, the 80 percent
affirmative shareholder vote requirement would not apply if either (a) the
Business Combination were approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors of
the Company (in order for this condition to be satisfied there must be at least
three Continuing Directors), or (b) all of the requirements described in
paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) below were satisfied.
If the Business Combination did not involve the receipt of consideration by the
Company's shareholders solely as shareholders (E.G., because it took the form of
a sale of assets or an original issuance of the Company's securities to an
Interested Shareholder), only approval by a majority of the Continuing Directors
would avoid the requirement for such 80 percent shareholder vote, although, as
noted above (see "--Shareholder Vote Required for Certain Business
Combinations"), such Business Combination might, depending upon the
circumstances, otherwise require a lesser or no shareholder vote. If there were
fewer than three Continuing Directors, such Business Combination would
necessarily require such 80 percent shareholder vote. On the other hand,
approval by a majority of the Continuing Directors would, with respect to any
Business Combination, avoid both the 80 percent shareholder vote requirement and
the need to satisfy all of the requirements described below.
As noted above, under the Delaware Law a particular Business Combination may,
depending upon its nature, require approval of the Board and/or
less-than-80-percent shareholder approval. Neither the approval of such Business
Combination by a majority of the Continuing Directors nor the satisfaction of
the form of consideration, minimum price and procedural requirements of Article
IX with respect to such Business Combination would supersede such other approval
requirements of the Delaware Law or any class voting requirements with respect
to any series or class of stock of the Company then outstanding. It also would
not supersede the requirements of Section 203, discussed below. Rather, such
approval or satisfaction of such form of consideration, minimum price and
procedural requirements would eliminate only the requirement for the 80 percent
shareholder vote otherwise required by Article IX.
In order to avoid the requirement of an 80 percent shareholder vote or approval
by a majority of the Continuing Directors in the case of a Business Combination
that involved the receipt of cash or other consideration by the Company's
shareholders, the following conditions must be met:
(1) FORM OF CONSIDERATION REQUIREMENT. The consideration to be received by
holders of a particular class (or series) of capital stock in the Business
Combination would be required to be either cash or the same type of
consideration used by the Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates in acquiring
the largest portion of their interest in such class (or series) of capital
stock. If the Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates have not previously
purchased any shares of such class (or series) of capital stock, the
consideration paid to holders of shares of that class (or series) in the
Business Combination would be required to be cash.
(2) MINIMUM PRICE REQUIREMENTS. The aggregate of (x) the cash and (y) the
Fair Market Value, as of the date of consummation of the Business Combination
(the "Consummation Date"), of any consideration other than cash to be received
per share by holders of Company Common Stock, in the Business Combination would
have to be at least equal to the higher of (i) the highest per share price paid
by the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates in acquiring any shares
of Company Common Stock during the two years immediately prior to the date of
the first public announcement of the proposal of the
55
<PAGE>
Business Combination (the "Announcement Date") or in any transaction in which
the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (whichever is
higher), plus interest compounded annually from the first date on which the
Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (the "Determination
Date") through the Consummation Date at the publicly announced base rate of
interest of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, or such other major bank
headquartered in New York, New York, as may be selected by the Continuing
Directors, from time to time in effect in New York, New York, LESS the aggregate
dividends paid on each share of Company Common Stock from the Determination Date
through the Consummation Date up to but not exceeding the amount of interest so
payable per share of Company Common Stock, and (ii) the Fair Market Value per
share of Company Common Stock on the Announcement Date or the Determination
Date, as the case may be, whichever is higher.
The higher of (i) and (ii) above would have to be paid in respect of all
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, whether or not the Interested
Shareholder or any of its Affiliates had previously acquired any shares of
Company Common Stock. If the Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates did not
purchase any shares of Company Common Stock, as the case may be, during the
two-year period prior to the Announcement Date or in the transaction in which
the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (E.G., if the
Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder by purchasing shares of
any then-outstanding class of voting Preferred Stock), the minimum price would
be as determined under (ii). Under (i), interest and dividends would be computed
from the Determination Date whether the highest price during the two-year period
prior to the Announcement Date were higher than the price paid in the
transaction on the Determination Date or vice versa and whether the
Determination Date occurred before or after the beginning of such two-year
period. Thus, for instance, if the highest price per share paid by the
Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates during such two-year period was higher
than the price paid in the transaction on the Determination Date and the
Determination Date occurred before the beginning of such two-year period,
interest and dividends would nevertheless be required to be computed on such
highest price from the Determination Date. Since (ii) does not include an
interest factor, if (ii) exceeded (i) no interest would be included in computing
the per share amount required to be paid in the Business Combination.
The following example illustrates the application of the form of consideration
and minimum price requirements to a Business Combination with an Interested
Shareholder acting alone which (x) acquired in the open market, during the
two-year period prior to the Announcement Date, 4.9 percent of the outstanding
Company Common Stock (the only then outstanding class of Voting Stock), for
which its highest per share price was $40, (y) became an Interested Shareholder
by purchasing 45 percent of the outstanding Company Common Stock in a cash
tender offer at $50 per share, and (z) then announced a proposed Business
Combination with the Company at a time when the Company Common Stock was trading
at $55 per share:
(i) highest price paid by the Interested Shareholder per
share of Company Common Stock during the two-year period prior to the
Announcement Date ($40) or on the Determination Date in the transaction in
which the Interested Shareholder became such ($50), whichever is higher
(I.E., $50), plus the net amount (assumed herein to be $2) representing
interest (on $50), less dividends paid or declared (if ultimately paid) per
share of Company Common Stock, from the Determination Date through the
Consummation Date: $52.
(ii) Fair Market Value per share of Company Common Stock
on the Announcement Date: $55.
Accordingly, in the above example, in order to comply with Article IX's minimum
price requirements, the Interested Shareholder would be required to pay at least
$55 per share (the higher of the two alternatives above) and, in order to comply
with Article IX's form of consideration requirement, such price would have to be
paid in cash.
56
<PAGE>
The per share prices and interest assumptions used in the foregoing example were
selected for illustrative purposes only and are not intended, and should not be
treated, as estimates of future prices of Company Common Stock or future
interest rates. Such prices and interest rates will be determined in the
marketplace and cannot be predicted.
As indicated above, none of the Company Preferred Stock will be outstanding
immediately after the Distribution and the Board has no present plans to issue
any thereof, other than the shares reserved for issuance in connection with the
Company's Share Purchase Rights Plan. If any series of the Company Preferred
Stock were in the future issued with voting rights and were outstanding at the
time of consummation of the Business Combination, then unless such series were
excluded from the provisions of Article IX by the terms of the resolution
authorizing such series, the payments to holders of shares of such series of
Preferred Stock would have to be at least equal to the higher of (x) the highest
per share price determined with respect to such series in the same manner as
described above with respect to Company Common Stock, and (y) the highest
preferential amount per share to which the holders of such class or series of
Preferred Stock would be entitled in the event of a voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The minimum price
requirement would have to be met with respect to each class or series of
outstanding Voting Stock whether or not the Interested Shareholder was a
beneficial owner of shares of that class or series prior to the Business
Combination.
Under the minimum price requirements, the Fair Market Value of non-cash
consideration to be received by holders of shares of any class of Voting Stock
in a Business Combination is to be determined as of the Consummation Date. Where
the definitive terms of such non-cash consideration were established in advance
of the Consummation Date, intervening adverse developments, either in the
economy or the market generally or in the financial condition or business of the
Interested Shareholder, could result in a decline in the originally anticipated
Fair Market Value of such consideration, so that, on the date scheduled for its
consummation, the Business Combination, which had theretofore been considered as
not requiring an 80 percent shareholder vote or approval by a majority of the
Continuing Directors (I.E., because it was expected to satisfy the minimum price
requirements and it satisfied the form of consideration and procedural
requirements), could not be consummated because it had not received such vote or
approval (even if it had received any less-than-80-percent shareholder vote
required by the Delaware Law, and any separate class vote required by the terms
of any class or series of then-outstanding stock of the Company) and did not, in
fact, meet the minimum price requirements on such date. However, an Interested
Shareholder could avoid such a situation by establishing, in advance, terms for
the Business Combination whereby the non-cash consideration was to be finalized
by reference to its Fair Market Value on the Consummation Date. Such an
approach, which has in fact been used in connection with mergers and similar
second-step transactions in the past, would assure that the Interested
Shareholder would bear the risk of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the
offered consideration prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.
Article IX uses the Consummation Date as the determination date of the Fair
Market Value of non-cash consideration to be paid in a Business Combination in
order to ensure that the Interested Shareholder uses this approach so that the
Interested Shareholder, and not the other shareholders, would bear this risk.
In addition, since the minimum price requirements call for a determination to be
made with respect to interest at the base rate compounded, and dividends per
share paid, through the Consummation Date, in a particular case it might not be
possible to determine with certainty whether, at the time a Business Combination
was submitted for shareholder approval, it would ultimately satisfy the minimum
price requirements on the Consummation Date. Accordingly, it might not be
possible to determine with certainty whether the Business Combination would
require an 80 percent shareholder vote or the lesser vote otherwise applicable
under the Delaware Law and, until the Consummation Date, there might be
uncertainty as to whether the Business Combination, if it in fact received less
than an 80 percent affirmative shareholder vote, could be consummated under
Article IX. This uncertainty could deter an Interested Shareholder who did not
own (and was not assured of obtaining the affirmative votes of) 80 percent of
the voting power of the Voting Stock from going forward with a Business
Combination that
57
<PAGE>
had not been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors. However,
Western Atlas and the Company consider that it is appropriate, for the reasons
indicated above, to use the Consummation Date as the determination date with
respect to the minimum price requirements of Article IX and that this will
benefit shareholders by encouraging the Interested Shareholder to negotiate with
the Continuing Directors (and to refrain from taking action which would result
in there being fewer than three Continuing Directors) and obtain their approval
of the Business Combination, since such approval would avoid the applicability
of both the 80 percent shareholder approval requirement and the minimum price
requirement.
(3) PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS. In order to avoid the requirement of an 80
percent affirmative shareholder vote or approval by a majority of the Continuing
Directors, after an Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder and
prior to the Consummation Date, all of the following procedural requirements, as
well as the form of consideration and minimum price requirements, must be
complied with.
The first procedural requirement would be that the Company, after the
Determination Date, not have failed to pay full quarterly dividends on any
then-outstanding Company Preferred Stock and not have reduced the rate of
dividends paid on Company Common Stock, unless such failure or reduction was
approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors. This provision is designed
to prevent an Interested Shareholder from attempting to depress the market price
of the Voting Stock prior to proposing a Business Combination by reducing
dividends thereon, and thereby reducing the consideration required to be paid
pursuant to the minimum price requirements of Article IX.
The second procedural requirement would be that the Interested Shareholder and
its Affiliates not have acquired any additional shares of the Voting Stock,
directly from Company, or otherwise, in any transaction subsequent to the
transaction pursuant to which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested
Shareholder (other than any such acquisition pursuant to a stock split or
similar transaction that does not increase the Interested Shareholder's
proportionate share of any class or series of stock of the Company). This
provision is intended to prevent an Interested Shareholder from purchasing
additional shares of Voting Stock at prices which are lower than those set by
the minimum price requirements of Article IX. Since all of the forms of
consideration, minimum price and procedural requirements must be satisfied in
order for the Interested Shareholder to avoid the need for either an 80 percent
affirmative shareholder vote or the approval of a majority of any Continuing
Directors, an effect of this provision, where the Interested Shareholder or any
of its Affiliates acquired additional shares of Voting Stock after the
Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, is that the Interested
Shareholder could only acquire all of the Voting Stock by means of a Business
Combination if such Business Combination either satisfied the 80 percent
shareholder approval requirements or were approved by a majority of the
Continuing Directors.
The third procedural requirement would be that the Interested Shareholder and
its Affiliates not have received, at any time after the Interested Shareholder
became an Interested Shareholder, whether in connection with the Business
Combination or otherwise, the benefit of any loans or other financial assistance
or tax advantages provided by the Company (other than proportionately, solely in
its capacity as a shareholder). This provision is intended to deter an
Interested Shareholder from self-dealing or otherwise taking advantage of its
equity position in the Company by using the Company's resources to finance the
Business Combination or otherwise for its own purposes in a manner not
proportionately available to all shareholders.
The fourth procedural requirement would be that a proxy or information statement
disclosing the terms and conditions of the Business Combination and complying
with the requirements of the proxy rules promulgated under the Exchange Act or
any replacement legislation be mailed to all shareholders of the Company at
least 30 days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, whether or
not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to the
Exchange Act or any such replacement legislation. This provision is intended to
ensure that shareholders will be fully informed of the terms and conditions of
the Business Combinations even if the Interested Shareholder were not otherwise
required by law to disclose such information to shareholders.
58
<PAGE>
The final procedural requirements would be that the Interested Shareholder have
supplied the Company with all information requested by the Continuing Directors
pursuant to Article IX. Under Article IX, the Continuing Directors have the
right to request information as to the beneficial ownership of stock by the
Interested Shareholder and other factual matters relating to the applicability
and effect of Article IX.
ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS FOR SHAREHOLDER NOMINATIONS AND SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS
The By-laws establish an advance notice procedure for shareholders to make
nominations of candidates for election as directors, or bring other business
before an annual meeting of shareholders of the Company (the "Shareholder Notice
Procedure").
The Shareholder Notice Procedure provides that only persons who are nominated
by, or at the direction of, the Board, or by a shareholder who has given timely
written notice to the Secretary of the Company prior to the meeting at which
directors are to be elected, will be eligible for election as directors of the
Company. The Shareholder Notice Procedure provides that at an annual meeting
only such business may be conducted as has been brought before the meeting by,
or at the direction of, the Chairman or the Board or by a shareholder who has
given timely written notice to the Secretary of the Company of such
shareholder's intention to bring such business before such meeting. Under the
Shareholder Notice Procedure, for notice of shareholder nominations to be made
at an annual meeting to be timely, such notice must be received by the Company
not less than 70 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of
the previous year's annual meeting (or if the date of the annual meeting is
advanced by more than 20 days, or delayed by more than 70 days, from such
anniversary date, not earlier than the 90th day prior to such meeting and not
later than the later of (x) the 70th day prior to such meeting and (y) the 10th
day after public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the number of directors to be
elected is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the
nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the
Company at least 80 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's
annual meeting, a shareholder's notice will be timely, but only with respect to
nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by
the Company not later than the 10th day after such public announcement is first
made by the Company. Under the Shareholder Notice Procedure, for notice of a
shareholder nomination to be made at a special meeting at which directors are to
be elected to be timely, such notice must be received by the Company not earlier
than the 90th day before such meeting and not later than the later of (x) the
70th day prior to such meeting and (y) the 10th day after public announcement of
the date of such meeting is first made.
Under the Shareholder Notice Procedure, a shareholder's notice to the Company
proposing to nominate a person for election as a director must contain certain
information, including, without limitation, the identity and address of the
nominating shareholder, the class and number of shares of stock of the Company
which are owned by such shareholder, and all information regarding the proposed
nominee that would be required to be included in a proxy statement soliciting
proxies for the proposed nominee. Under the Shareholder Notice Procedure, a
shareholder's notice relating to the conduct of business other than the
nomination of directors must contain certain information about such business and
about the principal shareholders, including, without limitation, a brief
description of the business the shareholder proposed to bring before the
meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at such meeting, the name and
address of such shareholder, the class and number of shares of stock of the
Company beneficially owned by such shareholder, and any material interest of
such shareholder in the business so proposed. If the Chairman of the Board or
other officer presiding at a meeting determines that a person was not nominated,
or other business was not brought before the meeting, in accordance with the
Shareholder Notice Procedure, which person will not be eligible for election as
a director, or such business will not be conducted at such as the case may be.
By requiring advance notice of nominations by shareholders, the Shareholder
Notice Procedure will afford the Board an opportunity to consider the
qualifications of the proposed nominees and, to the extent deemed necessary or
desirable by the Board, to inform shareholders about such qualifications.
59
<PAGE>
By requiring advance notice of other proposed business, the Shareholder Notice
Procedure will also provide a more orderly procedure for conducting annual
meetings of shareholders and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the
Board, will provide the Board with an opportunity to inform shareholders, prior
to such meetings, of any business proposed to be conducted at such meetings,
together with any recommendations as to the Board's position regarding action to
be taken with respect to such business, so that shareholders can better decide
whether to attend such a meeting or to grant a proxy regarding the disposition
of any such business.
Although the By-laws do not give the Board any power to approve or disapprove
shareholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals for action,
they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors
or the consideration of shareholder proposals if the proper procedures are not
followed, and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a
solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its
own proposal, without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or
proposals might be harmful or beneficial to the Company and its shareholders.
PREFERRED STOCK
The Certificate authorizes the Board to establish one or more series of Company
Preferred Stock and to determine, with respect to any series of Company
Preferred Stock, the terms and rights of such series, including (i) the
designation of the series, (ii) the number of shares of the series, which number
the Board may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock
Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof
then outstanding), (iii) whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or
noncumulative and the dividend rate of the series, (iv) the dates at which
dividends, if any, will be payable, (v) the redemption rights and price or
prices, if any, for shares of the series, (vi) the terms and amounts of any
sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series,
(vii) the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary
or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the
Company, (viii) whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares
of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Company or any other
corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such
other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments
thereof, the date or dates as of which such shares shall be convertible and all
other terms and conditions upon which such conversion may be made, (ix)
restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class
or series, and (x) the voting rights, if any, of the holders of such series.
Western Atlas and the Company believe that the ability of the Board to issue one
or more series of Company Preferred Stock will provide the Company with
flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions, and in
meeting other corporate needs which might arise. The authorized shares of
Company Preferred Stock, as well as shares of Company Common Stock, will be
available for issuance without further action by the Company's shareholders,
unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock
exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company's securities may be
listed or traded. The NYSE currently requires shareholder approval as a
prerequisite to listing shares in several instances, including where the present
or potential issuance of shares could result in an increase in the number of
shares of common stock, or in the amount of voting securities outstanding, of at
least 20 percent. If the approval of the Company's shareholders is not required
for the issuance of shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock,
the Board may determine not to seek shareholder approval.
Although the Board has no intention at the present time of doing so, it could
issue a series of Company Preferred Stock that could, depending on the terms of
such series, impede the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover
attempt. The Board will make any determination to issue such shares based on its
judgment as to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. The
Board, in so acting, could issue Company Preferred Stock having terms that could
discourage an acquisition attempt through which an acquirer may be able to
change the composition of the Board, including a tender offer or other
transaction that some, or a majority, of the Company's shareholders might
believe to be in their
60
<PAGE>
best interests or in which shareholders might receive a premium for their stock
over the then current market price of such stock.
AMENDMENT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE AND BY-LAWS
Under the Delaware Law, the shareholders have the right to adopt, amend or
repeal the By-laws and, with the approval of the board of directors, the
certificate of incorporation of a corporation. In addition, if the certificate
of incorporation so provides, the By-laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by
the board of directors. The Certificate provides that the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of the outstanding shares
of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, is required to amend
provisions of the Certificate relating to the prohibition of shareholder action
without a meeting; the number, election and term of the Company's directors; or
the removal of directors. The vote of the holders of a majority of the voting
power of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock is required to amend all other
provisions of the Certificate. The Certificate further provides that the By-laws
may be amended by the Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at
least 80 percent of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock,
voting together as a single class. These 80 percent voting requirements will
have the effect of making more difficult any amendment by shareholders of the
By-laws or of any of the provisions of the Certificate described above, even if
a majority of the Company's shareholders believe that such amendment would be in
their best interests.
ANTITAKEOVER LEGISLATION
Section 203 of the Delaware Law provides that, subject to certain exceptions
specified therein, a corporation shall not engage in any business combination
with any "interested shareholder" for a three-year period following the date
that such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder unless (i) prior to such
date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business
combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an
interested shareholder, (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted
in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested
shareholder owned at least 85 percent of the voting stock of the corporation
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding certain shares), or
(iii) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the
board of directors of the corporation and by the affirmative vote of at least 66
2/3 percent of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested
shareholder. Except as specified in Section 203 of the Delaware Law, an
interested shareholder is defined to include (x) any person that is the owner of
15 percent or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or is an
affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15 percent or
more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, at any time within
three years immediately prior to the relevant date and (y) the affiliates and
associates of any such person.
Under certain circumstances, Section 203 of the Delaware Law makes it more
difficult for a person who would be an "interested shareholder" to effect
various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period,
although the shareholders may elect to exclude a corporation from the
restrictions imposed thereunder. The Certificate does not exclude the Company
from the restrictions imposed under Section 203 of the Delaware Law. It is
anticipated that the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware Law may encourage
companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with the
Board, since the shareholder approval requirement would be avoided if a majority
of the directors then in office approve, prior to the time the shareholder
becomes an interested shareholder, either the business combination or the
transaction which results in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder.
RELATIONSHIP OF ARTICLE IX TO SECTION 203
Each of Article IX and Section 203 should encourage persons interested in
acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with the Board of Directors since
the higher shareholder voting requirements imposed would not be invoked if, (i)
in the case of Article IX, such person obtains the approval of a majority of the
Continuing Directors for the proposed business combination transaction, and (ii)
in the
61
<PAGE>
case of Section 203, such person, prior to acquiring 15 percent of the Company's
voting stock, obtains the approval of the Board for such stock acquisition or
for the proposed business combination transaction (unless such person acquires
85 percent or more of the Company's voting stock in such transaction excluding
certain shares as described above). As stated above, in the event of a proposed
acquisition of the Company, the Boards of Western Atlas and the Company believe
that the interests of the Company's shareholders will best be served by a
transaction that results from negotiations based upon careful consideration of
the proposed terms, such as the price to be paid to minority shareholders, the
form of consideration paid and tax effects of the transaction.
The protection afforded the remaining shareholders by Section 203 is stronger in
some respects than the protection that would be afforded by Article IX in
situations in which the provisions of both apply. This is because, unless the
requisite Board or shareholder approval is obtained or the acquiror succeeds in
obtaining at least 85% of the target corporation's voting stock in the initial
transaction, Section 203 would prevent any of the specified business combination
transactions which could be used by an acquiror to eliminate such remaining
shareholders, use the assets of the company to finance its acquisition or
otherwise abuse its equity position from occurring for a period of three years
thereafter, whereas Article IX would merely require that the specified minimum
price and procedural conditions be satisfied. Nonetheless, Article IX has been
included in the Certificate for several reasons.
First, the term "Business Combination" is defined differently in Article IX than
it is in Section 203 and, as a result, Article IX may afford protection to the
Company's shareholders in certain situations in which Section 203 would not
apply. In addition, Article IX would apply to transactions with or for the
benefit of any person (together with such person's affiliates and associates)
beneficially owning 10 percent of the Company's voting stock while Section 203
would only apply to transactions involving persons (together with their
affiliates and associates) beneficially owning 15 percent or more of the
Company's voting stock.
Second, although the constitutionality of Section 203 has so far been upheld in
the courts, it is possible that a higher court might yet find Section 203 to be
unconstitutional. If Section 203 were to be challenged and struck down as
unconstitutional prior to or in connection with any acquisition of the Company,
Article IX would continue to afford its protections to shareholders.
Neither Article IX nor Section 203 will prevent a hostile takeover of the
Company. They may, however, make more difficult or discourage a takeover of the
Company or the acquisition of control of the Company by a significant
shareholder and thus the removal of incumbent management. Such effect will be
enhanced by the fact that the Company will have a Share Purchase Rights Plan.
Some shareholders may find this disadvantageous in that they may not be afforded
the opportunity to participate in takeovers which are not approved by the
Continuing Directors but in which they might receive, for at least some of their
shares, a substantial premium above the market price at the time of a tender
offer or other acquisition transaction. Article IX should not prevent or
discourage transactions in which the acquiring person is willing to negotiate in
good faith with the Board and is prepared to pay the same price to all
shareholders of each class of the Company's voting stock.
RIGHTS PLAN
As of the Distribution Date, the Board of Directors of the Company will have
adopted a Share Purchase Rights Plan (the "Rights Plan") under which the Board
of Directors declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a
"Right") for each outstanding share of Common Stock. Each share of Company
Common Stock distributed on the Distribution will have attached to it (as
described below) an associated Right. Rights are issuable in respect of all
shares of Company Common Stock issued after the Distribution Date and prior to
the earliest of (i) the Rights Distribution Date (as defined below), (ii) the
date on which the Rights are redeemed or exchanged as discussed below or (iii)
September 24, 2007. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from
the Company one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Shares"), of the
62
<PAGE>
Company at a price of $70 (the "Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment. The
terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement (the "Rights Agreement")
between the Company and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Rights Agents (the "Rights
Agent").
The Rights Agreement provides that, until the Rights Distribution Date (or
earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the Rights will be transferred
with and only with the shares of Company Common Stock. The Rights Distribution
Date is the earlier to occur of (i) ten days following a public announcement
that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring
Person") has acquired beneficial ownership of 15 percent or more of the
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock or (ii) ten business days (or such
later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to
such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an Acquiring
Person) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make,
a tender offer or exchange offer, the consummation of which would result in the
beneficial ownership by a person or group of 15 percent or more of the
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock. As soon as practicable following the
Rights Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights ("Right
Certificates") will be mailed to holders of record of the shares of Company
Common Stock as of the close of business on the Rights Distribution Date and
such separate Rights Certificates alone will evidence the Rights.
In the event that any person or group of affiliated or associated persons
becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right, other than Rights
beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereafter be void), will
thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of shares of
Company Common Stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of
the Right. At any time prior to the time a person or group of affiliated or
associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the
Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.01 per
Right (the "Redemption Price"). The redemption of the Rights may be made
effective at such time on such basis with such conditions as the Board of
Directors in its sole discretion may establish.
If the Rights are not redeemed as provided above and in the event that the
Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50
percent or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold after a
person or group has become an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right will
thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then
current exercise price of the Right, that number of shares of common stock of
the acquiring company which at the time of such transaction will have a market
value of two times the exercise price of the Right.
At any time after any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to
the acquisition by such person or group of 50 percent or more of the outstanding
shares of Company Common Stock, the Board of Directors of the Company may
exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such person or group which will
have become void), in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one share of
Company Common Stock, or one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, per Right (subject
to adjustment).
Preferred Shares which are purchasable under the Rights Plan will not be
redeemable. Each Preferred Share will be entitled to an aggregate dividend of
100 times the dividend declared per share of Company Common Stock but in no
event shall such minimum preferential quarterly payment be less than $1 per
share. In the event of liquidation, the holders of the Preferred Shares will be
entitled to an aggregate payment of 100 times the payment made per share of
Company Common Stock, but in no event shall they receive less than $100 per
share. Each Preferred Share will have 100 votes, voting together with the shares
of Company Common Stock. Finally, in the event of any merger, consolidation, or
other transaction in which shares of Company Common Stock are exchanged, each
Preferred Share will be entitled to receive 100 times the amount received per
share of Company Common Stock. These rights are protected by customary
antidilution provisions.
Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as
a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote
or to receive dividends. While the distribution of
63
<PAGE>
the Rights is not taxable, shareholders may recognize taxable income upon the
occurrence of subsequent events -- for example, upon the redemption, sale, or
other disposition of the Rights, or upon the Rights becoming exercisable with
respect to an acquiror's stock whether or not exercised. The Rights will expire
on September 24, 2007 (the "Final Expiration Date"), unless the Final Expiration
Date is extended or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the
Company.
As of December 31, 1996, Unitrin and its subsidiaries owned 23.6 percent of the
outstanding shares of Western Atlas Common Stock, and on that assumption would
own an identical percentage of the shares of Company Common Stock immediately
following the Distribution. The Rights Plan does not affect the Unitrin
companies so long as they do not purchase additional shares of Company Common
Stock or their shares are not transferred to a third party or group which would
thereby beneficially own 15 percent or more of the outstanding shares of Company
Common Stock.
The terms of the Rights may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Company
without the consent of the holders of the Rights, including an amendment to
lower the 15 percent thresholds described above to not less than the greater of
(i) the sum of .001 percent and the largest percentage of the outstanding
Company Common Stock then known to the Company to be beneficially owned by any
person or group or affiliated or associated persons (other than Unitrin and its
subsidiaries) and (ii) 10 percent, except that from and after such time as any
person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person
no such amendment may adversely affect the interest of the holders of the
Rights.
The Rights have certain anti-takeover effects. The Rights will cause substantial
dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire the Company without
conditioning the offer on the Rights being redeemed or a substantial number of
Rights being acquired.
This summary description of the Rights does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement, which is
incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which
includes this Information Statement.
COMPARISON WITH RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK
The Company's Certificate, By-laws and Rights Plan are essentially identical to
the corresponding instruments of Western Atlas except that (i) any amendment by
shareholders of the Company's By-laws requires the vote of 80 percent of the
outstanding Company Common Stock, while amendments by shareholders to the
Western Atlas By-laws require either a majority of the votes cast at a meeting
at which a quorum is present or 80 percent of the outstanding Western Atlas
Common Stock, depending on which By-law is being amended, and (ii) Western Atlas
does not have in its certificate of incorporation any provision analogous to
Article IX of the Certificate.
LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
ELIMINATION OF LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS
The Certificate provides that a director of the Company will not be personally
liable to the Company or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware Law, which concerns
unlawful payments of dividends, stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the
Delaware Law is amended after the approval by the shareholders of the
Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the
personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
64
<PAGE>
Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the
Delaware Law, as so amended from time to time.
While the Certificate provides directors with protection from awards for
monetary damages for breaches of their duty of care, it does not eliminate such
duty. Accordingly, the Certificate will have no effect on the availability of
equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission based on a director's
breach of his or her duty of care. The provisions of the Certificate described
above apply to an officer of the Company only if he or she is a director of the
Company and is acting in his or her capacity as director, and do not apply to
officers of the Company who are not directors.
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The Certificate provides that each person who is or was a director or officer of
the Company or who is or was serving or who had agreed to serve at the request
of the Board or an officer of the Company as a director, officer or employee of
another Corporation, Partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, will
be indemnified by the Company, in accordance with the By-laws, to the full
extent permitted from time to time by Delaware Law, as the same exists or may
hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent
that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification
rights than said law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment)
or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect. In addition,
the Certificate provides that the Company may provide indemnification to other
persons as provided in the By-laws and may enter into one or more agreements
with any person which provide for indemnification greater as different than that
provided in the Certificate.
The By-laws provide that each person who was or is made a party or is threatened
to be made a party or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of
the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal
representative is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was
serving at the request of the Company, as a director, officer, employee or agent
of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained
or sponsored by the Company, whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged
action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in
any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, will
be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized
by Delaware law as the same exists or may in the future be amended (but, in the
case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the
Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the
Company to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and
loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or
penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or
suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification will
continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or
agent and will inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and
administrators; however, except as described in the following paragraph with
respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Company will
indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a
Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such Proceeding
(or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.
Pursuant to the By-laws, if a claim described in the preceding paragraph is not
paid in full by the Company within thirty days after a written claim has been
received by the Company, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit
against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful
in whole or in part, the claimant will be entitled to be paid also the expense
of prosecuting such claim. The By-laws provide that it will be a defense to any
such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses
incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where
the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Company)
that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible
under the Delaware Law for the Company to indemnify the claimant for the amount
claimed, but the burden of proving such defense will
65
<PAGE>
be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company (including the Board,
independent legal counsel or shareholders) to have made a determination prior to
the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper
in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of
conduct set forth in the Delaware Law, nor an actual determination by the
Company (including the Board, independent legal counsel or shareholders) that
the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense
to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the
applicable standard of conduct.
The By-laws provide that the right to indemnification and the payment of
expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition
conferred in the Certificate will not be exclusive of any other right which any
person may have or may in the future acquire under any statute, provision of the
Certificate, the By-laws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise. The Certificate permits the Company to maintain
insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee
or agent of the Company or any person serving at the request of the Company, as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, or of a
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with
respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Company,
against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would
have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss
under the Delaware Law. The Company intends to obtain directors' and officers'
liability insurance providing coverage to its directors and officers.
The Certificate provides that the right to indemnification conferred therein is
a contract right and includes the right to be paid by the Company the expenses
incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition,
except that if Delaware law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a
director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in
any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a
director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee
benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding, will be made
only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of such
director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately
determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under
the Certificate or otherwise.
66
<PAGE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
---------
<S> <C>
UNOVA, INC.
Independent Auditors' Report............................................................................. F-2
Combined Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31, 1996............................ F-3
Combined Balance Sheets at December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995....................................... F-4
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 1996............................ F-5
Notes to Combined Financial Statements................................................................... F-6
Combined Statements of Operations for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited) and June 30,
1996 (unaudited)....................................................................................... F-21
Combined Balance Sheets at June 30, 1997 (unaudited) and December 31, 1996............................... F-22
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 (unaudited) and June 30,
1996 (unaudited)....................................................................................... F-23
Notes to Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)....................................................... F-24
NORAND CORPORATION
Report of Independent Public Accountants................................................................. F-27
Consolidated Balance Sheet at August 31, 1996............................................................ F-28
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1996........................... F-29
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity at August 31, 1996........................................ F-30
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1996........................... F-31
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements............................................................... F-32
Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 1, 1997 (unaudited).................................................. F-44
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six-month periods ended March 1, 1997 (unaudited) and March
2, 1996 (unaudited).................................................................................... F-45
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six-month periods ended March 1, 1997 (unaudited) and March
2, 1996 (unaudited).................................................................................... F-46
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)................................................... F-47
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
Board of Directors and Shareholder
UNOVA, Inc.
Beverly Hills, California
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the businesses
comprising UNOVA, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and
the related combined statements of operations, and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of UNOVA, Inc. and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
As described in Note A, the accompanying combined financial statements have been
prepared from the separate records maintained by the Western Atlas Inc.
divisions comprising UNOVA, Inc. and may not necessarily be indicative of the
conditions that would have existed or the results of operations if UNOVA, Inc.
had been operated as a separate company. Portions of debt, interest, and
corporate expenses represent allocations made from Western Atlas Inc.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Los Angeles, California
August 13, 1997
F-2
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1996 1995 1994
------------- ----------- -----------
Sales and Service Revenues............................................... $ 1,164,682 $ 942,852 $ 971,138
------------- ----------- -----------
Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales.......................................................... 841,820 669,279 689,852
Selling, general and administrative.................................... 218,672 194,069 199,927
Depreciation and amortization.......................................... 27,043 26,116 28,727
Interest--net.......................................................... 7,111 9,347 15,691
------------- ----------- -----------
Total Costs and Expenses................................................. 1,094,646 898,811 934,197
------------- ----------- -----------
Earnings before Taxes on Income.......................................... 70,036 44,041 36,941
Taxes on Income.......................................................... (28,014) (17,837) (15,367)
------------- ----------- -----------
Net Earnings............................................................. $ 42,022 $ 26,204 $ 21,574
------------- ----------- -----------
------------- ----------- -----------
Pro Forma Net Earnings per Share......................................... $ .78
-------------
-------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996 1995
------------- -------------
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents......................................................... $ 149,467 $ 103,501
Accounts receivable less allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,124 (1996) and
$4,810 (1995)................................................................... 394,572 284,056
Inventories less progress billings................................................ 94,452 113,769
Deferred tax assets............................................................... 53,636 41,741
Other current assets.............................................................. 3,664 3,445
------------- -------------
Total Current Assets................................................................ 695,791 546,512
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net.................................................. 132,508 137,337
Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Net of Amortization of $42,095 (1996) and $40,603
(1995)............................................................................ 178,810 182,850
Other Assets........................................................................ 66,684 52,325
------------- -------------
Total Assets........................................................................ $ 1,073,793 $ 919,024
------------- -------------
------------- -------------
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable.................................................................. $ 242,168 $ 161,903
Payrolls and related expenses..................................................... 50,567 55,275
Due to Western Atlas Inc.......................................................... 109,574 112,429
Notes payable and current portion of long-term obligations........................ 27,461 22,214
------------- -------------
Total Current Liabilities........................................................... 429,770 351,821
Long-term Obligations............................................................... 14,507 14,099
Deferred Tax Liabilities............................................................ 22,727 20,883
Other Long-term Liabilities......................................................... 32,281 29,562
Commitments and Contingencies
Equity--Investment by Western Atlas Inc............................................. 574,508 502,659
------------- -------------
Total Liabilities and Equity........................................................ $ 1,073,793 $ 919,024
------------- -------------
------------- -------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1996 1995 1994
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year............................. $ 103,501 $ 29,190 $ 2,618
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net earnings............................................................. 42,022 26,204 21,574
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization........................................ 27,043 26,116 28,727
Deferred taxes....................................................... (9,803) 7,519 (4,817)
Change in accounts receivable........................................ (142,159) 47,712 (25,830)
Change in inventories................................................ 21,986 (19,613) 8,338
Change in other current assets....................................... (804) 4,012 1,479
Change in accounts payable........................................... 73,701 (11,572) 30,406
Change in payrolls and related expenses.............................. (2,382) (99) 25,989
Other operating activities........................................... (446) (1,253) (6,225)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities.................................. 9,158 79,026 79,641
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Capital expenditures................................................... (22,541) (23,944) (22,625)
Proceeds from sale of businesses....................................... 31,100
Acquisition of businesses net of cash acquired......................... (5,916)
Other investing activities............................................. 1,049 775 (1,717)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities........................ 9,608 (29,085) (24,342)
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Net transactions with Western Atlas Inc................................ 25,747 38,195 36,356
Due to Western Atlas Inc............................................... (2,855) (352) (98,204)
Repayment of long-term obligations..................................... (649) (1,280)
Short-term obligations, net............................................ 3,818 (20,848) 34,402
Other financing activities............................................. 1,139 7,375 (1)
----------- ----------- ----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities........................ 27,200 24,370 (28,727)
----------- ----------- ----------
Resulting in Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents......................... 45,966 74,311 26,572
----------- ----------- ----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year................................... $ 149,467 $ 103,501 $ 29,190
----------- ----------- ----------
----------- ----------- ----------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE A: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
GENERAL INFORMATION. On May 4, 1997, the Board of Directors of Western Atlas
Inc. ("WAI") approved in principle, subject to formal declaration of a dividend
at a later date, a plan for the distribution (the "Distribution") to holders of
WAI common stock of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of UNOVA, Inc.
("UNOVA" or the "Company"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of WAI. At the time of the
Distribution the Company will own substantially all of WAI's industrial
automation businesses.
The Distribution is expected to occur before December 31, 1997 and will be made
on the basis of one share of Company common stock for each share of WAI common
stock outstanding on the record date for the Distribution. The Distribution will
be reported by WAI as a tax-free dividend for tax reporting purposes.
In connection with the Distribution, the Company and WAI have entered into
various agreements, including a Distribution and Indemnity Agreement, a Tax
Sharing Agreement and certain agreements relating to employee benefits and
intellectual property.
The Distribution and Indemnity Agreement provides for, among other items, the
transfer to the Company of WAI's interest in the assets, liabilities and
businesses that will constitute UNOVA and the payment by the Company of
approximately $230 million as a dividend to WAI. In connection therewith, the
Company will obtain financing in the form of loans from a group of banks
adequate to pay the aforementioned dividend to WAI and to meet its other capital
requirements. The combined pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in
this Information Statement have been presented as if this financing had been in
effect as of January 1, 1996. For purposes of historical presentation, total
UNOVA debt has been adjusted based on the historical capital needs of the UNOVA
businesses compared to that of other WAI businesses. The Distribution Agreement
also provides for the division between WAI and the Company of certain other
liabilities and certain other agreements governing the relationship between the
Company and WAI following the Distribution.
In general, the Tax Sharing Agreement provides that WAI will be liable for
consolidated federal income tax and joint state income tax liabilities,
including any such liabilities resulting from the audit of or other adjustment
to previously filed tax returns, which are attributable to the Company and its
domestic subsidiaries (the "Company Group") through the date of the
Distribution. WAI will be entitled to tax benefits resulting from any audit or
other adjustments to the Company's pre-date of the Distribution consolidated
federal income tax and joint state income tax liabilities, when and if realized
by the Company. The Company Group will generally be liable for all other state,
local and foreign tax liabilities which are attributable to the Company Group
through the date of the Distribution and the pre-acquisition tax liabilities of
Norand.
NATURE OF OPERATIONS. UNOVA is an industrial technologies company providing
global customers with solutions for improving their efficiency and productivity.
The Automated Data Systems business segment is comprised of automated data
collection ("ADC") and mobile computing products and services, principally
serving the industrial market. Customers are the global distribution and
transportation companies, food and beverage operations, manufacturing
industries, health care providers and government agencies. The Industrial
Automation Systems business segment includes integrated manufacturing systems,
body welding and assembly systems, and precision grinding and abrasives,
primarily serving the worldwide automotive, off-road and diesel engine
manufacturing industries.
F-6
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE A: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
A different automotive industry customer was significant to the Company's
revenues in each of the three years ended 1996. One such customer represented
15% of revenues in 1996, another represented 11% of revenues in 1995, and
another represented 28% of revenues in 1994.
PRINCIPLES OF COMBINATION. The historical combined financial statements for the
Company have been presented as if the operations included herein have been
operating as one entity for the periods presented. They include, at their
historical amounts, the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses directly
related and those allocated to the businesses which will comprise the Company's
operations.
A pro rata share of certain general and administrative corporate costs incurred
by WAI have been allocated to the Company based on the relative ratio of such
projected costs to be incurred by WAI and the Company individually. Such costs
include general management, legal, tax, treasury, insurance, financial audit,
financial reporting, human resources and real estate services.
The Company's historical debt includes an allocation of a portion of WAI's
corporate debt, based on the Company's estimated past capital requirements.
Interest expense related thereto has been included in the Company's statements
of operations at WAI's estimated blended historical rate of interest on long-
term borrowings of 7.5%.
Management believes the above stated allocations were made on a reasonable
basis; however, they do not necessarily reflect the results of operations which
would have occurred had the Company been an independent entity nor are they
necessarily indicative of future expenses or income (see Note J).
The Company consolidates its subsidiaries and companies in which it has a
controlling interest. Investments in companies over which UNOVA has influence
but not a controlling interest are accounted for using the equity method. All
material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of
revenues and expenses for each reporting period. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
EARNINGS PER SHARE. Earnings per share computations in each year were based on
53,891,534 shares of WAI common stock outstanding at June 30, 1997. Management
estimates that this amount is representative of the number of shares that will
be issued upon the Distribution. Historical Western Atlas common stock
equivalents arising from various stock option plans have been excluded from the
Company's earnings per share calculation as such options will not be converted
into UNOVA stock options (see Note F).
CASH EQUIVALENTS. The Company considers time deposits and commercial paper
purchased within three months of their date of maturity to be cash equivalents.
INVENTORIES. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out
method) or market.
REVENUE RECOGNITION. Revenues are generally recognized when products are shipped
or as services are performed. Revenues and profits on long-term contracts
associated with the Company's operations are
F-7
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE A: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
recorded under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Any
anticipated losses on contracts are charged to operations as soon as they are
determinable. General and administrative costs are expensed as incurred.
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT. Research and development costs are charged to expense
as incurred. Worldwide expenditures on research and development activities
amounted to $29.7 million, $27.5 million and $31.7 million, in the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT. Investment in property, plant and equipment is
stated at cost. Depreciation, computed generally by the straight-line method for
financial reporting purposes, is provided over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets.
INCOME TAXES. The Company measures tax assets and liabilities based on a balance
sheet approach. Tax assets and liabilities are stated at the tax rate in effect
when the estimated assets and liabilities will be realized. For further
discussion of accounting policies for taxes see Note G.
The Company's domestic operations and their foreign branches have been included
in WAI's consolidated tax return. Any tax benefits related to these operations
have been recorded in these financial statements if such were realizable by WAI
on a consolidated basis. Foreign entities included in these financial statements
provide taxes in accordance with local laws and regulations. Earnings of these
entities are deemed permanently invested in their operating environments and
U.S. taxes have not been provided.
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK. Financial instruments that potentially subject
the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash
equivalents and trade receivables. The Company places its cash and cash
equivalents with high credit quality institutions and limits the amount of
credit exposure with any one institution. Concentrations of credit risk with
respect to trade receivables are limited because a large number of
geographically diverse customers make up the Company's customer base, thus
spreading the trade credit risk. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of
its customers and maintains allowance for anticipated losses.
FOREIGN CURRENCIES. The currency effects of translating the financial statements
of those non-U.S. entities of the Company which operate in local currency
environments are included in the "cumulative currency translation adjustment"
component of equity. Currency transaction gains and losses are included in the
combined statements of operations and were not material for any periods
presented herein.
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES. Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis
over periods ranging from 15 to 40 years. Other intangibles are amortized on a
straight-line basis over periods ranging from four to 18 years. The Company
assesses the recoverability of goodwill at the end of each fiscal year or as
circumstances warrant. Factors considered in evaluating recoverability include
management's plans with respect to the operations to which the goodwill relates,
particularly the historical earnings and projected undiscounted cash flows of
such operations.
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS. The Company regularly reviews long-lived assets
for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount of the asset may not be fully recoverable. Impairment is
recognized in the event that the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be
generated by the asset are less than its carrying amount.
F-8
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE A: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS. Provisions for environmental costs are recorded when the
Company determines its responsibility for remedial efforts and such amounts are
reasonably estimable.
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS. In February 1997, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128
("SFAS 128") "Earnings per Share" which will be effective for the Company
beginning with the period ending December 31, 1997. SFAS 128 replaces the
presentation of primary earnings per share with a presentation of basic earnings
per share based upon the weighted average number of common shares for the
period. It also requires dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per
share of companies with complex capital structures. Pro forma basic and diluted
EPS for all historical periods presented, assuming SFAS No. 128 was effective at
the beginning of each such historical period, would not differ from the
presentations herein.
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130 REPORTING FOR COMPREHENSIVE INCOME and
No. 131, DISCLOSURES ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION.
These statements are effective for financial statements issued for periods
beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company is evaluating what, if any,
additional disclosures may be required upon the implementation of SFAS Nos. 130
and 131.
NOTE B: BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS, INVESTMENTS AND DISPOSITIONS
ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS
The Company acquired Norand Corporation ("Norand") on March 3, 1997, and United
Barcode Industries ("UBI") on April 4, 1997. Norand designs, manufactures and
markets mobile computing systems and wireless data communications networks using
radio frequency technology. UBI is a European-based ADC company headquartered in
Sweden. These companies are currently being integrated into the Automated Data
Systems segment. Both transactions were funded using a combination of WAI's
committed credit facilities, short-term uncommitted credit lines and excess
cash, and are being accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.
Accordingly, the acquisition costs (approximately $280 million and $107 million
for Norand and UBI, respectively) have been allocated to the net assets acquired
based upon their relative fair values. Such allocation resulted in $203 million
assigned to in-process research and development activities; $156 million
assigned to goodwill (to be amortized over 25 years using the straight-line
method); and $29 million assigned to other intangibles (to be amortized over
periods ranging from four to 18 years using the straight-line method). During
the period ended June 30, 1997, the Company expensed the amounts assigned to
in-process research and development projects that have not yet achieved
technological feasibility in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards
Board Interpretation No. 4. The Norand acquisition added increased knowledge and
capabilities in wireless data communication using radio frequency ("RF")
technology and mobile computing solutions for the logistics markets. In the
communications area, Norand brings advanced axis point and docking station
technology, communication software, product configuration and ergonomics. This
acquisition also expands the Company's offering in the RF spread-spectrum
technology. The mobile computing technology allows the Company to enter the
route accounting, meter reading, and field service markets. Norand provides the
Company with pen-based, hand-held computers with desktop PC performance that is
important to these markets. The UBI acquisition provides two major product line
technologies: bar code on-demand printers with labels and ribbons, and hand-held
scanners. UBI's printer technology complements the Company's existing printer
offerings with low-end, low cost printers and high-end, high speed printers. UBI
also provides enhanced media-handling systems, such as linerless adhesive labels
and software. The scanner technology includes scanners based on charge-
F-9
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE B: BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS, INVESTMENTS AND DISPOSITIONS (CONTINUED)
coupled device ("CCD") technology, which is an alternative to laser scanners in
many applications. UBI also brings software that improves laser scanning for
one- and two-dimensional symbologies. In addition to the amount charged to
in-process research and development, the Company expects to expend an additional
$30 million over the next three years to develop these technologies into
commercially viable products. These expenditures include engineering labor,
material costs, overhead charges, and software development, as well as general
and administrative expenses.
The allocation of the acquisition cost of Norand and UBI is preliminary and
subject to revision upon receipt of pending information, such as final
assessment of certain legal and environmental exposures and the completion of
certain appraisals. Any such revisions are not expected to have a material
impact on the Company's combined financial statements.
The Company made several acquisitions and investments during 1995, including 49%
of Honsberg, a German machine tool maker. Cranfield Precision Engineering, a
grinding technology company located in the United Kingdom, was also acquired in
1995. The remaining 51% of Honsberg was acquired in the second quarter of 1997.
These acquisitions are integral to the Company's goals, though not material in
the aggregate to the Company's combined financial statements.
DISPOSITIONS
The Company sold its Material Handling Systems operations in November of 1996
and received cash proceeds of approximately $31 million. The activities of the
division were not considered a core business of the Company.
NOTE C: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, DEBT AND INTEREST
Cash and cash equivalents amounted to $149.5 million and $103.5 million at
December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, respectively, and consisted mainly of
time deposits and commercial paper.
Notes payable and long-term obligations consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996 1995
--------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF
DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C>
Short-term notes payable with average interest
at 6.3% (1996) and 6.9% (1995)........................................................... $ 27,045 $ 21,894
Other, with average interest at 5.6% (1996)
and 5.5% (1995), due through 2005........................................................ 14,923 14,419
--------- ---------
41,968 36,313
Less short-term notes payable and
current portion of long-term obligations................................................. (27,461) (22,214)
--------- ---------
$ 14,507 $ 14,099
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE C: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, DEBT AND INTEREST (CONTINUED)
Notes payable and long-term obligations at December 31, 1996 mature as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>
1997.................................................................. $ 27,461
1998.................................................................. 234
1999.................................................................. 234
2000.................................................................. 250
2001.................................................................. 182
Thereafter............................................................ 13,607
--------
$ 41,968
--------
--------
</TABLE>
Financial instruments on the Company's combined balance sheet include accounts
receivable, notes payable, accounts payable, and payrolls and related expenses,
which approximate their market values due to their short maturity. The fair
market value of long-term obligations does not differ significantly from their
carrying value as of December 31, 1996, based on comparisons to similar types of
debt in the market. As discussed in Note I, WAI also has off-balance-sheet
guarantees and letter-of-credit agreements relating to UNOVA customers with face
values totaling $95 million at December 31, 1996 relating principally to the
guarantee of future performance on contracts. Such guarantees and
letters-of-credit will be assumed by the Company upon the Distribution.
Debt allocated from WAI was $109.6 million and $112.4 million as of December 31,
1996 and 1995, respectively. Interest expense related thereto of $8.3 million,
$8.4 million, and $12.1 million of WAI's corporate debt for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, has been included in the
Company's statements of operations at WAI's estimated blended historical rate of
interest on long-term borrowings of 7.5%.
Net interest expense is composed of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1996 1995 1994
--------- --------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Interest expense............................................................... $ 11,533 $ 12,174 $ 17,496
Interest income................................................................ (4,422) (2,827) (1,805)
--------- --------- ---------
Net interest expense........................................................... $ 7,111 $ 9,347 $ 15,691
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The Company made interest payments to non-related parties of $2.6 million, $3.8
million, and $5.8 million in the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. Capitalized interest costs in each of the periods presented were
not material.
F-11
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE D: ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND INVENTORIES
Following are the details of net accounts receivable:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996 1995
----------- -----------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C>
Trade receivables....................................................................... $ 132,814 $ 143,462
Receivables related to long-term contracts
Amounts billed........................................................................ 49,538 65,352
Unbilled recoverable costs and accrued profit on progress
completed and retentions............................................................ 212,220 75,242
----------- -----------
$ 394,572 $ 284,056
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
The unbilled recoverable costs and retentions at December 31, 1996 are expected
to be entirely billed and collected in fiscal year 1997.
Summarized below are the components of inventory balances:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996 1995
--------- -----------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials and work in process........................................................ $ 65,016 $ 79,845
Finished goods........................................................................... 18,697 21,803
Inventoried costs related to long-term contracts......................................... 35,062 33,549
Less progress billings................................................................... (24,323) (21,428)
--------- -----------
Net inventories.......................................................................... $ 94,452 $ 113,769
--------- -----------
--------- -----------
</TABLE>
NOTE E: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996 1995
------------ ------------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C>
Property, plant and equipment, at cost
Land................................................................................ $ 23,283 $ 23,617
Buildings and improvements.......................................................... 105,445 107,246
Machinery and equipment............................................................. 165,257 165,172
Less accumulated depreciation......................................................... (161,477) (158,698)
------------ ------------
Net investment in property, plant and equipment....................................... $ 132,508 $ 137,337
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The net book value of assets utilized under capital leases was not material at
December 31, 1996 and 1995.
F-12
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE E: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (CONTINUED)
The range of estimated useful lives for determining depreciation and
amortization of the major classes of assets are:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Buildings.................................................... 10-45 years
Building improvements........................................ 2-20 years
Machinery and equipment...................................... 2-15 years
</TABLE>
As of December 31, 1996, minimum rental commitments under noncancellable
operating leases were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------- OPERATING LEASES
-----------------
(THOUSANDS OF
DOLLARS)
<S> <C>
1997..................................................................... $ 6,180
1998..................................................................... 4,056
1999..................................................................... 2,455
2000..................................................................... 1,624
2001..................................................................... 1,180
Thereafter............................................................... 5,359
--------
$ 20,854
--------
--------
</TABLE>
Rental expense for operating leases, including amounts for short-term leases
with nominal, if any, future rental commitments, was $10.4 million, $9.8 million
and $10.8 million, for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. The minimum future rentals receivable under subleases and the
contingent rental expenses were not significant.
NOTE F: EQUITY--INVESTMENT BY WESTERN ATLAS INC.
At the date of the Distribution, holders of WAI common stock will receive one
share of Company common stock for each share held of WAI common stock. If the
Distribution had occurred on June 30, 1997, approximately 53.9 million shares of
Company common stock would have been issued.
F-13
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE F: EQUITY--INVESTMENT BY WESTERN ATLAS INC. (CONTINUED)
Changes in equity are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RETAINED EARNINGS
AND CUMULATIVE CUMULATIVE
TRANSACTIONS WITH CURRENCY NET INVESTMENT
WESTERN ATLAS, TRANSLATION BY WESTERN
INC. ADJUSTMENT ATLAS INC.
------------------ ----------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Balance at December 31, 1993.................................. $ 385,124 $ (4,216) $ 380,908
Net earnings.................................................. 21,574 21,574
Currency translation adjustment............................... 577 577
Net transactions with Western Atlas Inc....................... 36,356 36,356
---------- ----------- ---------------
Balance at December 31, 1994.................................. 443,054 (3,639) 439,415
Net earnings.................................................. 26,204 26,204
Currency translation adjustment............................... (1,155) (1,155)
Net transactions with Western Atlas Inc....................... 38,195 38,195
---------- ----------- ---------------
Balance at December 31, 1995.................................. 507,453 (4,794) 502,659
Net earnings.................................................. 42,022 42,022
Currency translation adjustment............................... 4,080 4,080
Net transactions with Western Atlas Inc....................... 25,747 25,747
---------- ----------- ---------------
Balance at December 31, 1996.................................. $ 575,222 $ (714) $ 574,508
---------- ----------- ---------------
---------- ----------- ---------------
</TABLE>
STOCK OPTION INFORMATION
Under the UNOVA, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), an aggregate of
5,500,000 shares of Company common stock will initially be available for the
issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock. The
number of shares available under the Plan increases by one percent of the total
number of shares of common stock outstanding as of the first day of each
calendar year beginning after December 31, 1999. Under the Plan, stock options
may not be granted at a price less than the fair market value of the Company's
common stock on the date of grant. There have been no issuances made under the
Plan to date, but it is expected that the initial issuances will occur soon
after the date of the Distribution.
The Distribution Agreement provides that all employee and director options to
purchase WAI common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Distribution will
be adjusted by increasing the number of shares subject to the option and
decreasing the exercise price per share so as to preserve the difference between
the aggregate exercise price of the option and the aggregate market value of the
shares subject to the option.
NOTE G: TAXES ON INCOME
See Note K for earnings by geographic area.
F-14
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE G: TAXES ON INCOME (CONTINUED)
The components of taxes on income consist of the following provisions
(benefits):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1996 1995 1994
---------- ---------- ----------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Currently Payable:
U.S. taxes................................................................ $ 31,619 $ 8,926 $ 28,450
International taxes....................................................... 6,446 1,392 7,506
---------- ---------- ----------
38,065 10,318 35,956
---------- ---------- ----------
Deferred:
U.S. taxes................................................................ (9,685) 8,220 (17,379)
International taxes....................................................... (366) (701) (3,210)
---------- ---------- ----------
(10,051) 7,519 (20,589)
---------- ---------- ----------
$ 28,014 $ 17,837 $ 15,367
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
Deferred taxes result from the effect of transactions which are recognized in
different periods for financial and tax reporting purposes and relate primarily
to employee benefits, depreciation and other valuation allowances.
The primary components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1996 DECEMBER 31, 1995
-------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSET LIABILITY ASSET LIABILITY
--------- --------- --------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Accrued liabilities................................................ $ 32,197 $ 21,025
Receivables and inventory.......................................... 8,426 7,326
Retiree medical benefits........................................... 4,501 5,871
Pensions........................................................... $ 11,239 $ 7,834
Accelerated depreciation........................................... 6,892 6,756
Other items........................................................ 8,512 4,596 7,519 6,293
--------- --------- --------- ---------
$ 53,636 $ 22,727 $ 41,741 $ 20,883
--------- --------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The following is a reconciliation of income taxes at the U.S. statutory rate to
the provision for income taxes:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1996 1995 1994
--------- --------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax at U.S. statutory rate..................................................... $ 24,513 $ 15,414 $ 12,929
State income taxes net of federal benefit...................................... 1,382 1,285 1,513
Amortization of nondeductible goodwill......................................... 1,916 1,916 1,902
Foreign earnings taxed at other than U.S. statutory rate....................... 60 100
Other items.................................................................... 143 (878) (977)
--------- --------- ---------
$ 28,014 $ 17,837 $ 15,367
--------- --------- ---------
--------- --------- ---------
</TABLE>
The Company made tax payments of $26.1 million, $15.1 million and $25.8 million,
in the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
F-15
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE H: PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS
Benefit plans covering employees of the Company are sponsored by WAI. These
plans include retirement and pension plans which cover most of its employees.
Most of the Company's U.S. employees are covered by a contributory defined
benefit plan.
Under a contributory defined benefit plan generally available to U.S. employees
of the Company, annual contributions are made to the extent such contributions
are actuarially determined.
There are also defined contribution voluntary savings programs generally
available for U.S. employees, which are intended to qualify under Sections
401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. These plans are designed to
enhance the retirement programs of participating employees. Under these plans,
the Company matches up to 50% of a certain portion of participants'
contributions.
The Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries also have WAI sponsored retirement and
savings plans for employees. The pension liabilities and their related costs are
computed in accordance with the laws of the individual nations and appropriate
actuarial practices.
For employees of the Company, who are participants in any of WAI's various
benefit plans, new benefit plans will be established effective as of the date of
the Distribution. Assets will be transferred to such plans from corresponding
WAI plans based upon actuarial determinations made in conformity with regulatory
requirements.
U.S. PENSION PLANS
A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost for the U.S. defined
benefit plans and defined contribution plans for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1996 1995 1994
---------- ---------- ----------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Defined benefit plans
Service cost--benefits earned during the period........................... $ 6,507 $ 4,565 $ 3,867
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation............................. 10,107 9,619 7,710
Actual return on plan assets.............................................. (41,727) (58,985) (3,562)
Net amortization and deferral............................................. 19,371 37,439 (16,643)
---------- ---------- ----------
Net periodic pension income............................................... (5,742) (7,362) (8,628)
Defined contribution plans.................................................. 2,983 2,414 2,338
---------- ---------- ----------
Net periodic pension income................................................. $ (2,759) $ (4,948) $ (6,290)
---------- ---------- ----------
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
Actuarial assumptions for the Company's U.S. defined benefit plans included an
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 9 1/4% for fiscal years 1996
and 1995. The weighted-average discount rate used in determining the actuarial
present value of the projected benefit obligation was 7 1/2% at December 31,
1996 and 1995. The rate of increase in future compensation levels was 5% at
December 31, 1996 and 1995.
F-16
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE H: PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
The following table sets forth the funded status of the Company's U.S. plans and
amounts recognized in the Company's balance sheet at December 31, 1996 and 1995.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1996 1995
------------ ------------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations
Vested benefit obligation........................................................... $ (125,121) $ (123,933)
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Accumulated benefit obligation...................................................... $ (126,092) $ (124,648)
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
Projected benefit obligation........................................................ $ (139,026) $ (136,526)
Fair value of plan assets............................................................. 267,956 234,874
Unrecognized net transition asset..................................................... (16,268) (18,432)
Unrecognized net gain................................................................. (87,550) (58,239)
------------ ------------
Prepaid pension cost.................................................................. $ 25,112 $ 21,677
------------ ------------
------------ ------------
</TABLE>
The above table includes prepaid pension cost presented net of pension
liabilities for plans in which accumulated benefits exceed plan assets. As of
December 31, 1996 and 1995, these liabilities amounted to $13.5 million and $7.4
million, respectively.
Plan assets consist primarily of equity securities and U.S. Government
securities. The excess of plan assets over the projected benefit obligation at
August 1, 1986 (when the Company adopted SFAS No. 87) and subsequent
unrecognized gains and losses are fully amortized over the average remaining
service period of active employees expected to receive benefits under the plans,
generally 15 years.
NON-U.S. PENSION PLANS
For the principal non-U.S. pension plans located in the United Kingdom, the
weighted-average discount rate used was approximately 8% at December 31, 1996.
The rate of increase in future compensation used was approximately 5%, and the
rate of return on assets was 8 1/2% at December 31, 1996.
Pension costs for non-U.S. plans were not material for any of the periods
presented herein. The actuarial present value of projected benefits at December
31, 1996 was $42.3 million compared with net assets available for benefits of
$47.2 million.
OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
In addition to pension benefits, certain of the Company's U.S. employees are
covered by postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans provided
by WAI. These benefit plans are unfunded.
The net periodic postretirement benefit costs were not material for any of the
periods presented herein. The accumulated benefit obligation at December 31,
1996 was $18.5 million, of which $14.7 million was attributable to retirees and
$3.8 million to other active plan participants. The accumulated benefit
obligation at December 31, 1995 was $18.0 million, of which $14.7 million was
attributable to retirees and $3.3 million was attributable to active plan
participants.
Actuarial assumptions used to measure the accumulated benefit obligation include
a discount rate of 7 1/2% at December 31, 1996 and 1995. The assumed health care
cost trend rate for fiscal year 1996 was
F-17
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE H: PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
12.7% and is projected to decrease over 20 years to 6%, where it is expected to
remain thereafter. The effect of a one-percentage-point increase in the assumed
health care cost trend rate on the service cost and interest cost components of
the net periodic postretirement benefit cost is not material. A one-
percentage-point increase in the assumed health care cost trend rate on the
accumulated benefit obligation results in an increase of approximately $1.5
million.
NOTE I: LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is currently, and is from time to time, subject to claims and suits
arising in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of the Company's
General Counsel, the ultimate resolution of currently pending proceedings will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial
statements.
WAI has off-balance-sheet guarantees and letter of credit agreements relating to
UNOVA customers with face values totaling $95 million at December 31, 1996
relating principally to the guarantee of future performance on contracts. Such
guarantees and letters-of-credit will be assumed by the Company upon the
Distribution.
NOTE J: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Included in other assets are amounts due from related parties of $1.6 million
and $2.1 million at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
Included in general and administrative costs are allocated charges from WAI of
$22.2 million, $19.9 million and $27.6 million, for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
Included in interest expense are allocated charges from WAI of $8.3 million,
$8.4 million and $12.1 million, for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and
1994, respectively.
NOTE K: BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING
The Company reports its operations in two business segments: the Automated Data
Systems segment and the Industrial Automation Systems segment. Material Handling
Systems and VantageWare divisions were sold during the fourth quarter of 1996.
Figures for these divisions were reported as part of the Industrial Automation
Systems segment.
Activities are primarily product sales oriented. Export sales are not material.
Corporate and other amounts include corporate operating costs, net interest
expense and currency transaction gains and losses (see Notes A and J). Assets
classified as corporate and other amounts consist primarily of cash and cash
equivalents and deferred taxes.
F-18
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE K: BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING (CONTINUED)
OPERATIONS BY BUSINESS SEGMENT
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUTOMATED INDUSTRIAL CORPORATE
YEAR ENDED DATA AUTOMATION AND OTHER
DECEMBER 31, SYSTEMS SYSTEMS AMOUNTS TOTAL
--------------- ------------- ------------- ----------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales.................................................. 1996 $ 367 $ 798 $ 1,165
1995 321 622 943
1994 303 668 971
Operating profit (loss)................................ 1996 30 70 $ (23) 77
1995 13 62 (22) 53
1994 24 56 (27) 53
Capital expenditures................................... 1996 9 14 23
1995 8 16 24
1994 9 12 2 23
Depreciation and amortization expense.................. 1996 11 15 1 27
1995 12 13 1 26
1994 12 16 1 29
Identifiable assets at year end........................ 1996 271 636 167 1,074
1995 279 533 107 919
1994 280 558 23 861
</TABLE>
OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CORPORATE
YEAR ENDED UNITED OTHER AND OTHER
DECEMBER 31, STATES EUROPE NATIONS AMOUNTS
--------------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales..................................................... 1996 $ 950 $ 193 $ 22
1995 771 151 21
1994 811 144 16
Operating profit (loss)................................... 1996 78 22 $ (23)
1995 70 4 1 (22)
1994 71 5 4 (27)
Identifiable assets at year end........................... 1996 761 136 10 167
1995 695 105 12 107
1994 709 115 14 23
<CAPTION>
TOTAL
---------
<S> <C>
Sales..................................................... $ 1,165
943
971
Operating profit (loss)................................... 77
53
53
Identifiable assets at year end........................... 1,074
919
861
</TABLE>
F-19
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROSS NET
SALES PROFIT EARNINGS
--------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
(MILLIONS OF DOLLARS)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
First Quarter...................................................................... $ 240.4 $ 68.0 $ 8.2
Second Quarter..................................................................... 264.1 73.4 8.7
Third Quarter...................................................................... 310.0 81.0 11.0
Fourth Quarter..................................................................... 350.2 88.0 14.1
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
First Quarter...................................................................... $ 208.7 $ 62.5 $ 6.1
Second Quarter..................................................................... 240.3 66.1 5.6
Third Quarter...................................................................... 246.4 64.5 6.5
Fourth Quarter..................................................................... 247.5 67.0 8.0
</TABLE>
F-20
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
-------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1997 1996
------------ -----------
Sales and Service Revenues.......................................................... $ 732,343 $ 504,471
------------ -----------
Costs and Expenses
Cost of sales..................................................................... 512,516 356,532
Selling, general and administrative............................................... 152,671 103,783
In-process research and development charge........................................ 203,300
Depreciation and amortization..................................................... 17,035 12,889
Interest--net..................................................................... 7,099 3,075
------------ -----------
Total Costs and Expenses............................................................ 892,621 476,279
------------ -----------
(Loss) Earnings before Taxes on Income.............................................. (160,278) 28,192
Taxes on Income..................................................................... (17,208) (11,277)
------------ -----------
Net (Loss) Earnings................................................................. $ (177,486) $ 16,915
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
Pro Forma Net (Loss) per Share...................................................... $ (3.29)
------------
------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-21
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
1997 1996
------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
(UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
Current Assets
Cash and cash equivalents........................................................ $ 21,839 $ 149,467
Accounts receivable, net......................................................... 495,051 394,572
Inventories less progress billings............................................... 142,120 94,452
Deferred tax assets.............................................................. 95,365 53,636
Other current assets............................................................. 12,583 3,664
------------- --------------
Total Current Assets............................................................... 766,958 695,791
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net................................................. 152,523 132,508
Goodwill and Other Intangibles, Net................................................ 368,942 178,810
Other Assets....................................................................... 62,879 66,684
------------- --------------
Total Assets....................................................................... $ 1,351,302 $ 1,073,793
------------- --------------
------------- --------------
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities
Accounts payable................................................................. $ 332,159 $ 242,168
Payrolls and related expenses.................................................... 65,740 50,567
Due to Western Atlas Inc......................................................... 228,244 109,574
Notes payable and current portion of long-term obligations....................... 57,400 27,461
------------- --------------
Total Current Liabilities.......................................................... 683,543 429,770
Long-term Obligations.............................................................. 17,267 14,507
Deferred Tax Liabilities........................................................... 16,770 22,727
Other Long-term Liabilities........................................................ 43,512 32,281
Commitments and Contingencies......................................................
Equity--Investment by Western Atlas Inc. .......................................... 590,210 574,508
------------- --------------
Total Liabilities and Equity....................................................... $ 1,351,302 $ 1,073,793
------------- --------------
------------- --------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-22
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
-------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1997 1996
------------ -----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period.................................... $ 149,467 $ 103,501
------------ -----------
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net (loss) earnings............................................................... (177,486) 16,915
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) earnings to net cash used in operating
activities:
Charge for in-process research and development costs.......................... 203,300
Depreciation and amortization................................................. 17,035 12,889
Deferred taxes................................................................ (834) (2,142)
Change in accounts receivable................................................. (15,297) (42,215)
Change in inventories......................................................... (4,224) (565)
Change in other current assets................................................ 4,767 (1,003)
Change in accounts payable.................................................... (28,958) (3,212)
Change in payrolls and related expenses....................................... 360 (12,374)
Other operating activities.................................................... (9,620) (2,444)
------------ -----------
Net cash used in operating activities............................................... (10,957) (34,151)
------------ -----------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired................................... (377,546)
Capital expenditures.............................................................. (11,011) (9,464)
Other investing activities........................................................ 5,061 32
------------ -----------
Net cash used in investing activities............................................... (383,496) (9,432)
------------ -----------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Net transactions with Western Atlas Inc........................................... 195,566 (17,944)
Due to Western Atlas Inc.......................................................... 118,670 305
Repayment of borrowings........................................................... (62,134)
Short-term obligations, net....................................................... 14,723 1,289
Other financing activities........................................................ (176)
------------ -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities................................. 266,825 (16,526)
------------ -----------
Resulting in Decrease in Cash and Cash Equivalents.................................. (127,628) (60,109)
------------ -----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period.......................................... $ 21,839 $ 43,392
------------ -----------
------------ -----------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-23
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
(UNAUDITED)
1. The amounts included in these interim financial statements are unaudited;
however in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair
statement of results for the stated periods have been included. These
adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Certain information and
footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed
or omitted. It is suggested that these consolidated financial statements be
read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto
included in this information statement. The results of operations for the
six months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of operating
results for the entire year.
2. The Company acquired Norand Corporation ("Norand") on March 3, 1997, and
United Barcode Industries ("UBI") on April 4, 1997. Norand designs,
manufactures and markets mobile computing systems and wireless data
communications networks using radio frequency technology. UBI is a
European-based ADC company headquartered in Sweden, with fiscal 1996 sales
of approximately $100 million. These companies are currently being
integrated into the Automated Data Systems segment. Both transactions were
funded using a combination of WAI's committed credit facilities, short-term
uncommitted credit lines and excess cash, and are being accounted for under
the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the acquisition costs
(approximately $280 million and $107 million for Norand and UBI,
respectively) have been allocated to the net assets acquired based upon
their relative fair values. Such allocation resulted in $203 million
assigned to in-process research and development activities; $156 million
assigned to goodwill (to be amortized over 25 years using the straight-line
method); and $29 million assigned to other intangibles (to be amortized over
periods ranging from four to 18 years using the straight-line method).
During the period ended June 30, 1997, the Company expensed the amounts
assigned to in-process research and development projects that have not yet
achieved technological feasibility in accordance with Financial Accounting
Standards Board Interpretation No. 4. The Norand acquisition added increased
knowledge and capabilities in wireless data communication using radio
frequency ("RF") technology and mobile computing solutions for the logistics
markets. In the communications area, Norand brings advanced axis point and
docking station technology, communication software, product configuration
and ergonomics. This acquisition also expands the Company's offering in the
RF spread-spectrum technology. The mobile computing technology allows the
Company to enter the route accounting, meter reading, and field service
markets. Norand provides the Company with pen-based, hand-held computers
with desktop PC performance that is important to these markets. The UBI
acquistion provides two major product line technologies: bar code on-demand
printers with labels and ribbons, and hand-held scanners. UBI's printer
technology complements the Company's existing printer offerings with
low-end, low cost printers and high-end, high speed printers. UBI also
provides enhanced media-handling systems, such as linerless adhesive labels
and software. The scanner technology includes scanners based on
charge-coupled device ("CCD") technology, which is an alternative to laser
scanners in many applications. UBI also brings software that improves laser
scanning for one- and two-dimensional symbologies. In addition to the amount
charged to in-process research and development, the Company expects to
expend an additional $30 million over the next three years to develop these
technologies into commercially viable products. These expenditures include
engineering labor, material costs, overhead charges, and software
development, as well as general and administrative expenses.
F-24
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
(UNAUDITED)
The allocation of the acquisition cost of Norand and UBI is preliminary and
subject to revision upon receipt of pending information, such as final
assessment of certain legal and environmental exposures, and the completion
of certain appraisals. Any such revisions are not expected to have a material
impact on the Company's combined financial statements.
The following unaudited pro forma financial information for the Company
reflects the Norand acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 1996,
after giving effect to certain pro forma adjustments, including amortization
of goodwill and other intangibles, and interest associated with the increase
in allocated WAI debt. The 1997 pro forma information excludes the $203
million charge for acquired in-process research and development activities.
The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of what
results would have been if the combination had occurred on the
above-mentioned date. Pro forma sales and services revenues, net earnings and
earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are $769.1 million,
$21.2 million and $0.39, respectively. Pro forma sales and service revenues,
net earnings and earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1996 are
$1,405.8 million, $27.9 million and $0.52, respectively.
The Company acquired the remaining 51% of Honsberg, a German machine tool
maker, in the second quarter of 1997. The original 49% of Honsberg was
acquired during 1995.
The fair values of Norand, UBI and Honsberg assets and liabilities at their
respective acquisition dates are presented below for supplemental cash flow
disclosure purposes:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
----------------------
<S> <C>
Current assets........................................................ $ 150,911
Net property, plant and equipment..................................... 22,820
Goodwill and other intangibles........................................ 193,943
Other non-current assets.............................................. 55,325
Total debt............................................................ (84,163)
Other current liabilities............................................. (142,349)
Other non-current liabilities......................................... (11,642)
In-process research and development................................... 203,300
----------
Purchase price...................................................... 388,145
Less: Cash acquired................................................... (10,599)
----------
Purchase price, net of cash acquired................................ $ 377,546
----------
----------
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE>
UNOVA, INC.
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
(UNAUDITED)
3. Sales and service revenues and segment operating profit for the six months
ended June 30, 1997 (excluding the $203 million charge for acquired
in-process research and development described above) and 1996 were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
--------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1997 1996
--------- ---------
<CAPTION>
(MILLIONS OF
DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C>
SALES AND SERVICE REVENUES
Automated Data Systems................................................................. $ 282 $ 175
Industrial Automation Systems.......................................................... 450 329
--------- ---------
Total Sales and Service Revenues....................................................... $ 732 $ 504
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
SEGMENT OPERATING PROFIT
Automated Data Systems................................................................. $ 12 $ 13
Industrial Automation Systems.......................................................... 49 29
--------- ---------
Total Segment Operating Profit......................................................... $ 61 $ 42
--------- ---------
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
4. General and administrative costs include allocated charges from WAI of $9.1
million and $10.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996,
respectively. Interest expense includes allocated charges from WAI of $6.3
million and $4.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996,
respectively.
5. The components of inventory balances are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, DECEMBER 31,
1997 1996
-------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Raw materials and work in process............................................. $ 109,096 $ 100,078
Finished goods................................................................ 48,706 18,697
Less progress billings........................................................ (15,682) (24,323)
-------------- --------------
Net inventories............................................................... $ 142,120 $ 94,452
-------------- --------------
-------------- --------------
</TABLE>
6. Net interest expense is composed of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
1997 1996
-------------- --------------
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C>
Interest expense.............................................................. $ 9,264 $ 5,764
Interest income............................................................... (2,165) (2,689)
-------------- --------------
Net interest expense.......................................................... $ 7,099 $ 3,075
-------------- --------------
-------------- --------------
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF NORAND CORPORATION
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Norand
Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries as of August 31, 1996, and
the related consolidated statement of operations, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for the year ended August 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Norand Corporation and
Subsidiaries as of August 31, 1996, and the results of operations and cash flows
for the year ended August 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
Arthur Andersen LLP
Chicago, Illinois
October 15, 1996 (except with respect to the matter discussed
in Note 7, as to which the date is November 20, 1996)
F-27
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUGUST 31, 1996
----------------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents..................................................................... $ 3,604
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful accounts
and estimated sales returns of $9,278....................................................... 69,841
Inventories................................................................................... 33,565
Deferred tax assets........................................................................... 8,523
Prepaid expenses and other current assets..................................................... 8,011
----------------
Total current assets........................................................................ 123,544
Noncurrent assets:
Property, plant and equipment, net............................................................ 25,601
Deferred tax assets........................................................................... 9,318
Patents and intellectual properties, net...................................................... 6,157
Goodwill, net................................................................................. 3,112
Other noncurrent assets....................................................................... 4,333
----------------
Total assets................................................................................ $ 172,065
----------------
----------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term debt............................................................................... $ 52,460
Accounts payable.............................................................................. 23,195
Accrued payroll and employee benefits......................................................... 9,809
Other accrued liabilities..................................................................... 33,449
Deferred income............................................................................... 10,418
----------------
Total current liabilities................................................................... 129,331
----------------
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value: Authorized 15,000,000 shares;
issued and outstanding 7,664,535 shares..................................................... 77
Additional paid-in capital.................................................................... 75,237
Accumulated deficit........................................................................... (28,482)
Equity adjustment from foreign currency translation........................................... (4,098)
----------------
Total stockholders' equity.................................................................. 42,734
----------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.................................................. $ 172,065
----------------
----------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-28
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
AUGUST 31, 1996
------------------
<S> <C>
REVENUES:
Product sales revenue....................................................................... $ 193,249
Customer service revenue.................................................................... 42,251
----------
Total revenues............................................................................ 235,500
Cost of products and services................................................................. 141,744
----------
Gross profit.............................................................................. 93,756
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Product development and engineering expenses................................................ 22,898
Selling expenses............................................................................ 58,347
General and administrative expenses......................................................... 17,006
Restructuring charge........................................................................ 4,392
----------
Total operating expenses.................................................................. 102,643
----------
Loss from operations...................................................................... (8,887)
Interest and other expenses................................................................... 6,256
Litigation settlement......................................................................... 5,100
----------
Loss before income taxes.................................................................. (20,243)
Income tax benefit............................................................................ (6,073)
----------
Net loss.................................................................................. $ (14,170)
----------
----------
Net loss per common share..................................................................... $ (1.87)
----------
----------
Average number of common and common equivalent shares outstanding............................. 7,573,017
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-29
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EQUITY
ADJUSTMENT
COMMON STOCK ADDITIONAL FROM FOREIGN
------------------------ PAID-IN ACCUMULATED CURRENCY
SHARES AMOUNT CAPITAL DEFICIT TRANSLATION
----------- ----------- ----------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances, August 31, 1995..................... 7,534,846 $ 75 $ 73,150 $ (14,312) $ (3,642)
Exercises of stock options.................... 129,689 2 2,087
Foreign currency translation.................. (456)
Net loss...................................... (14,170)
----------- --- ----------- ------------- -------------
Balances, August 31, 1996..................... 7,664,535 $ 77 $ 75,237 $ (28,482) $ (4,098)
----------- --- ----------- ------------- -------------
----------- --- ----------- ------------- -------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-30
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED
AUGUST 31, 1996
------------------
<S> <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss.................................................................................... $ (14,170)
--------
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
used in operating activities:
Depreciation.............................................................................. 7,792
Amortization.............................................................................. 4,282
Amortization of deferred royalty income................................................... (1,877)
Deferred tax benefit...................................................................... (8,220)
Provision for doubtful accounts and sales returns......................................... 7,216
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable..................................................................... (8,171)
Inventories............................................................................. 3,323
Prepaid expenses and other assets....................................................... (3,101)
Deferred income......................................................................... 2,699
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities................................................ 8,018
Accrued restructuring, net.............................................................. 1,596
--------
Total adjustments..................................................................... 13,557
--------
Net cash used in operating activities................................................. (613)
--------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Additions to property, plant and equipment.................................................. (10,183)
Additions to software, patents, and intellectual properties................................. (3,296)
--------
Net cash used in investing activities................................................. (13,479)
--------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net borrowings under line of credit agreement............................................... 12,565
Issuances of common stock................................................................... 2,089
Payments of refinancing expenses............................................................ (680)
--------
Net cash provided by financing activities............................................. 13,974
--------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash....................................................... (87)
--------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents..................................................... (205)
--------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
Beginning of period......................................................................... 3,809
--------
End of period............................................................................... $ 3,604
--------
--------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest paid on all debt obligations....................................................... $ 5,281
Net income taxes refunded................................................................... $ (1,591)
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-31
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Norand designs, manufactures and markets mobile computing systems and wireless
data communications networks using radio frequency technology. Norand systems
allow businesses worldwide to apply information technology to industrial and
field automation settings. Typical applications include route accounting, field
sales automation, and inventory database management in manufacturing, warehouse
and retail settings. Norand provides hardware, application software, systems
integration and support to thousands of customers in dozens of industries to
improve accountability, productivity and management control.
2. ITALIAN SUBSIDIARY IRREGULARITIES
On September 25, 1995, the Company announced that it had discovered
irregularities during the course of the year-end audit at its Italian
subsidiary. At that time the managing director of the Italian subsidiary was
removed. The Company's investigation of the irregularities in its Italian
subsidiary continued following the initial announcement. The investigation
revealed a complex set of irregularities, which took place over a period of
time. The irregularities were facilitated by third parties, certain of which
were associated with the former managing director.
As a result of the investigation attributable to the Italian subsidiary, the
Company recorded in its 1995 and 1994 financial statements pretax charges and
costs related to sales returns, inventory losses, certain local taxes which may
not be recoverable, professional costs for the investigation, and the settlement
or anticipated settlement of numerous third party claims against the Italian
subsidiary. In total, after restatement for irregular sales and costs, pretax
charges and costs related to the irregularities included in the financial
statements amounted to $8.3 million in 1995 and $1.5 million in 1994.
The Company believes that a thorough investigation has been completed in order
to determine the aggregate losses due to the irregularities. The Company has
continued to pursue potential further recoveries from third parties and
insurance. Such potential recoveries have not been reflected in the accompanying
financial statements. During 1996, the Company settled numerous previously
identified third party claims for costs which approximated previous estimates.
No new claims have been presented that would have a material adverse financial
impact on the Company. Based upon the results of its investigation and the claim
settlements, the Company does not believe that the aggregate charges and
operating losses relating to these known facts and circumstances will materially
exceed the amount of recorded losses and costs already recorded. However, there
can be no assurances that additional third party claims will not be discovered
in future periods which will result in further losses related to this matter.
Such losses could be material to the consolidated results of operations in any
future period. Management does not believe that any such losses will be material
to the Company's consolidated financial position.
3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a consolidated basis
to include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All
significant intercompany amounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.
INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined on a
first-in, first-out basis.
F-32
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of plant and
equipment is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Production
machinery and equipment (including molds and dies) is depreciated using the
units of production method. All other property, plant and equipment is
depreciated using the straight-line method. The ranges of the estimated useful
lives are as follows: buildings, ten to thirty years; machinery and equipment
and office furniture and equipment, three to ten years; computer equipment and
software purchased to support the Company's business processes, two to five
years; and leasehold improvements, the shorter of the useful lives of the assets
or the term of the leases. Costs of renewals and betterments are capitalized;
repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS
The Company capitalizes internal software development costs and qualifying
purchased product software, both of which are developed or acquired for sale to
the Company's customer. The Company capitalized internal software development
costs of $1.5 million in 1996. As of August 31, 1996, capitalized software
development costs, net of amortization were $3.7 million. The capitalization of
these costs begins when a product's economic and technological feasibility has
been established and ends when the product is available for general release to
customers. Amortization is computed on an individual product basis over a three
year period. Capitalized software development costs are included in other
noncurrent assets.
PATENTS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTIES
Patents include the direct costs of the patents and costs to maintain and
protect the patents. Patents are being amortized over the remaining lives of the
patents, a weighted average of approximately four years. Intellectual properties
include the direct costs of acquisition and are amortized over the useful lives
of the underlying technology, generally three to five years.
GOODWILL
Goodwill from the acquisition of Infolink Group Limited in August 1995, the
acquisition of the Company in October 1988, and other acquisitions, represents
the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired and is being
amortized over 15 and 40 years, respectively, using the straight-line method.
The Company periodically reviews the value of its goodwill to determine if an
impairment has occurred. The Company bases its determination on the performance,
on an undiscounted basis, of the underlying businesses. Based on its review, the
Company does not believe that an impairment of its goodwill has occurred.
In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed of". The statement becomes effective in fiscal 1997. The
Company does not believe that the adoption of this statement will be material to
the Company's consolidated financial statements.
INCOME TAXES
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109. Deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the
tax consequences on future years of
F-33
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for income tax and for
financial reporting purposes. In addition, the amount of any future tax benefits
are reduced by a valuation allowance until it is more likely than not that such
benefits will be realized.
Deferred income taxes have not been provided for any income tax liability which
could be incurred upon the repatriation of undistributed earnings of the
Company's consolidated foreign subsidiaries as the Company expects to
indefinitely reinvest these earnings outside the U.S. However, if the Company
were to repatriate the undistributed earnings of the consolidated foreign
subsidiaries, the potential income tax liability would not be material.
INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
The computation of primary and fully diluted earnings per share is based on the
weighted average number of common stock and common stock equivalent shares
outstanding during the period. Common stock equivalents consist primarily of
options outstanding under the Company's stock option plans and shares to be
purchased under the employee stock purchase plan.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
The financial statements of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars
in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 52.
Accordingly, all assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange
rates. The gains and losses that result from this process are shown in the
accumulated translation adjustment account in the shareholders' equity section
of the balance sheet. Operating transactions are translated at weighted average
rates during the year. Transaction gains and losses are reflected in net loss.
During 1996, the Company did not enter into foreign exchange forward contracts
or foreign exchange option contracts to hedge the effect of foreign currency
fluctuations on the financial statements.
REVENUE RECOGNITION
Revenues from product sales are generally recognized at the time of shipment of
the product. Revenues from customer service sales are recognized ratably over
the maintenance contract period or as the services are performed for repairs not
under warranty or maintenance contracts. Included in deferred income at August
31, 1996, is deferred maintenance revenue of $10.2 million.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.
RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
The Company is subject to various potential risks and uncertainties which
include, without limitation, continued pressures in the marketplace, the
Company's ability to realize the benefits of the implemented restructuring, the
future need for restructuring (see Note 11), the Company's ability to achieve
increased revenues from new products and achieve lower operating expenses as a
percent of revenues, the Company's ability to obtain debt financing, remain in
compliance with debt covenants and maintain
F-34
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
liquidity (see Note 7). Additionally, the Company is subject to potential risks
and uncertainties related to foreign operations, the effect of technological
changes on the carrying value of inventories and specialized manufacturing
equipment, the estimated realization of deferred tax assets (see Note 8), the
potential for additional third party claims against the Company's Italian
subsidiary (see Note 2) and the possible adverse effects of certain pending
litigation (see Note 13). A summary discussion of risks and uncertainties is
included in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations under the caption "Safe Harbor Statement."
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
Research and development expenses included in the caption "Product development
and engineering expenses" in the consolidated statement of operations in the
fiscal year ended in 1996 are $18.5 million.
4. INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market, and
consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUGUST 31, 1996
----------------------
<S> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Parts and materials................................................... $ 16,383
Work in process....................................................... 8,246
Finished goods........................................................ 5,382
Field service and sales supplies...................................... 3,554
--------
Total........................................................... $ 33,565
--------
--------
</TABLE>
F-35
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
5. NONCURRENT ASSETS
Noncurrent assets include the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUGUST 31, 1996
----------------------
<S> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Property, plant and equipment:
Land................................................................ $ 225
Buildings........................................................... 3,394
Machinery and equipment............................................. 30,132
Office furniture and equipment...................................... 26,690
Leasehold improvements.............................................. 703
--------
Subtotal, at cost................................................... 61,144
Less accumulated depreciation....................................... 35,543
--------
Total, net........................................................ $ 25,601
--------
--------
Patents and intellectual properties................................... $ 10,786
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization........................ 4,629
--------
Total, net........................................................ $ 6,157
--------
--------
Goodwill.............................................................. $ 3,588
Less accumulated amortization......................................... 476
--------
Total, net........................................................ $ 3,112
--------
--------
</TABLE>
6. ACQUISITION
On August 8, 1995, the Company acquired all the outstanding stock of Infolink
Group Limited (Infolink), a distributor in Australia, for 9,817 shares of the
Company's common stock valued at $0.4 million. The acquisition was accounted for
using the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the
assets and liabilities acquired based on their estimated fair values. This
treatment resulted in approximately $1.3 million of estimated goodwill. The
goodwill is being amortized over fifteen years. The prior operations and
financial position of Infolink were not material.
7. SHORT-TERM DEBT
At August 31, 1995, the Company had $39.5 million of borrowings outstanding
under a credit facility (the "Agreement") with a group of lending banks. The
Agreement allowed for $60 million of maximum borrowings.
In October 1995, as a result of anticipated non-compliance with the Agreement,
the Company and the lending group amended and recollateralized the Agreement
resulting in an increase in the effective interest rate by 1.0 percent on LIBOR
borrowings and 0.5 percent on prime rate borrowings.
As a result of the losses for the year ended August 31, 1995 and losses for the
quarter ended December 2, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with certain
covenants under the amended Agreement. Borrowings under the amended Agreement to
fund operations and capital additions had increased to $57.4 million in early
December, 1995. Due to covenant violations, in December 1995, available
borrowings under the amended Agreement were frozen at $57.4 million.
F-36
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
7. SHORT-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
On January 25, 1996, the Company and the lending group amended and restated the
Agreement (the "Restated Agreement") wherein the lending group agreed to waive
any defaults under or violations of the Agreement occurring on or before January
25, 1996. The Restated Agreement provided for an amortizing term loan beginning
at $52.0 million and amortizing by $1.0 million per month beginning September
15, 1996 to $48.0 million on December 15, 1996, and up to $11.5 million in
borrowing base revolving loans. The Restated Agreement was limited to $63.5
million in aggregate borrowings. Obligations under the Restated Agreement were
to mature on December 31, 1996. The Company's obligations under the Restated
Agreement were secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The
effective interest rate, effective January 25, 1996, under the Restated
Agreement was the agent's alternate base rate (ABR) plus 1.75% for all
borrowings up to $57.4 million and ABR +2.75% for borrowings above $57.4
million. The Restated Agreement contained financial covenants, measured at
varying dates, including covenants relating to tangible net worth, capital
additions and cash flows. The Company paid a commitment fee at closing amounting
to 0.5% of the total facility.
At August 31, 1996, the Company had $52.0 million of borrowings outstanding
under the Restated Agreement. In November 1996, as a result of noncompliance
with certain covenants under the Restated Agreement due to losses incurred for
the year ended August 31, 1996, the Company and its lenders amended the Restated
Agreement (the "Amended and Restated Agreement") wherein the lending group has
agreed to waive any defaults under or violations of the Restated Agreement
occurring on or before August 31, 1996. The Amended and Restated Agreement
provides for maximum borrowings of $60.5 million. Maximum allowable borrowings
decline to $59.5 million on December 16, 1996 and then decline periodically over
the period to $48.25 million on September 15, 1997. Obligations under the
Amended and Restated Agreement will mature on September 30, 1997. Obligations
under the Amended and Restated Agreement will continue to be secured by
substantially all of the assets of the Company. No foreign currency borrowings
are permitted under the Amended and Restated Agreement. The effective interest
rate increases periodically September 15, 1996 to ABR plus 4% on December 31,
1996 for all borrowings. The Amended and Restated Agreement will continue to
contain financial covenants relating to tangible net worth, capital additions,
earnings and cash flows.
In addition to a fee amounting to $0.3 million which was paid on September 15,
1996 to maintain the aggregate borrowing capacity under the Restated Agreement,
the Company will be required to pay additional fees to maintain aggregate
borrowings under the Amended and Restated Agreement amounting to 0.1% of the
total facility due at closing, 0.1% of the total facility due monthly from
January 31, 1997 to April 30, 1997, and 0.25% of the total facility due June 30,
1997.
Concurrently with entering into the Amended and Restated Agreement, the Company
issued to its lending group Series A Warrants exercisable for an aggregate of
250,000 shares of the Company's common stock (the "Series A Warrants") and
Series B Warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 300,000 shares of the
Company's common stock (the "Series B Warrants"), in each case at an exercise
price of $21.15. The Series A Warrants and Series B Warrants are not exercisable
until May 31, 1997 and August 31, 1997, respectively, and may be repurchased by
the Company for an aggregate of one dollar ($1) for the Series A Warrants and an
aggregate of one dollar ($1) for the Series B Warrants in the event that, with
respect to each of the Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants, prior to such
dates, all indebtedness under the Amended and Restated Agreement has been repaid
in full. Additionally, with respect to the Series B Warrants, the Company may
repurchase such Warrants before August 31, 1997, for an aggregate of one dollar
($1) if it has received at least $20 million in net cash proceeds from
additional equity.
F-37
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
7. SHORT-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
The Company is currently seeking alternative sources of capital which will be
more advantageous to the Company. Management believes that they will be able to
replace the Amended and Restated Agreement with such sources during fiscal 1997.
As of August 31, 1996, the Company had borrowings outstanding at its Australian
subsidiary which amounted to $0.5 million.
The carrying amount for the short-term borrowing recorded in the financial
statements approximates fair value. The weighted average interest rate paid
under the above agreements was 11.57% in fiscal 1996. The average month-end
balance outstanding was $53.7 million in fiscal 1996. The maximum amount
outstanding in fiscal 1996 was $63.0 million.
8. INCOME TAXES
The components of loss before income taxes are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUGUST 31, 1996
----------------------
<S> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Domestic.............................................................. $ (19,748)
International......................................................... (495)
--------
$ (20,243)
--------
--------
</TABLE>
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUGUST 31, 1996
----------------------
<S> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Current:
Federal............................................................. $ --
State............................................................... 87
Foreign............................................................. 2,060
--------
2,147
Deferred.............................................................. (8,220)
--------
Total............................................................... $ (6,073)
--------
--------
</TABLE>
F-38
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
8. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The income tax benefit differs from a benefit computed at the U.S. statutory
rate as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUGUST 31, 1996
----------------------
<S> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Statutory rate benefit................................................ $ (6,883)
State income taxes (net of federal benefit)........................... 57
Foreign income taxes.................................................. 688
Increase in valuation allowance....................................... 2,792
Research and development tax credit carryforwards..................... (2,615)
Refund from NOL carryback............................................. (2,323)
Additional reserves................................................... 1,213
Deemed dividend from subsidiary....................................... 820
Other................................................................. 178
--------
$ (6,073)
--------
--------
</TABLE>
The consolidated balance sheet includes the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUGUST 31, 1996
----------------------
<S> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Current income tax payable:
Federal............................................................. $ 2,716
State and local..................................................... 86
Foreign............................................................. 5,201
--------
$ 8,003
--------
--------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AUGUST 31, 1996
----------------------
<S> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities):
Capitalized software................................................ $ 2,874
Noncompete covenant................................................. 2,121
Domestic net operating loss......................................... 7,559
Foreign net operating losses........................................ 5,913
Depreciation and amortization....................................... (3,081)
Inventory obsolescence reserve and capitalization................... 1,832
Vacation accruals................................................... 1,154
Research and development tax credit carryforwards................... 3,827
AMT tax credit carryforwards........................................ 1,365
Deferred maintenance revenue........................................ 1,126
Other............................................................... 2,177
--------
Subtotal.............................................................. 26,867
Valuation allowance................................................... (9,026)
--------
Net deferred tax assets............................................... $ 17,841
--------
--------
</TABLE>
In March 1996, the Company effectively wrote off its investment in its Italian
subsidiary, for tax purposes, resulting in a net operating loss (NOL) which was
carried back to prior years. The NOL carryback
F-39
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
8. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
generated a $2.3 million refund. The Company has determined that based on its
domestic profitability, that it is more likely than not (except for certain
foreign NOLs which expire in the years 2000 and 2001 and remaining research and
development tax credits) that recorded deferred tax assets will be realized in
future periods. In 1996, the Company increased the deferred tax asset valuation
allowance to offset the increase in certain foreign NOLs and research and
development tax credits. The Company also provided additional reserves for
income taxes related to fiscal years which remain subject to potential
examination of respective taxing jurisdictions. Income taxes payable are
included in other current liabilities.
9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Employees of the Company who meet certain eligibility requirements can
participate in the Company's 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan. Under the Plan,
the Company may, at its discretion, match the employee contributions. The
Company recorded expenses related to its matching contributions for fiscal 1996
of $1.2 million.
In 1994, the Company established the Norand Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
Plan) which enables eligible employees to purchase the Company's common stock at
85% of its fair market value. The fair market value of the common stock used to
determine the purchase price is based on the lower of the closing price of the
stock on the first or last business day of the Plan year which ends on December
31. Employee contributions, which are made through payroll deductions throughout
the Plan year, are limited to 10 percent of total compensation. In March 1996,
77,984 shares were purchased under the Plan. The Company has an additional
440,282 shares reserved for future issuance under its Employee Stock Purchase
Plan.
10. LEASE COMMITMENTS
The Company is obligated as lessee under certain noncancelable operating leases
for office space and its manufacturing facility, and is also obligated to pay
insurance, maintenance and other operating costs associated with the leases. The
leases have various renewable options and terms. Rent expense under these
operating leases was $2.9 million in 1996.
Future minimum annual lease payments as of August 31, 1996, under agreements
classified as operating leases with noncancelable terms in excess of one year
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
----------------------
<S> <C>
1997.................................................................. $ 2,503
1998.................................................................. 1,752
1999.................................................................. 1,083
2000.................................................................. 670
2001 and thereafter................................................... 510
--------
Total............................................................... $ 6,518
--------
--------
</TABLE>
11. RESTRUCTURING
During the second quarter of 1996, the Company recorded a charge of $5.2 million
($3.6 million after-tax) related to a company-wide restructuring of operations.
The restructuring charge was reduced by $0.8
F-40
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
11. RESTRUCTURING (CONTINUED)
million in the fourth quarter as a result of favorable experience compared to
previous cost estimates. The restructuring charge included $3.7 million for
severance and other costs related to reductions in the Company's domestic and
international workforce and $0.7 million for lease exit costs associated with
the closing or consolidating of certain facilities. The Company believes that
annual cost savings resulting from the restructuring charge will be in excess of
these charges. However, no assurances can be given as to the actual extent of
any savings or improvements that might be realized or that additional actions
and additional charges against earnings might not occur in the future. As of
August 31, 1996, approximately $1.6 million of the charge has not yet been
expended. The Company expects to expend the remaining balance, comprised
primarily of amounts due in installments under severance and lease agreements,
in fiscal 1997.
12. STOCK OPTIONS
The Company has three stock option plans for its officers, directors and other
key employees. The options under the plans generally become exercisable in equal
installments over a three-to five-year period commencing on the first
anniversary date after the date of grant and quarterly thereafter. Options
canceled due to terminations or expiration of exercise period are returned to
the pool of options available to be granted. The exercise price is equal to the
market price for the Company's common stock on the date of grant and ranges from
$1.10 to $45.25.
The following is a summary of the activity in the Company's common stock option
plans for the year ended August 31, 1996 and the outstanding balance of options
issued:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE
PRICE PER
SHARES SHARE
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
August 31, 1995.................................................... 723,457 $ 25.41
Granted.......................................................... 556,215 16.63
Exercised........................................................ (43,785) 16.34
Canceled......................................................... (171,447) 25.75
----------- -----------
August 31, 1996.................................................... 1,064,440 $ 21.19
----------- -----------
----------- -----------
</TABLE>
At August 31, 1996, there were 297,319 shares exercisable and 1,552,278 shares
reserved for issuance under the above option plans.
In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation." This statement becomes effective
in fiscal 1997 and will require the Company to change its disclosures relating
to stock options. The Company currently does not intend to change its accounting
for stock options.
13. LITIGATION
In October 1995, two class action complaints were filed against the Company and
certain of its officers in United States District Court in Cedar Rapids, Iowa,
seeking unspecified damages on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of
Norand stock on the ground that the defendants violated the federal
F-41
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
13. LITIGATION (CONTINUED)
securities laws by allegedly making materially false and misleading statements
concerning the Company's results of operations and future prospects during the
period from March 20, 1995 until September 25, 1995. On November 24, 1995, a
third lawsuit was filed in the same court raising substantially the same claims
on behalf of a broader purported class of purchasers of Norand stock.
All three lawsuits were consolidated under the caption In re Norand Corporation
Securities Litigation (Master File No. C 95-323). On December 23, 1995, a single
amended and consolidated complaint was filed in the consolidated action,
superseding all previous pleadings. The complaint was filed on behalf of a
purported class consisting of purchasers of Norand stock from September 26, 1994
through November 17, 1995, and named as defendants the Company, five of its
present or former senior officers, and Arthur Andersen LLP, the Company's
independent public accountant. The consolidated complaint alleged, among other
things, that the Norand defendants materially overstated the Company's revenues
and earnings by improperly recording sales in its Italian subsidiary and misled
the market by failing to disclose alleged problems with certain of its products
that affected its revenues in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995.
On August 28, 1996, the Company announced that it had signed an agreement to
settle the consolidated complaint and secure releases for all of the defendants
with the exception of Arthur Andersen. The Company believes its officers and
directors acted properly regarding this matter and denies any wrongdoing.
Nevertheless, the Company feels it is in the best interest of the Company and
its shareholders to settle the matter and devote management time and energy to
running the business.
The settlement, which calls for the payment of $4.5 million in cash and $4.5
million worth of Norand stock, is subject to approval by the District Court,
following notice to the class and a hearing on the fairness of the settlement.
That hearing is scheduled for December 19, 1996. The cash portion of the
settlement is covered by insurance. The Company has the option to pay $4.5
million in cash instead of issuing the stock.
The settlement resulted in a fourth quarter charge of $4.8 million including
additional legal costs related to the portion of the settlement not covered by
insurance. The Company had previously accrued $0.3 million in the first quarter
for related legal costs.
The Company is also subject to certain legal proceedings and claims which have
arisen in the ordinary course of its business and have not been finally
adjudicated. In management's opinion, the ultimate resolution of these matters
will not be material to the Company's consolidated financial position or results
of operations.
14. BUSINESS SEGMENT DATA
The Company's operations consist of a single business segment which designs,
develops, manufactures, markets and services hand-held data communication
computer systems. The Company does not believe it is dependent upon any one
customer or group of customers. Transfers between geographic
F-42
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
14. BUSINESS SEGMENT DATA (CONTINUED)
areas were at cost plus a negotiated mark-up. Sales and selected financial
information by geographic area for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1996 were as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNITED STATES INTERNATIONAL ELIMINATIONS CONSOLIDATED
---------------- ----------------- --------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Revenues................................ $ 203,282 $ 57,397 $ (25,179) $ 235,500
Loss from operations.................... (8,008) (809) (70) (8,887)
Interest and other expenses............. (6,256)
Litigation settlement................... (5,100)
Loss before income taxes................ (20,243)
Identifiable assets..................... 138,058 34,007 172,065
</TABLE>
A substantial portion of the Company's international operations is in Europe.
Other geographic areas of operations include Canada, Mexico, Australia and
Japan. International operating income does not include the expenses of corporate
administration. International identifiable assets are principally trade
receivables and inventories. United States revenue includes export sales of
$8,217 in 1996, and also includes transfers between geographic areas which are
eliminated.
15. SELECTED QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
The following table sets forth unaudited quarterly financial information for the
year ended August 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FIRST QUARTER SECOND QUARTER THIRD QUARTER FOURTH QUARTER
----------------- -------------------- ----------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Total revenues.................. $ 49,806 $ 56,032 $ 60,216 $ 69,446
Gross profit.................... 18,840 20,943 25,901 28,072
Income (loss) from operations... (5,507) (9,351) 2,823 3,148
Net income (loss)............... (4,843) (7,721) 789 (2,395)
Primary earnings per share...... (0.63) (1.02) 0.10 (0.32)
Fully diluted earnings per
share......................... (0.63) (1.02) 0.10 (0.32)
</TABLE>
16. VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
The analysis of the allowance for doubtful accounts and estimated sales returns
is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONS ADDITIONS
BALANCE AT CHARGED TO CHARGED TO BALANCE AT
BEGINNING OF COSTS AND OTHER END OF
YEAR EXPENSES ACCOUNTS DEDUCTIONS YEAR
--------------- --------------- ------------------- -------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
<CAPTION>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Year ended August 31, 1996..... $ 6,423 $ 7,216 $ 0 $ 4,361 $ 9,278
</TABLE>
Deductions include doubtful accounts charged off, net of recoveries, including
recoverable cost of returned equipment.
F-43
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 1, 1997
--------------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents....................................................................... $ 1,682
Accounts receivable, net........................................................................ 48,180
Inventories..................................................................................... 38,686
Deferred tax assets............................................................................. 12,754
Prepaid expenses and other current assets....................................................... 12,117
--------------
Total current assets........................................................................ 113,419
Noncurrent assets:
Property, plant and equipment, net.............................................................. 25,196
Deferred tax assets............................................................................. 9,318
Patents and intellectual properties, net........................................................ 5,685
Goodwill, net................................................................................... 3,036
Other noncurrent assets......................................................................... 4,399
--------------
Total assets................................................................................ $ 161,053
--------------
--------------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short-term debt................................................................................. $ 45,238
Accounts payable................................................................................ 19,344
Accrued payroll and employee benefits........................................................... 11,599
Other accrued liabilities....................................................................... 31,026
Deferred income................................................................................. 11,146
--------------
Total current liabilities................................................................... 118,353
--------------
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock.................................................................................... 82
Additional paid-in capital...................................................................... 82,923
Accumulated deficit............................................................................. (35,726)
Equity adjustment from foreign currency translation............................................. (4,579)
--------------
Total stockholders' equity.................................................................. 42,700
--------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.................................................. $ 161,053
--------------
--------------
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-44
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
MARCH 1, 1997 MARCH 2, 1996
-------------- --------------
REVENUES:
Product sales revenue.......................................................... $ 79,198 $ 84,364
Customer service revenue....................................................... 21,899 21,474
-------------- --------------
Total revenues............................................................... 101,097 105,838
Cost of products and services.................................................... 59,541 66,055
-------------- --------------
Gross profit................................................................... 41,556 39,783
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Product development and engineering expenses................................... 11,306 12,584
Selling expenses............................................................... 28,287 27,346
General and administrative expenses............................................ 8,921 15,011
-------------- --------------
Total operating expenses..................................................... 48,514 54,941
-------------- --------------
Loss from operations......................................................... (6,958) (15,158)
Interest and other expenses...................................................... 3,389 2,791
-------------- --------------
Loss before income taxes....................................................... (10,347) (17,949)
Income tax benefit............................................................... (3,104) (5,385)
-------------- --------------
Net loss....................................................................... $ (7,243) $ (12,564)
-------------- --------------
-------------- --------------
Net loss per common share........................................................ $ (0.91) $ (1.67)
-------------- --------------
-------------- --------------
Average number of common and common
equivalent shares outstanding.................................................. 7,916,538 7,543,628
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-45
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
MARCH 1, 1997 MARCH 2, 1996
-------------- --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss....................................................................... $ (7,243) $ (12,564)
------- --------------
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities:
Depreciation................................................................. 3,532 3,286
Amortization................................................................. 2,001 1,949
Amortization of deferred royalty income...................................... (1,210)
Deferred tax benefit......................................................... (4,231) (5,385)
Provision for doubtful accounts and sales returns............................ 2,471 1,717
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable........................................................ 17,918 4,876
Inventories................................................................ (5,566) 3,623
Prepaid expenses and other assets.......................................... (4,162) (1,580)
Deferred income............................................................ 729 1,125
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities................................... (2,390) (7,971)
Accrued reorganization..................................................... (362) 4,844
------- --------------
Total adjustments........................................................ 9,940 5,274
------- --------------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities...................... 2,697 (7,290)
------- --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Additions to property, plant and equipment..................................... (3,320) (6,293)
Additions to software, patents, and intellectual properties.................... (1,029) (1,905)
------- --------------
Net cash used in investing activities.................................... (4,349) (8,198)
------- --------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net borrowings under line of credit agreement.................................. (7,215) 14,612
Issuances of common stock...................................................... 7,691 1,264
Payments of refinancing expenses............................................... (595) (635)
------- --------------
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities...................... (119) 15,241
------- --------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.......................................... (151) (64)
------- --------------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents........................................ (1,922) (311)
------- --------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
Beginning of period.......................................................... 3,604 3,809
------- --------------
End of period................................................................ $ 1,682 $ 3,498
------- --------------
------- --------------
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest paid on all debt obligations........................................ $ 2,917 $ 2,554
Net income taxes paid........................................................ -- $ 889
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-46
<PAGE>
NORAND CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 1, 1997
(UNAUDITED)
1. The amounts included in these consolidated financial statements are
unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for
a fair statement of results for the stated period have been included. These
adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Certain information and footnote
disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted. It
is suggested that these condensed consolidated financial statements be read in
conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto included in
this information statement. The results of operations for the six months ended
March 1, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of operating results for the entire
year.
2. The components of the inventory balance are summarized below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MARCH 1, 1997
----------------------
<S> <C>
(THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
Parts and materials................................................... $ 17,958
Work in progress...................................................... 2,727
Finished goods........................................................ 14,163
Field service and sales supplies...................................... 3,838
--------
Total................................................................. $ 38,686
--------
--------
</TABLE>
F-47
<PAGE>
ANNEX A
UNOVA, INC.
DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AND FEE PLAN
1. PURPOSE. The UNOVA, Inc. Director Stock Option and Fee Plan (the "Plan") is
intended to provide an incentive to members of the board of directors of UNOVA,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), who are neither officers nor
employees of the Company, to remain in the service of the Company and increase
their efforts for the success of the Company and to encourage such directors to
own shares of the Company's stock, thereby aligning their interests more closely
with the interests of the Company's shareholders. The Plan is also intended to
assist the Company in attracting experienced and qualified candidates to become
members of the Board. The Plan is being adopted in connection with the
distribution (the "Distribution") of the shares of the common stock of the
Company to the shareholders of Western Atlas Inc.
2. DEFINITIONS.
(a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(b) "Cash Account" means the bookkeeping account established by the
Company for the deferrals of Fees by Directors which will be credited with
interest pursuant to Section 6(d) hereof.
(c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(d) "Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of
the Company.
(e) "Deferral Election" means an election pursuant to Section 6 hereof
to defer receipt of Fees into a Share Account or Cash Account.
(f) "Deferred Amounts" mean the amounts credited to a Director's Share
Account or Cash Account pursuant to a Deferral Election or otherwise
pursuant to Section 6(h).
(g) "Director" means a member of the Board who is neither an officer nor
an employee of the Company. A director of the Company shall not be deemed to
be an employee of the Company solely by reason of the existence of a
consulting contract between such director and the Company or any subsidiary
thereof pursuant to which the director agrees to provide consulting services
as an independent consultant to the Company or its subsidiaries on a regular
or occasional basis for a stated consideration. The term "Director" as used
in this Plan shall include any person who may hereafter become an advisory
director of the Company, as that term is used in the Company's By-laws.
(h) "Distribution" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.
(i) "Distribution Date" means the date on which the Distribution is
effected.
(j) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
(k) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any given date, the mean between
the highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Common Stock on the New
York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if not listed on such exchange, on
any other national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed
or on NASDAQ. If there is no regular public trading market for such Common
Stock, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by the
Board in good faith.
(l) "Fees" mean the annual retainer scheduled to be paid to a Director
for the calendar year, additional annual fees scheduled to be paid for
serving as chairman of a Board committee and fees scheduled to be paid for
attendance at Board or committee meetings.
(m) "Share Account" means the bookkeeping account established by the
Company for the deferrals of Fees by Directors which will be credited with
Share Units pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof.
A-1
<PAGE>
(n) "Share Election" means the election by a Director to receive shares
of Common Stock in lieu of Fees as set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.
(o) "Share Unit" means a share of Common Stock credited as a bookkeeping
entry to a Director's Share Account. Each Share Unit shall represent the
right to receive one share of Common Stock.
3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan,
the Board will have complete authority to interpret the Plan; to prescribe,
amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the
terms and provisions of the respective option agreements (which need not be
identical); and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the
administration of the Plan. The Board's determination on the matters referred to
in this Section 3 shall be conclusive.
4. STOCK RESERVED FOR THE PLAN. The number of shares of Common Stock authorized
for issuance under the Plan is 500,000, subject to adjustment pursuant to
Section 10 hereof. Shares of Common Stock delivered hereunder may be either
authorized but unissued shares or previously issued shares reacquired and held
by the Company.
5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SHARE ELECTIONS.
(a) SHARE ELECTION. Subject to Section 5(c) hereof, each Director may make
an annual election (the "Share Election") to receive in the form of Common Stock
(subject to a Deferral Election) any or all of his or her Fees earned in each
calendar year; PROVIDED, that such Share Election must be made with respect to
at least 50% of the Director's Fees, in multiples of 10%. The shares of Common
Stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) issuable pursuant to a Share
Election shall be transferred quarterly in accordance with Section 5(b) hereof.
The Share Election must be in writing and delivered to the Secretary of the
Company on or prior to January 1 of the calendar year in which the applicable
Fees are to be earned; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Director who commences
service on the Board subsequent to January 1 of a calendar year may make a Share
Election during the thirty-day period immediately following the commencement of
his or her directorship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Share Elections for 1997
shall be effective if made prior to the Distribution Date. A Share Election,
once made, shall be irrevocable for the calendar year with respect to which it
is made and shall remain in effect for future calendar years unless modified or
revoked by a subsequent Share Election in accordance with the provisions hereof.
(b) TRANSFER OF SHARES. Shares of Common Stock issuable to a Director with
respect to Share Elections shall be transferred to such Director on the first
business day following the end of each calendar quarter. The total number of
shares of Common Stock to be so transferred shall be determined by dividing (x)
the dollar amount of the Director's Fees for the preceding calendar quarter (for
1997, the portion of the final calendar quarter following the Distribution Date)
to which the Share Election applies, by (y) the average of the Fair Market Value
of Common Stock on each trading date of such calendar quarter. In no event shall
the Company be required to issue fractional shares. In the event that a
fractional share of Common Stock would otherwise be required to be issued, an
amount in lieu thereof shall be paid in cash based upon the Fair Market Value of
such fractional share on the last business day of the preceding calendar
quarter.
(c) TERMINATION OF SERVICES. If a Director ceases to be a Board member
before the end of a calendar quarter, the Director shall receive in cash the
Fees such Director would otherwise have been entitled to receive for such
quarter in the absence of this Plan.
6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF DEFERRAL ELECTIONS.
(a) IN GENERAL. Each Director may irrevocably elect annually to defer
receiving all or a portion of (i) the shares of Common Stock that would
otherwise be transferred upon a Share Election or (ii) such Director's Fees in
respect of a calendar year (for 1997, the portion of the calendar year following
the Distribution Date) that are not subject to a Share Election (a "Deferral
Election"). A Director who has made a Deferral Election with respect to shares
of Common Stock subject to a Share Election shall have the amount of shares of
Common Stock that are the subject of the Deferral Election credited to a Share
Account in the form of Share Units. A Director who has made a Deferral Election
with respect to Fees that are not subject to a Share Election shall have the
amount of Deferred Fees credited to a Cash Account.
A-2
<PAGE>
(b) TIMING OF DEFERRAL ELECTION. The Deferral Election shall be in writing
and delivered to the Secretary of the Company prior to January 1 of the calendar
year in which the applicable Fees are to be earned; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a
Director who commences service on the Board subsequent to January 1 of a
calendar year may make a Deferral Election during the thirty-day period
immediately following the commencement of his or her directorship.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Deferral Elections for 1997 shall be effective if
made prior to the Distribution Date. A Deferral Election, once made, shall be
irrevocable for the calendar year with respect to which it is made and shall
remain in effect for future calendar years unless modified or revoked by a
subsequent Deferral Election in accordance with the provisions hereof.
(c) SHARE ACCOUNTS. Each Share Account shall be deemed to be invested in
shares of Common Stock. Whenever regular cash dividends are paid by the Company
on outstanding Common Stock, there shall be credited to the Director's Share
Account additional Share Units equal to (i) the aggregate dividend that would be
payable on outstanding shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Share Units
in such Share Account on the record date for the dividend, divided by (ii) the
Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the payment date of the dividend.
(d) CASH ACCOUNTS. Each Director's Cash Account shall be credited with
interest on the last day of each calendar quarter calculated on the basis of the
average daily balance in the Cash Account during the calendar quarter. The
interest rate for any calendar quarter shall be the prime rate as reported by
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as its prime rate on the first
business day of the calendar quarter.
(e) COMMENCEMENT OF PAYMENTS. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6(g)
hereof, a Director's Deferred Amounts shall become payable in the January
following the year in which the Director terminates service as a Director.
Payments from a Share Account shall be made by converting Share Units into
Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, with payment of fractional shares to be
made in cash based upon the Fair Market Value of such fractional share on the
last business day of the preceding calendar quarter.
(f) TIMING OF PAYMENTS. Each Director shall elect in his or her Deferral
Election to receive payment of his or her Deferred Amounts either in a lump sum
or in two to fifteen substantially equal annual installments. In the event of a
Director's death, payment of the remaining portion of the Director's Deferred
Amounts will be made to the Director's beneficiary (or, if no beneficiary has
been designated, to the Director's estate or other legal representative) in a
lump sum as soon as practicable following the Director's death.
(g) HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION. Notwithstanding any Deferral Election, in the
event of severe financial hardship to a Director resulting from a sudden and
unexpected illness, accident or disability of the Director or other similar
extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events
beyond the control of the Director, all as determined by the Board, a Director
may withdraw any portion of the Share Units in his or her Share Account (in an
equivalent number of shares of Common Stock) or cash in his or her Cash Account
by providing written notice to the Secretary of the Company.
(h) NO ACCOUNT TRANSFERS. Except as provided in this Section 6(h), a
Director may not transfer or convert a Share Account to a Cash Account or vice
versa. Any current Director participating in the Western Atlas Inc. Deferred
Compensation Plan for Directors (the "Western Atlas Plan") as of the
Distribution Date or receiving a lump sum payment under the Western Atlas
retirement program for non-employee directors as a result of the Distribution (a
"Retirement Payout"), shall automatically have his or her account balance in the
Western Atlas Plan and Retirement Payout, as the case may be, converted into an
account balance in the Cash Account under the Plan. Any such Director may
convert all or a portion of his or her deferred fee account balance in the
Western Atlas Plan and Retirement Payout, as the case may be, to a Share Account
under the Plan, in lieu of a Cash Account, by giving written notice of an
irrevocable election to do so to the Secretary of the Company no later than the
Distribution Date. Such election shall be effective on the tenth business day
following the Distribution Date (the "Transfer Date"), and such Director's Share
Account shall be credited as of the Transfer Date with a number of Share Units
equal to (a) the portion of the deferred fee account and/or Retirement Payout
subject to the Share Account election divided by (b) the average of the Fair
Market Value of Common Stock on the sixth through tenth trading days, inclusive,
following the Distribution Date. To the extent such an election to transfer the
deferred fee account balance in the Western Atlas Plan or the Retirement Payout
into the
A-3
<PAGE>
Share Account is not made, the remaining balance of the Director's deferred fee
account in the Western Atlas Plan or Retirement Payout, to the extent
applicable, shall be transferred into the Cash Account under the Plan effective
as of the Distribution Date. Prior to the Distribution Date, any Director
subject to this Section 6(h) shall make an election (as described in Section
6(f)) with respect to the timing of the payouts of the Deferred Amounts under
this Section 6(h).
(i) STATUS OF ACCOUNTS. The Share and Cash Accounts shall not be funded,
and all Deferred Amounts shall be held in the general assets of the Company and
be subject to the general creditors of the Company.
7. STOCK OPTIONS.
(a) INITIAL GRANT. Effective as of the Distribution Date, each Director
shall be granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock (the
"Initial Grant"). The option price per share for the Initial Grant shall equal
the average of the Fair Market Value of Common Stock on the sixth through tenth
trading days, inclusive, following the Distribution Date.
(b) SUBSEQUENT GRANTS. Each person who first becomes a Director after the
Distribution Date, shall be granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of
Common Stock as of the date such person is elected or is appointed as a
Director; PROVIDED, that no such grant shall be made to any Director who either
(i) received a stock option grant under the Company's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan
during the two-year period immediately preceding the date of such election or
appointment to the Board or (ii) was an employee of the Company or a subsidiary
of the Company at any time during the two-year period referred to in (i) above.
Grants under this Section 7(b) shall be in addition to any annual grants of
options under Section 7(c) hereof.
(c) ANNUAL GRANTS. Commencing in 1999, an option to purchase 2,500 shares of
Common Stock shall be granted to each Director automatically on the first
business day following the Company's Annual Meeting of Shareholders for such
year.
(d) OPTION PRICE PER SHARE. Options granted under Sections 6(b) and 6(c)
hereof shall be exercisable at a price per share equal to the Fair Market Value
of the Common Stock on the date of the grant of the option.
(e) PERIOD OF OPTION. Each option granted under the Plan shall become
exercisable on the first anniversary of the date upon which it is granted;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all options granted pursuant to the Plan shall become
exercisable in full upon the first to occur of (i) the retirement of the
Director in accordance with the mandatory retirement policy for members of the
Board, (ii) the total and permanent disability of the Director, or (iii) the
death of the Director while a member of the Board. Each option granted pursuant
to the Plan shall remain exercisable until the expiration of three years
following the first to occur of the retirement or resignation of the optionee as
a director of the Company (or the failure of the optionee to be re-elected a
director of the Company), the total and permanent disability of the optionee, or
the death of the optionee.
(f) EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. Options may be exercised only by written notice to
the Company at its corporate office accompanied by payment of the full
consideration for the shares as to which they are exercised. The purchase price
is to be paid in full to the Company upon the exercise of the option (i) by
cash, including a personal check payable to the order of the Company, or (ii) by
delivering Common Stock already owned by the optionee for a period of at least
six months (valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of delivery), or (iii)
any combination of cash and Common Stock so valued.
(g) NONSTATUTORY OPTIONS. No option granted hereunder shall constitute an
"incentive stock option" as that term is defined in the Code.
8. MODIFICATION, EXTENSION, AND RENEWAL OF OPTIONS. The Board shall have the
power to modify, extend, or renew outstanding options and authorize the grant of
new options in substitution therefor, provided that such power may not be
exercised in a manner which would (i) alter or impair any rights or obligations
of any option previously granted without the written consent of the optionee or
(ii) adversely affect the qualification of the Plan or any other stock-related
plan of the Company under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended.
A-4
<PAGE>
9. LIMITATION OF RIGHTS.
(a) NO RIGHT TO CONTINUE AS A DIRECTOR. Neither the Plan, nor the granting
of an option or the making of a Share Election or Deferral Election, or any
other action taken pursuant to the Plan, shall constitute or be evidence of any
agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will retain a
Director for any period of time, or at any particular rate of compensation.
(b) NO SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS. An optionee or a Director who has made a Share
Election or Deferral Election (or his or her representative) shall have no
rights as a shareholder with respect to the shares covered by his or her options
or Share Election or to any Share Units with respect to a Deferral Election
until the date of the actual issuance to him or her (or such representative) of
shares of Common Stock (either through the Company's Direct Registration System
or by certification) and, subject to Sections 6(c) and 10 hereof, no adjustment
will be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to
the date such shares are issued.
10. EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. In the event of any change in
corporate capitalization (such as a stock split), any corporate transaction
(such as any merger, consolidation or separation (including a spin-off)), any
other distribution of stock or property of the Company, any reorganization
(whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in
Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company,
the Board shall equitably adjust the Share Account to reflect any such
transaction, and shall make such substitution or adjustments in the aggregate
number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, in the number,
kind and option price of shares subject to outstanding options, in the number
and kind of shares subject to automatic option grants under Section 6 and/or
such other equitable substitution or adjustments in the terms of options as it
may determine to be appropriate in its sole discretion; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
the number of shares subject to any option shall always be a whole number.
11. CHANGE IN CONTROL.
(a) For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in Control" shall mean the
occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) an acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning
of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of
common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (2)
the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the
Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the
"Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following
acquisitions of Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company
Securities: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an
acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the
security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company,
(2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any acquisition by any employee
benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or
any Company controlled by the Company, or (4) any acquisition by any Person
pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2) and (3) of
subsection (iii) of this Section 11(a); or
(ii) individuals who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute
the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at
least a majority of the Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any individual who
becomes a member of the Board subsequent to such effective date of the Plan,
whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders,
was approved by a vote of at least a majority of directors then comprising
the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a
member of the Incumbent Board; but, PROVIDED FURTHER, that any such
individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either
an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule
14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual
or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a
Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the
Incumbent Board; or
A-5
<PAGE>
(iii) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a
reorgani-zation, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Business Combination")
or if consummation of such Business Combination is subject, at the time of
such approval of shareholders, to the consent of any government or
governmental agency, obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or
implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such a Business Combination
pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and
entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding
Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately
prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or
indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common
stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the
case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination
(including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such
transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's
assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially
the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business
Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company
Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than any
employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the
Company or any corporation controlled by the corporation or such company
resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or
indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common
stock of the Company resulting from such Business Combination or the
combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such
corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except
to the extent that such ownership existed with respect to the Company prior
to the Business Combination and (3) at least a majority of the members of
the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business
Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the
execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing
for such Business Combination; or
(iv) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(b) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, upon the
occurrence of a Change in Control:
(i) all Share Units credited to a Share Account shall be converted into
Common Stock and together with all Deferred Amounts credited to a Cash
Account shall be transferred as soon as practicable to each Director;
(ii) Fees earned in respect of the calendar quarter in which the Change
in Control occurs, shall be paid in cash as soon as practicable; and
(iii) all options shall immediately vest and become exercisable in full.
12. TERM OF PLAN. This Plan shall become effective as of the date of approval
of the Plan by the sole stockholder of the Company. The Plan shall terminate on
December 15, 2007, unless earlier terminated by the Board. Notwithstanding the
Plan's termination, amounts shall be delivered pursuant to any Deferral Election
made prior to the Plan's termination in accordance with such election. Options
may be granted under the Plan at any time prior to the termination of the Plan.
Deferral Elections and Share Elections may not be made for any Fees which would
be paid following the date of the termination of the Plan.
13. AMENDMENT; TERMINATION. The Board may at any time and from time to time
alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no amendment which is required by any regulation, law or stock
exchange rule to be approved by shareholders shall be effective unless it is
approved by the shareholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall affect adversely any of the
rights of any Director, under any option or under any
A-6
<PAGE>
election theretofore in effect under the Plan, or with respect to Deferred
Amounts, without such Director's consent.
14. NONTRANSFERABILITY. No option, or right or interest of any Director in
Deferred Amounts, shall be transferable by a Director other than (i) by will or
by the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic
relations order (as defined in the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended), or (iii) in the case of an option, as
otherwise expressly permitted under the applicable option agreement including,
if so permitted, pursuant to a gift to such optionee's family, whether directly
or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise. All options or
rights with respect to Deferred Amounts shall be exercisable, during the
Director's lifetime, only by the Director or by the guardian or legal
representative of the Director or an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order or, in the case of an option, by any person to whom
such option is transferred pursuant to the preceding sentence. Under the Plan,
it is understood that the term "optionee" includes the guardian and legal
representative of the Director named in the option agreement and any person to
whom an option is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution,
pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or as otherwise described
above.
15. BENEFICIARIES. The Board shall establish such procedures as it deems
appropriate for a Director to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts
payable in the event of a Director's death are to be paid or by whom any options
held by a Director may be exercised following his or her death. Directors shall
make a beneficiary election with respect to Deferred Amounts at the same time
that a Deferral Election is made.
16. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW, ETC. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan
or agreements made pursuant hereto, the Company shall not be required to issue
or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock under the
Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
(i) The listing, or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such
shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., or such other securities
exchange or NASDAQ as may at the time be the principal market for Common
Stock;
(ii) Any registration or other qualification of such shares of the
Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in
effect of any such registration or other qualification which the Board
shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary
or advisable; and
(iii) The obtaining of any other consent, approval, or permit from any
state or federal governmental agency, which the Board shall, in its absolute
discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary
or advisable.
17. NOTICE. Any written notice to the Company required by any of the provisions
of the Plan shall be addressed to the Secretary of the Company and shall become
effective when it is received.
18. GOVERNING LAW. The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken
pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of the State of Delaware, without
reference to principles of conflict of laws, and shall be construed accordingly.
19. HEADINGS. The headings of sections and subsections herein are included
solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of any of
the provisions of the Plan.
A-7
<PAGE>
ANNEX B
UNOVA, INC.
1997 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
SECTION 1. PURPOSE; DEFINITIONS
The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a competitive advantage in
attracting, retaining and motivating officers and employees and to provide the
Company and its subsidiaries with a stock plan providing incentives directly
linked to the profitability of the Company's businesses and increases in
shareholder value.
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below:
a. "AFFILIATE" means a corporation or other entity controlled by the
Company and designated by the Committee from time to time as such.
b. "AWARD" means a Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Option, or Restricted
Stock.
c. "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
d. "CHANGE IN CONTROL" and "Change in Control Price" have the meanings
set forth in Sections 8(b) and (c), respectively.
e. "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time, and any successor thereto.
f. "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
successor agency.
g. "COMMITTEE" means the Committee referred to in Section 2.
h. "COMPANY" means UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
i. "COVERED EMPLOYEE" means a participant designated prior to the grant
of shares of Restricted Stock by the Committee who is or may be a "covered
employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in
which Restricted Stock is expected to be taxable to such participant.
j. "DISABILITY" means permanent and total disability as determined for
purposes of the Company's Long Term Disability Plan for the staff of the
Company's corporate headquarters.
k. "EARLY RETIREMENT" means retirement from active employment with the
Company, a subsidiary or an Affiliate pursuant to the early retirement
provisions of the applicable pension plan of such employer.
l. "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
from time to time, and any successor thereto.
m. "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any given date, the mean between the
highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Stock on the New York Stock
Exchange Composite Tape or, if not listed on such exchange, on any other
national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed or on NASDAQ. If
there is no regular public trading market for such Stock, the Fair Market
Value of the Stock shall be determined by the Committee in good faith.
n. "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means any Stock Option designated as, and
qualified as, an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422
of the Code.
B-1
<PAGE>
o. "NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board who qualifies as
a Non-Employee Director as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3), as promulgated by
the Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted
by the Commission.
p. "NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION" means any Stock Option that is not an
Incentive Stock Option.
q. "NORMAL RETIREMENT" means retirement from active employment with the
Company, a subsidiary or an Affiliate at or after age 65.
r. "QUALIFIED PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARD" means an Award of Restricted
Stock designated as such by the Committee at the time of grant, based upon a
determination that (i) the recipient is or may be a "covered employee"
within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in which the
Company would expect to be able to claim a tax deduction with respect to
such Restricted Stock and (ii) the Committee wishes such Award to qualify
for the Section 162(m) Exemption.
s. "PERFORMANCE GOALS" means the performance goals established by the
Committee in connection with the grant of an Award. In the case of Qualified
Performance-Based Awards, (i) such Performance Goals shall be based on the
attainment of specified levels of one or more of the following measures:
return on capital utilized ("ROCU"), return on tangible equity ("ROTE"),
return on equity ("ROE"), return on assets ("ROA"), return on capital
("ROC"), cash flow ("CF"), revenue growth ("RG") or return on revenue
("ROR") of the Company or of any business unit thereof within which the
participant is primarily employed, or that are based on the attainment of
specified levels of Basic Earnings per Share ("BEPS") or Diluted Earnings
per Share ("DEPS") of the Company or that are based, in whole or in part, on
a level or levels of increase in the Fair Market Value of the Stock, and
that are intended to qualify under Section 162(m)(4)(c) of the Code, and
(ii) such Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee within the time
period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations. For
purposes of the Plan, ROCU, ROTE, ROE, ROA, ROC, CF, RG, ROR, BEPS and DEPS
shall have the meanings set forth in Exhibit A hereto.
t. "PLAN" means the UNOVA, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, as set forth
herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time.
u. "RESTRICTED STOCK" means an Award granted under Section 7.
v. "RETIREMENT" means Normal or Early Retirement.
w. "RULE 16B-3" means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated by the Commission under
Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.
x. "SECTION 162(M) EXEMPTION" means the exemption from the limitation on
deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code that is set forth in
Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.
y. "STOCK" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
Company.
z. "STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT" means a right granted under Section 6.
aa. "STOCK OPTION" means an option granted under Section 5.
bb. "TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT" means the termination of the
participant's employment with the Company and any subsidiary or Affiliate. A
participant employed by a subsidiary or an Affiliate shall also be deemed to
incur a Termination of Employment if the subsidiary or Affiliate ceases to
be such a subsidiary or an Affiliate, as the case may be, and the
participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of the
Company or another subsidiary or Affiliate. Temporary absences from
employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers
among the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates shall not be
considered Terminations of Employment. If so determined by the Committee, a
participant shall be deemed not to have incurred a Termination of Employment
if the participant enters into a contract with the Company or a subsidiary
providing for the rendering by the participant of consulting services to the
Company or such
B-2
<PAGE>
subsidiary on terms approved by the Committee; however, Termination of
Employment of the participant shall occur when such contract ceases to be in
effect.
In addition, certain other terms used herein have definitions given to them in
the first place in which they are used.
SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION
The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee or such other
committee of the Board as the Board may from time to time designate (the
"Committee"), which shall be composed of not less than two Non-Employee
Directors, each of whom shall be an "outside director" for purposes of Section
162(m)(4) of the Code and shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the
Board.
The Committee shall have plenary authority to grant Awards pursuant to the terms
of the Plan to officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and
Affiliates.
Among other things, the Committee shall have the authority, subject to the terms
of the Plan:
(a) To select the officers and employees to whom Awards may from time
to time be granted;
(b) To determine whether and to what extent Incentive Stock Options,
Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or
any combination thereof are to be granted hereunder;
(c) To determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by each
Award granted hereunder;
(d) To determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted
hereunder (including, but not limited to, the option price (subject to
Section 5(a)), any vesting condition, restriction or limitation (which may
be related to the performance of the participant, the Company or any
subsidiary or Affiliate) and any vesting acceleration or forfeiture waiver
regarding any Award and the shares of Stock relating thereto, based on such
factors as the Committee shall determine;
(e) To modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award,
at any time or from time to time, including but not limited to Performance
Goals; provided, however, that the Committee may not adjust upwards the
amount payable with respect to a Qualified Performance-Based Award or waive
or alter the Performance Goals associated therewith;
(f) To determine to what extent and under what circumstances Stock and
other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred; and
(g) To determine under what circumstances an Award may be settled in
cash or Stock under Sections 5(j), 5(k) and 6(b)(ii), except as otherwise
therein provided.
The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such
administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall
from time to time deem advisable, to interpret the terms and provisions of the
Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreement relating thereto)
and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.
Any determination made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan
with respect to any Award shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee
at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express
term of the Plan, at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Committee
pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all
persons, including the Company and Plan participants.
Any authority granted to the Committee may also be exercised by the full Board,
except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause
any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the
short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
B-3
<PAGE>
To the extent that any permitted action taken by the Board conflicts with action
taken by the Committee, the Board action shall control.
SECTION 3. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN
Subject to adjustment as provided herein, the total number of shares of Stock
available for grant under the Plan shall be five million five hundred thousand
(5,500,000) plus (i) a number of shares of Stock equal to one percent of the
total number of shares of Stock outstanding as of the first day of each calendar
year beginning after December 31, 1998 for which the Plan is in effect--provided
that any shares available for grant in a particular calendar year which are not,
in fact, granted in such year shall be added to the shares available for grant
in any subsequent calendar year. However, no more than five million (5,000,000)
shares of Stock shall be cumulatively available for grant of Incentive Stock
Options over the life of the Plan, and no more than 30 percent of the shares of
Stock available for grant under the Plan as of the first day of any calendar
year during which the Plan is in effect shall be utilized in that fiscal year
for the grant of Awards in the form of Restricted Stock. No participant may be
granted Awards covering more than one million (1,000,000) shares of Stock in any
calendar year during which the Plan is in existence. Shares subject to an Award
under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or may be treasury shares.
If any shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, or if any Stock Option (and
related Stock Appreciation Right, if any) terminates without being exercised, or
if any Stock Appreciation Right is exercised for cash, shares subject to such
Awards shall again be available for distribution in connection with Awards under
the Plan.
In the event of any change in corporate capitalization, such as a stock split or
any corporate transaction (such as any merger, consolidation or separation
(including a spin-off)), any other distribution of stock or property of the
Company, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the
definition of such term in Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete
liquidation of the Company, the Committee or Board may make such substitution or
adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares reserved for issuance
under the Plan, in the individual limits on Awards under the Plan, in the
number, kind and exercise price of shares subject to outstanding Stock Options
and Stock Appreciation Rights, in the number and kind of shares subject to
outstanding Awards in the form of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan and/or
such other equitable substitution or adjustments as it may determine to be
appropriate in its sole discretion; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the number of shares
subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. Such adjusted exercise
price shall also be used to determine the amount payable by the Company upon the
exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right associated with any Stock Option.
SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY
Officers and employees of the Company, its subsidiaries and Affiliates who are
responsible for or contribute to the management, growth and profitability of the
business of the Company, its subsidiaries and Affiliates are eligible to be
granted Awards under the Plan. No grant shall be made under this Plan to a
director who is not an officer or a salaried employee of the Company, its
subsidiaries or Affiliates.
SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS
Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under
the Plan and may be of two types: Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified
Stock Options. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as
the Committee may from time to time approve.
The Committee shall have the authority to grant any optionee Incentive Stock
Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options or both types of Stock Options (in each
case with or without Stock Appreciation Rights); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that grants
hereunder are subject to the annual limit on grants to individual participants
set forth in Section 3. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees
of the Company
B-4
<PAGE>
and its subsidiaries (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code). To the
extent that any Stock Option is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option or
even if so designated does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall
constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
Stock Options shall be evidenced by option agreements, the terms and provisions
of which may differ. An option agreement shall indicate on its face whether it
is intended to be an agreement for an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified
Stock Option. The grant of a Stock Option shall occur on the date the Committee
selects an individual to be a participant in any grant of a Stock Option,
determines the number of shares of Stock to be subject to such Stock Option to
be granted to such individual and specifies the terms and provisions of the
Stock Option. The Company shall notify a participant of any grant of a Stock
Option, and a written option agreement or agreements shall be duly executed and
delivered by the Company to the participant. Such agreement or agreements shall
become effective upon execution by the Company and the participant.
Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no term of the Plan
relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered nor
shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised so as to
disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code.
Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and
conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the
Committee shall deem desirable:
(a) OPTION PRICE. The option price per share of Stock purchasable under a Stock
Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the option
agreement, and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject
to the Stock Option on the date of grant.
(b) OPTION TERM. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee,
but no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the
date the Stock Option is granted.
(c) EXERCISABILITY. Except as otherwise provided herein, Stock Options shall be
exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as
shall be determined by the Committee. The exercisability of a Stock Option may
be conditional upon the attainment of Performance Goals, which need not be the
same for all optionees. If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is
exercisable only in installments, the Committee may at any time waive such
installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on such factors as
the Committee may determine. In addition, the Committee may at any time
accelerate the exercisability of any Stock Option.
(d) METHOD OF EXERCISE; ISSUANCE OF STOCK. Subject to the provisions of this
Section 5, Stock Options may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time
during the option term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company
specifying the number of shares of Stock subject to the Stock Option to be
purchased.
Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price by
certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept.
Payment, in full or in part, may also be made in the form of unrestricted Stock
already owned by the optionee for a period of at least six months prior to the
date of exercise (based on the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date the
Stock Option is exercised).
In the discretion of the Committee, payment for any shares subject to a Stock
Option may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the
Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver
promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the
purchase price, and, if requested, the amount of any federal, state, local or
foreign withholding taxes. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter
into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms.
No shares of Stock shall be issued until full payment therefor has been made.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(l) below, an optionee shall have all
of the rights of a shareholder of the Company
B-5
<PAGE>
holding the class or series of Stock that is subject to such Stock Option
(including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive
dividends), when the optionee has given written notice of exercise, has paid in
full for such shares and, if requested, has given the representation described
in Section 11(a). Upon exercise of a Stock Option, a participant shall be
entitled (unless the participant has given a broker the irrevocable instructions
referred to in the preceding paragraph) to receive a certificate representing
the Stock issuable upon exercise of the Stock Option or such other evidence of
ownership as the Company may then generally provide to its shareholders of
record.
(e) NONTRANSFERABILITY OF STOCK OPTIONS. No Stock Option shall be transferable
by the optionee other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution; or (ii) in the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, as otherwise
expressly permitted under the applicable option agreement including, if so
permitted, pursuant to a gift to such optionee's family, whether directly or
indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise. All Stock Options
shall be exercisable, subject to the terms of this Plan, only by the optionee,
the guardian or legal representative of the optionee, or any person to whom such
option is transferred pursuant to the preceding sentence, it being understood
that the term "holder" and "optionee" include such guardian, legal
representative and other transferee.
(f) TERMINATION BY DEATH. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an
optionee's employment terminates by reason of death, any Stock Option held by
such optionee may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, or on
such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of one year
(or such other period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from
the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock
Option, whichever period is the shorter.
(g) TERMINATION BY REASON OF DISABILITY. Unless otherwise determined by the
Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of Disability, any
Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee,
to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such
accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of three years
(or such shorter period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement)
from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the
stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter; provided,
however, that if the optionee dies within such period, any unexercised Stock
Option held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such
period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at
the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until
the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the
shorter. In the event of termination of employment by reason of Disability, if
an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise
periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option
will thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
(h) TERMINATION BY REASON OF RETIREMENT. Unless otherwise determined by the
Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of Retirement, any
Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee,
to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such Retirement, or on such
accelerated basis as the Committee may determine until the expiration of the
stated term of such Stock Option, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the optionee dies
within such period any unexercised Stock Option held by such optionee shall,
notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the
extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12
months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of
such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter. In the event of termination
of employment by reason of Retirement, if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised
after the expiration of the exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section
422 of the Code, such Stock Option will thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified
Stock Option.
(i) OTHER TERMINATION. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an
optionee incurs a Termination of Employment for any reason other than death,
Disability or Retirement, any Stock Option held by such optionee, to the extent
then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine,
may be exercised for the lesser of three months from the date of such
Termination of
B-6
<PAGE>
Employment or the balance of the term of such Stock Option; provided, however,
that if the optionee dies within such three-month period, any unexercised Stock
Option held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such
three-month period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was
exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such
death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever
period is the shorter. In the event of Termination of Employment, if an
Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods
that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option will
thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
(j) CASHING OUT OF STOCK OPTION. On receipt of written notice of exercise, the
Committee may elect to cash out all or part of the portion of the shares of
Stock for which a Stock Option is being exercised by paying the optionee an
amount, in cash or Stock, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the
Stock over the option price times the number of shares of Stock for which the
Option is being exercised on the effective date of such cash-out.
(k) CHANGE IN CONTROL CASH-OUT. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
during the 60-day period from and after a Change in Control (the "Exercise
Period"), unless the Committee shall determine otherwise at the time of grant,
an optionee shall have the right, whether or not the Stock Option is fully
exercisable and in lieu of the payment of the exercise price for the shares of
Stock being purchased under the Stock Option and by giving notice to the
Company, to elect (within the Exercise Period) to surrender all or part of the
Stock Option to the Company and to receive cash, within 30 days of such notice,
in an amount equal to the amount by which the Change in Control Price per share
of Stock on the date of such election shall exceed the exercise price per share
of Stock under the Stock Option (the "Spread") multiplied by the number of
shares of Stock granted under the Stock Option as to which the right granted
under this Section 5(k) shall have been exercised. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if any right granted pursuant to this Section 5(k) would make a
Change in Control transaction ineligible for pooling-of-interests accounting
under APB No. 16 that but for the nature of such grant would otherwise be
eligible for such accounting treatment, the Committee shall have the ability to
substitute for the cash payable pursuant to such right Stock with a Fair Market
Value equal to the cash that would otherwise be payable hereunder.
(l) DEFERRAL OF OPTION SHARES. The Committee may from time to time establish
procedures pursuant to which an optionee may elect to defer, until a time or
times later than the exercise of an Option, receipt of all or a portion of the
Shares subject to such Option and/or to receive cash at such later time or times
in lieu of such deferred Shares, all on such terms and conditions as the
Committee shall determine. If any such deferrals are permitted, then
notwithstanding Section 5(d) above, an optionee who elects such deferral shall
not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to such deferred Shares unless
and until Shares are actually delivered to the optionee with respect thereto,
except to the extent otherwise determined by the Committee.
SECTION 6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
(a) GRANT AND EXERCISE. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in conjunction
with all or part of any Stock Option granted under the Plan. In the case of a
Non-Qualified Stock Option, such rights may be granted either at or after the
time of grant of such Stock Option. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option,
such rights may be granted only at the time of grant of such Stock Option. A
Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the
termination or exercise of the related Stock Option.
A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by an optionee in accordance with
Section 6(b) by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Stock Option
in accordance with procedures established by the Committee. Upon such exercise
and surrender, the optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in
the manner prescribed in Section 6(b). Stock Options which have been so
B-7
<PAGE>
surrendered shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the related Stock
Appreciation Rights have been exercised.
(b) TERMS AND CONDITIONS. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such
terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee, including the
following:
(i) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or
times and to the extent that the Stock Options to which they relate are
exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 and this Section
6.
(ii) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, an optionee shall
be entitled to receive an amount in cash, shares of Stock or both, in value
equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock over the
option price per share specified in the related Stock Option multiplied by
the number of shares in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right shall
have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the
form of payment.
(iii) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only to permitted
transferees of the underlying Stock Option in accordance with Section 5(e).
(iv) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Option
or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be
deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth in
Section 3 on the number of shares of Stock to be issued under the Plan, but
only to the extent of the number of shares covered by the Stock Appreciation
Right at the time of exercise based on the value of the Stock Appreciation
Right at such time.
SECTION 7. RESTRICTED STOCK
(a) ADMINISTRATION. Shares of Restricted Stock may be awarded either alone or in
addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine
the officers and employees to whom and the time or times at which grants of
Restricted Stock will be awarded, the number of shares to be awarded to any
participant (subject to the annual limit on grants to individual participants
set forth in Section 3), the conditions for vesting, the time or times within
which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture and any other terms and
conditions of the Awards, in addition to those contained in Section 7(c).
(b) AWARDS AND CERTIFICATES. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in
such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry
registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate or
other evidence of ownership issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock
shall be registered in the name of such participant and shall bear an
appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions
applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form:
"The transferability of the shares of stock represented hereby [referred
to herein] are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture)
of the UNOVA, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock
Agreement. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the offices
of UNOVA, Inc., 360 North Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California
90210."
The Committee may require that any certificates evidencing such shares be held
in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and
that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the participant shall
have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock covered
by such Award.
(c) TERMS AND CONDITIONS. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the
following terms and conditions:
(i) The Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, designate an
Award of Restricted Stock as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, in which
event it shall condition the grant or vesting, as applicable, of such
Restricted Stock upon the attainment of Performance Goals. If the Committee
B-8
<PAGE>
does not designate an Award of Restricted Stock as a Qualified
Performance-Based Award, it may also condition the grant or vesting thereof
upon the attainment of Performance Goals. Regardless of whether an Award of
Restricted Stock is a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the Committee may
also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the continued service of
the participant. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other
provisions of Restricted Stock Awards (including without limitation any
applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each
recipient. The Committee may at any time, in its sole discretion, accelerate
or waive, in whole or in part, any of the foregoing restrictions; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that in the case of Restricted Stock that is a Qualified
Performance-Based Award, the applicable Performance Goals shall have been
satisfied.
(ii) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock
Agreement referred to in Section 7(c)(vi), during the period, if any, set by
the Committee, commencing with the date of such Award for which such
participant's continued service is required (the "Restriction Period"), and
until the later of (i) the expiration of the Restriction Period and (ii) the
date the applicable Performance Goals (if any) are satisfied, the
participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or
otherwise encumber shares of Restricted Stock; PROVIDED that the foregoing
shall not prevent a participant from pledging Restricted Stock as security
for a loan, the sole purpose of which is to provide funds to pay the option
price for Stock Options.
(iii) Except as provided in this paragraph (iii) and Sections 7(c)(i)
and 7(c)(ii) and the Restricted Stock Agreement, the participant shall have,
with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company holding the class or series of Stock that is the
subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right to vote
the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. If so determined by
the Committee in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and subject to
Section 11(e) of the Plan, (A) cash dividends on the class or series of
Stock that is the subject of the Restricted Stock Award shall be
automatically deferred and reinvested in additional Restricted Stock, held
subject to the vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject
to meeting Performance Goals applicable only to dividends, and (B) dividends
payable in Stock shall be paid in the form of Restricted Stock of the same
class as the Stock with which such dividend was paid, held subject to the
vesting of the underlying Restricted Stock, or held subject to meeting
Performance Goals applicable only to dividends.
(iv) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable
Restricted Stock Agreement and Sections 7(c)(i), 7(c)(ii), 7(c)(v) and
8(a)(ii), upon a participant's Termination of Employment for any reason
during the Restriction Period or before the applicable Performance Goals are
satisfied, all shares still subject to restriction shall be forfeited by the
participant.
(v) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 8(a)(ii), in the
event that a participant retires or such participant's employment is
involuntarily terminated, the Committee shall have the discretion to waive,
in whole or in part, any or all remaining restrictions (other than, in the
case of Restricted Stock with respect to which a participant is a Covered
Employee, satisfaction of the applicable Performance Goals unless the
participant's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability)
with respect to any or all of such participant's shares of Restricted Stock.
(vi) If and when any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied and the
Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted
Stock, unlegended certificates or other evidence of ownership for such
shares shall be delivered to the participant upon surrender of the legended
certificates or other evidence of ownership.
(vii) Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of
a Restricted Stock Agreement.
(viii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the provisions of
Section 8 hereof, no Award in the form of Restricted Stock, the vesting of
which is conditioned only upon the continued service of the participant,
shall vest earlier than the first, second and third anniversaries of the
date of grant thereof, on each of which dates a maximum of one-third of the
shares of Stock subject to the
B-9
<PAGE>
Award may vest, and no award in the form of Restricted Stock, the vesting of
which is conditioned upon the attainment of a specified Performance Goal or
Goals, shall vest earlier than the first anniversary of the date of grant
thereof.
SECTION 8. CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS
(a) IMPACT OF EVENT. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
contrary, in the event of a Change in Control:
(i) Any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of
the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and which
are not then exercisable and vested, shall become fully exercisable and
vested to the full extent of the original grant.
(ii) The restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any
Restricted Stock shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall become free of
all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent
of the original grant.
(b) DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in
Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act) of 30 percent or more of either (1) the then outstanding
shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common
Stock") or (2) the combined voting power of the outstanding voting
securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however,
the following acquisitions of Outstanding Company Common Stock and
Outstanding Company Voting Securities: (1) any acquisition directly from the
Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion
privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired
directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any
acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or
maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or
(4) any acquisition by any Person pursuant to a transaction which complies
with clauses (1), (2) and (3) of subsection (iii) of this Section 8(b); or
(ii) Individuals who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute
the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at
least a majority of the Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any individual who
becomes a member of the Board subsequent to such effective date of the Plan,
whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders,
was approved by a vote of at least a majority of directors then comprising
the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a
member of the Incumbent Board; but, PROVIDED FURTHER, that any such
individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either
an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule
14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual
or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a
Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the
Incumbent Board; or
(iii) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a
reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Business Combination")
or if consummation of such Business Combination is subject, at the time of
such approval by shareholders, to the consent of any government or
governmental agency, obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or
implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such a Business Combination
pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and
entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding
Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately
prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or
indirectly, more than 60 percent of, respectively, the outstanding shares of
common stock, and the combined voting power of the outstanding voting
securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the
case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business
B-10
<PAGE>
Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result
of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the
Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to
such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and
Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person
(other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or
maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or
such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially
own, directly or indirectly, 30 percent or more of, respectively, the
outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such
Business Combination or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting
securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors except to the extent that such ownership existed with respect to
the Company prior to the Business Combination and (3) at least a majority of
the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such
Business Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at the
time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the
Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
(iv) The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete
liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(c) CHANGE IN CONTROL PRICE. For purposes of the Plan, "Change in Control Price"
means the higher of (i) the highest reported sales price, regular way, of a
share of Common Stock in any transaction reported on the New York Stock Exchange
Composite Tape or other national exchange on which such shares are listed or on
NASDAQ during the 60-day period prior to and including the date of a Change in
Control or (ii) if the Change in Control is the result of a tender or exchange
offer or a Business Combination, the highest price of a share of Stock paid in
such tender or exchange offer or Business Combination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
in the case of Incentive Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights relating to
Incentive Stock Options, the Change in Control Price shall be in all cases the
Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date such Incentive Stock Option or Stock
Appreciation Right is exercised. To the extent that the consideration paid in
any such transaction described above consists all or in part of securities or
other noncash consideration, the value of such securities or other noncash
consideration shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board.
SECTION 9. TERM, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
The Plan will terminate 10 years after the effective date of the Plan. Under the
Plan, Awards outstanding as of such date shall not be affected or impaired by
the termination of the Plan.
The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration
or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of an optionee
under a Stock Option or a recipient of a Stock Appreciation Right, or Restricted
Stock Award theretofore granted without the optionee's or recipient's consent,
except such an amendment made to cause the Plan to qualify for any exemption
provided by Rule 16b-3. In addition, no such amendment shall be made without the
approval of the Company's shareholders to the extent such approval is required
by law or agreement.
The Committee may amend the terms of any Stock Option or other Award theretofore
granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall impair the
rights of any holder without the holder's consent except such an amendment made
to cause the Plan or Award to qualify for any exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 ;
provided, however, that such power of the Committee shall not extend to the
reduction of the exercise price of a previously granted Stock Option, except as
provided in Section 3 hereof, nor may the Committee substitute new Stock Options
for previously granted Stock Options having higher option prices.
B-11
<PAGE>
Subject to the above provisions, the Board shall have authority to amend the
Plan to take into account changes in law and tax and accounting rules as well as
other developments, and to grant Awards which qualify for beneficial treatment
under such rules without stockholder approval.
SECTION 10. UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN
It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an "unfunded" plan for
incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of
trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to
deliver Stock or make payments; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that unless the Committee
otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is
consistent with the "unfunded" status of the Plan.
SECTION 11. GENERAL PROVISIONS
(a) The Committee may require each person purchasing or receiving shares
pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that
such person is acquiring the shares without a view to the distribution thereof.
The certificates or evidence of ownership for such shares may include any legend
which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant
thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate
or certificates for shares of Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all
of the following conditions:
(1) Listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such
shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., or such other securities
exchange as may at the time be the principal market for the Stock;
(2) Any registration or other qualification of such shares of Stock
under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect
of any such registration or other qualification which the Committee shall,
in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or
advisable; and
(3) Obtaining any other consent, approval or permit from any state or
federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute
discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary
or advisable.
(b) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any subsidiary
or Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its
employees.
(c) Adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to
continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the
Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any
employee at any time.
(d) No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includable in
the gross income of the participant for federal income tax purposes with respect
to any Award under the Plan, the participant shall pay to the Company, or make
arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal,
state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with
respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, withholding
obligations may be settled with Stock, including Stock that is part of the Award
that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Company
under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the
Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right
to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the participant. The
Committee may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for the
settlement of withholding obligations with Stock.
B-12
<PAGE>
(e) Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any
dividend payment shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Stock are
available under Section 3 for such reinvestment (taking into account then
outstanding Stock Options and other Awards).
(f) The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a
participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event
of the participant's death are to be paid or by whom any rights of the
participant, after the participant's death, may be exercised.
(g) In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a subsidiary of the
Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the
shares of Stock, if any, covered by the Award to the subsidiary, for such lawful
consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding
that the subsidiary will transfer the shares of Stock to the employee in
accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee pursuant to
the provisions of the Plan.
(h) The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without
reference to principles of conflict of laws.
SECTION 12. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
The Plan shall be effective as of the date it is approved by the sole
stockholder of the Company.
B-13
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
DEFINITIONS
RETURN ON CAPITAL UTILIZED (ROCU)
Business Operating Profit (BOP) divided by average Capital Utilized
(computed on a monthly basis).
CAPITAL UTILIZED
Total equity, plus Notes Payable, plus Current Portion of Long-Term Debt
plus Long-Term Debt, plus Advances from Corporate (less if net Advances are
to Corporate), less Investments in Consolidated Subsidiaries.
BUSINESS OPERATING PROFIT (BOP)
Total Sales less Total Cost of Sales less Marketing expense less General and
Administrative Expenses plus Other Income or minus Other Expense.
RETURN ON TANGIBLE EQUITY (ROTE)
Net Income divided by beginning tangible equity.
CONSOLIDATED PRE-TAX INCOME
Net income of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries before taxes and
before giving effect to extraordinary items.
CASH FLOW (CF)
The sum of net income plus depreciation and amortization.
REVENUE
Revenue as reported on the Company's annual financial statements.
REVENUE GROWTH (RG)
The increase in revenue for the current fiscal year, expressed as a percent,
above a specified base line period.
RETURN ON ASSETS (ROA)
BOP divided by average assets (computed on a monthly basis).
CAPITAL
The sum of all interest-bearing debt, including debt with imputed interest,
and total equity.
RETURN ON CAPITAL (ROC)
Income before interest and taxes divided by average annual capital (computed
on a monthly basis).
B-14
<PAGE>
RETURN ON EQUITY (ROE)
Net income divided by beginning equity.
RETURN ON REVENUE (ROR)
BOP divided by total Net Revenue expressed as a percent.
NET REVENUE
Total net sales and service revenue after adjustments for all discounts,
returns, and allowances.
BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE (BEPS)
Income available to common stockholders of the Company divided by the
weighted-average number of common shares of the Company outstanding during
the applicable period. Shares issued during the applicable period and shares
reacquired during the applicable period shall be weighted for the portion of
the period that they were outstanding.
DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (DEPS)
DEPS is computed in the same manner as BEPS; however, the weighted-average
number of common shares of the Company outstanding during the applicable
period is increased to include the number of additional common shares that
would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares
resulting from stock options or other common stock equivalents had been
issued.
B-15
<PAGE>
ANNEX C
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
UNOVA, INC.
ARTICLE I
The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the
"Corporation") is:
UNOVA, Inc.
ARTICLE II
The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is
Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County
of New Castle. The name of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is
Corporation Service Company.
ARTICLE III
The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity
for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE IV
The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority
to issue is 300,000,000, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par
value $.01 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Preferred Stock"), and
250,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter
referred to as "Common Stock").
A. PREFERRED STOCK. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one
or more series. In addition to a series of Preferred Stock designated as "Series
A Junior Participating Preferred Stock", the terms of which are set forth
herein, the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance
of shares of Preferred Stock in series and, by filing a certificate pursuant to
the applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as a
"Preferred Stock Designation"), to establish from time to time the number of
shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, power,
preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications,
limitations and restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors
with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination
of the following:
(i) The designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number,
letter or title.
(ii) The number of shares of the series, which number the Board of
Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred
Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares
thereof then outstanding).
(iii) Whether dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative and
the dividend rate of the series.
(iv) The dates at which dividends, if any, shall be payable.
(v) The redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the
series.
C-1
<PAGE>
(vi) The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or
redemption of shares of the series.
(vii) The amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
affairs of the Corporation.
(viii) Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into shares of
any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any
other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or
series or such other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or
rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates as of which such shares
shall be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which such
conversion may be made.
(ix) Restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any
other class or series.
(x) The voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series.
B. SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK. The qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
shall be as follows:
Section 1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. The shares of such series shall be
designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" (the "Series A
Preferred Stock") and the number of shares constituting the Series A
Preferred Stock shall be 3,000,000. Such number of shares may be increased
or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; PROVIDED, that no
decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a
number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of
shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options,
rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities
issued by the Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.
Section 2. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
(A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of
Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the
Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of
Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock of
the Corporation, and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to
receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds
legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on
the first day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such
date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"),
commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first
issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in
an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of
(a) $1 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth,
100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100
times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash
dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of
Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the
immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to
the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any
share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the
Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common
Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or
combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of
Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock,
then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause
(b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which
is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately
prior to such event.
C-2
<PAGE>
(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series
A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately
after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than
a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event
no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock
during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next
subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1 per share on
the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such
subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares
of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next
preceding the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such
shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the
date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the
determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to
receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be
cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid
dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A
Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at
the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a
share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The
Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend
or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than
60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
Section 3. VOTING RIGHTS. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
shall have the following voting rights:
(A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each
share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100
votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the
Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay
any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or
effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of
a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of
shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share
to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled
immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which
is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately
prior to such event.
(B) Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Certificate of
Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock, or
by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of
shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having
general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters
submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.
(C) Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided by law, holders of
Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their
consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to
vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any
corporate action.
Section 4. CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.
(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions
payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in
arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and
distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred
Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:
C-3
<PAGE>
(i) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any
shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;
(ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any
shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred
Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and
all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in
proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares
are then entitled;
(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of
any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that
the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire
shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of
the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;
or
(iv) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares
of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity
with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase
offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of
Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of
Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates
and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and
classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable
treatment among the respective series or classes.
(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to
purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the
Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this
Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in
such manner.
Section 5. REACQUIRED SHARES. Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock
purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever
shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All
such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued
shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of
Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set
forth herein or in any Certificate of Designations creating a series of
Preferred Stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law.
Section 6. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP. Upon any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made
(1) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends
or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred
Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued
and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to
the date of such payment, provided that the holders of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share,
subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100
times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares
of Common Stock, or (2) to the holders of shares of stock ranking on a
parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding
up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on
the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock in proportion to the
total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up. In the event the Corporation shall
at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in
shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or
consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification
or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a
greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case
the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
were entitled immediately prior to
C-4
<PAGE>
such event under the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall
be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which
is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such
event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
Section 7. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC. In case the Corporation shall enter
into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which
the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or
securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share
of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or
changed into an amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment
hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock,
securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case
may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or
exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any
dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a
subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend
in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of
Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding
sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such
event.
Section 8. NO REDEMPTION. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not
be redeemable.
Section 9. RANK. The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to
the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, junior to all other
series and classes of the Corporation's Preferred Stock.
Section 10. AMENDMENT. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation
shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change
the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so
as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock,
voting together as a single class.
C. COMMON STOCK. The Common Stock shall be subject to the express terms of the
Preferred Stock and any series thereof. Each share of Common Stock shall be
equal to each other share of Common Stock. The holders of shares of Common Stock
shall be entitled to one vote for each such share upon all questions presented
to the stockholders.
Except as may be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or in a Preferred
Stock Designation, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for
the election of directors and for all other purposes, and holders of Preferred
Stock shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of stockholders at
which they are not entitled to vote.
The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share of
its stock is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be
bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share
on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have
notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law.
C-5
<PAGE>
ARTICLE V
The name and the mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME MAILING ADDRESS
- ---------------------- -----------------------------
<C> <S>
Leonie S. Pan 360 North Crescent Drive
Beverly Hills, CA 90210
</TABLE>
ARTICLE VI
The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE VII
The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to create and issue, whether or not
in connection with the issuance and sale of any of its stock or other securities
or property, rights entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the
Corporation shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any other
corporation. The times at which and the terms upon which such rights are to be
issued will be determined by the Board of Directors and set forth in the
contracts or instruments that evidence such rights. The authority of the Board
of Directors with respect to such rights shall include, but not be limited to,
determination of the following:
(a) The initial purchase price per share or other unit of the stock or
other securities or property to be purchased upon exercise of such rights.
(b) Provisions relating to the times at which and the circumstances under
which such rights may be exercised or sold or otherwise transferred, either
together with or separately from, any other stock or other securities of the
Corporation.
(c) Provisions which adjust the number or exercise price of such rights or
amount or nature of the stock or other securities or property receivable
upon exercise of such rights in the event of a combination, split or
recapitalization of any stock of the Corporation, a change in ownership of
the Corporation's stock or other securities or a reorganization, merger,
consolidation, sale of assets or other occurrence relating to the
Corporation or any stock of the Corporation, and provisions restricting the
ability of the Corporation to enter into any such transaction absent an
assumption by the other party or parties thereto of the obligations of the
Corporation under such rights.
(d) Provisions which deny the holder of a specified percentage of the
outstanding stock or other securities of the Corporation the right to
exercise such rights and/or cause the rights held by such holder to become
void.
(e) Provisions which permit the Corporation to redeem such rights.
(f) The appointment of a rights agent with respect to such rights.
ARTICLE VIII
In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the powers conferred by law, the
Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered:
(a) to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation; provided,
however, that the By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors under the powers
hereby conferred may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors or by
the stockholders having voting power with respect thereto;
C-6
<PAGE>
provided further that in the case of amendments by stockholders, the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power
of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class,
shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any provision of the By-Laws;
and
(b) from time to time to determine whether and to what extent, and at what
times and places, and under what conditions and regulations, the accounts
and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to inspection of
stockholders; and, except as so determined or as so provided in any
Preferred Stock Designation, no stockholder shall have any right to inspect
any account, book or document of the Corporation other than such rights as
may be conferred by applicable law.
The Corporation may in its By-Laws confer powers upon the Board of Directors in
addition to the foregoing and in addition to the powers and authorities
expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by applicable law.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the
contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the then
outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required
to amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with paragraph (a) of this
Article VIII. For the purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, "Voting
Stock" shall mean the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
ARTICLE IX
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock as set
forth in a Preferred Stock Designation to elect additional directors under
specific circumstances, any action required or permitted to be taken by the
stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or
special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by
any consent in writing of such stockholders. Notwithstanding anything contained
in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of at
least 80 percent of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a
single class, shall be required to amend, repeal, or adopt any provision
inconsistent with this Article IX.
ARTICLE X
Section 1. NUMBER, ELECTION AND TERMS OF DIRECTORS. Subject to the rights of
any series of Preferred Stock as set forth in a Preferred Stock Designation to
elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of
directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the By-Laws of the Corporation
and may be increased or decreased from time to time in such a manner as may be
prescribed by the By-Laws.
Unless and except to the extent that the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so
require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written
ballot.
The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series
of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in
number as possible. One class of directors shall be initially elected for a term
expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1999, another class
shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2000, and another class shall be initially elected
for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2001.
Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and
qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the
Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that
meeting shall be elected by a majority vote of all votes cast at such meeting to
hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in
the third year following the year of their election.
C-7
<PAGE>
Section 2. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS; VACANCIES. Subject to the rights of the
holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under
specified circumstances, any director may be removed from office at any time,
but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
80 percent of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single
class.
Section 3. AMENDMENT. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of
Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
80 percent of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single
class, shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent
with this Article X.
ARTICLE XI
A. (1) In addition to any affirmative vote required by law, by this
Certificate of Incorporation or by any Preferred Stock Designation, and
except as otherwise expressly provided in Section B of this Article XI:
(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as
hereinafter defined) with (a) any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter
defined) or (b) any other corporation (whether or not itself an
Interested Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation
would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested
Stockholder; or
(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other
disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with
any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder
of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate
Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of $10 million or more; or
(iii) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in
one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the
Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any
Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities
or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair
Market Value of $10 million or more; or
(iv) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or
dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of any Interested
Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or
(v) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock
split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or
consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any
other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving any
Interested Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of
increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class
of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary
which is Beneficially Owned (as hereinafter defined) by any Interested
Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;
shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of
the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the Voting Stock,
voting together as a single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required
notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or
any provision of law or of any agreement with any national securities
exchange or otherwise which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote.
(2) The term "Business Combination" as used in this Article XI shall mean
any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of subparagraphs (i)
through (v) of paragraph (1) of this Section A.
B. The provisions of Section A of this Article XI shall not be applicable to any
particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require
only such affirmative vote as is required by law, any other provision of this
Certificate of Incorporation and any Preferred Stock Designation, if, in the
C-8
<PAGE>
case of a Business Combination that does not involve any cash or other
consideration being received by the stockholders of the Corporation, solely in
their respective capacities as stockholders of the Corporation, the condition
specified in the following paragraph (1) is met or, in the case of any other
Business Combination, the conditions specified in either of the following
paragraph (1) or paragraph (2) are met:
(1) The Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the
Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined); provided however, that this
condition shall not be capable of satisfaction unless there are at least
three Continuing Directors.
(2) All of the following conditions shall have been met:
(i) The consideration to be received by holders of shares of a
particular class (or series) of outstanding capital stock (including
Common Stock and other than Excluded Preferred Stock (as hereinafter
defined)) shall be in cash or in the same form as the Interested
Stockholder or any of its Affiliates has previously paid for shares of
such class (or series) of capital stock. If the Interested Stockholder or
any of its Affiliates have paid for shares of any class (or series) of
capital stock with varying forms of consideration, the form of
consideration to be received per share by holders of shares of such class
(or series) of capital stock shall be either cash or the form used to
acquire the largest number of shares of such class (or series) of capital
stock previously acquired by the Interested Stockholder or any of its
Affiliates.
(ii) The aggregate amount of (x) the cash and (y) the Fair Market Value,
as of the date (the "Consummation Date") of the consummation of the
Business Combination, of the consideration other than cash to be received
per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination shall
be at least equal to the higher of the following (in each case
appropriately adjusted in the event of any stock dividend, stock split,
combination of shares or similar event):
(a) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any
brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees)
paid by the Interested Stockholder or any of its Affiliates for any
shares of Common Stock acquired by them within the two-year period
immediately prior to the date of the first public announcement of the
proposal of the Business Combination (the "Announcement Date") or in
any transaction in which the Interested Stockholder became an
Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher, plus interest compounded
annually from the first date on which the Interested Stockholder
became an Interested Stockholder (the "Determination Date") through
the Consummation Date at the publicly announced base rate of interest
of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (or such other major
bank headquartered in New York, New York as may be selected by the
Continuing Directors) from time to time in effect in New York, New
York, less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid or
declared (if ultimately paid), and the Fair Market Value of any
dividends paid in other than cash, on each share of Common Stock from
the Determination Date through the Consummation Date in an amount up
to but not exceeding the amount of interest so payable per share of
Common Stock; and
(b) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the
Announcement Date or the Determination Date, whichever is higher.
(iii) The aggregate amount of (x) the cash and (y) the Fair Market
Value, as of the Consummation Date, of the consideration other than cash
to be received per share by holders of shares of any class (or series),
other than Common Stock or Excluded Preferred Stock, of outstanding
capital stock shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (in
each case appropriately adjusted in the event of any stock dividend,
stock split, combination of shares or similar event), it being intended
that the requirements of this paragraph (2)(iii) shall be required to be
met with respect to every such class (or series) of outstanding capital
stock whether or not the Interested Stockholder or any of its Affiliates
has previously acquired any shares of a particular class (or series) of
capital stock:
C-9
<PAGE>
(a) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any
brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees)
paid by the Interested Stockholder or any of its Affiliates for any
shares of such class (or series) of capital stock acquired by them
within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date
or in any transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder,
whichever is higher, plus interest compounded annually from the
Determination Date through the Consummation Date at the publicly
announced base rate of interest of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
New York (or such other major bank headquartered in New York, New
York as may be selected by the Continuing Directors) from time to
time in effect in New York, New York less the aggregate amount of any
cash dividends paid, and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid
in other than cash, on each share of such class (or series) of
capital stock from the Determination Date through the Consummation
Date in an amount up to but not exceeding the amount of interest so
payable per share of such class (or series) of capital stock;
(b) the Fair Market Value per share of such class (or series) of
capital stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date,
whichever is higher; and
(c) the highest preferential amount per share, if any, to which the
holders of shares of such class (or series) of capital stock would be
entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(iv) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested
Stockholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination:
(a) except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, there
shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date
therefor any full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any
outstanding Preferred Stock; (b) there shall have been (I) no reduction
in the annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as
necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except as
approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, and (II) an increase
in such annual rate of dividends as is necessary to reflect any
reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization,
reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of
reducing the number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock, except as
approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; and (c) neither such
Interested Stockholder nor any of its Affiliates shall have become the
beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock except as part
of the transaction which results in such Interested Stockholder becoming
an Interested Stockholder; provided, however, that no approval by
Continuing Directors shall satisfy the requirements of this subparagraph
(iv) unless at the time of such approval there are at least three
Continuing Directors.
(v) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested
Stockholder, such Interested Stockholder and any of its Affiliates shall
not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except
proportionately, solely in such Interested Stockholder's or Affiliate's
capacity as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances,
guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or
other tax advantages provided by the Corporation, whether in anticipation
of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise.
(vi) A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business
Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations
thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Act, rules or
regulations) shall be mailed to all stockholders of the Corporation at
least 30 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination
(whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be
mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).
(vii) Such Interested Stockholder shall have supplied the Corporation
with such information as shall have been requested pursuant to Section E
of this Article XI within the time period set forth therein.
C-10
<PAGE>
C. For the purposes of this Article XI:
(1) A "person" means any individual, limited partnership, general
partnership, corporation or other firm or entity.
(2) "Interested Stockholder" means any person (other than the Corporation
or any Subsidiary) who or which:
(i) is the beneficial owner (as hereinafter defined), directly or
indirectly, of ten percent or more of the voting power of the outstanding
Voting Stock; or
(ii) is an Affiliate or an Associate (as hereinafter defined) of the
Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior
to the date in question was the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,
of ten percent or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding Voting
Stock; or
(iii) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of
Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year period
immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by any
Interested Stockholder, if such assignment or succession shall have
occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not
involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Unitrin, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, nor any of its subsidiaries shall be an Interested Stockholder
as long as such entities in the aggregate Beneficially Own less than
12,658,000 shares of Common Stock.
(3) A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of or shall "Beneficially Own",
any Voting Stock:
(i) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates
beneficially owns, directly or indirectly within the meaning of Rule
13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on August
13, 1997; or
(ii) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has (a)
the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or
only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or
understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights,
warrants or options, or otherwise, or (b) the right to vote pursuant to
any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but neither such person nor
any such Affiliate or Associate shall be deemed to be the beneficial
owner of any shares of Voting Stock solely by reason of having a
revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders,
pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, and with
respect to which shares neither such person nor any such Affiliate or
Associate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or
(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in
effect on August 13, 1997, by any other person with whom such person or
any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or
understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (other than
solely by reason of a revocable proxy as described in subparagraph (ii)
of this paragraph (3)) or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the case of any employee stock ownership or
similar plan of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary in which the
beneficiaries thereof possess the right to vote any shares of Voting Stock
held by such plan, no such plan nor any trustee with respect thereto (nor
any Affiliate of such trustee), solely by reason of such capacity of such
trustee, shall be deemed, for any purposes hereof to beneficially own any
shares of Voting Stock held under any such plan.
(4) For the purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested
Stockholder pursuant to paragraph (2) of this Section C, the number of
shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed
owned through application of paragraph (3) of this Section C but shall not
include any other unissued shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable
pursuant to any
C-11
<PAGE>
agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion
rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
(5) "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed
to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on August 13, 1997.
(6) "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority of any class of
equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation;
provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Interested
Stockholder set forth in paragraph (2) of this Section C, the term
"Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class
of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.
(7) "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and was a
member of the Board prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became
an Interested Stockholder, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill
any vacancy on the Board of Directors or who is elected and who, in either
event, is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and in connection
with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment
or election by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board.
(8) "Fair Market Value" means: (i) in the case of stock, the highest
closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date
in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York
Stock Exchange Listed Stocks, or, if such stock is not listed on the
Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not
listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is
listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest
closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the
30-day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in
use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on the
date in question of a share of such stock as determined by the Board in
accordance with Section D of this Article XI; and (ii) in the case of
property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on
the date in question as determined by the Board in accordance with Section D
of this Article XI.
(9) In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation
survives, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as used
in paragraphs (2)(ii) and (2)(iii) of Section B of this Article XI shall
include the shares of Common Stock and/or the shares of any other class (or
series) of outstanding capital stock retained by the holders of such shares.
(10) "Whole Board" means the total number of directors which the
Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.
(11) "Excluded Preferred Stock" means any series of Preferred Stock with
respect to which the Preferred Stock Designation creating such series
expressly provides that the provisions of this Article XI shall not apply.
(12) "Voting Stock" means capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors.
D. A majority of the Whole Board, but only if a majority of the Whole Board
shall then consist of Continuing Directors or, if a majority of the Whole Board
shall not then consist of Continuing Directors, a majority of the then
Continuing Directors, shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis
of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to
determine compliance with this Article XI, including, without limitation, (i)
whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of
Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person, (iii) whether a person is an
Affiliate or Associate of another, (iv) whether the applicable conditions set
forth in paragraph (2) of Section B
C-12
<PAGE>
have been met with respect to any Business Combination, (v) the Fair Market
Value of stock or other property in accordance with paragraph (8) of Section C
of this Article XI, and (vi) whether the assets which are the subject of any
Business Combination referred to in paragraph (1)(ii) of Section A have, or the
consideration to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by the
Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business Combination referred to in
paragraph (1)(iii) of Section A has, an aggregate Fair Market Value of $10
million or more.
E. A majority of the Whole Board shall have the right to demand, but only if a
majority of the Whole Board shall then consist of Continuing Directors, or, if a
majority of the Whole Board shall not then consist of Continuing Directors a
majority or the then Continuing Directors shall have the right to demand, that
any person who it is reasonably believed is an Interested Stockholder (or holds
of record shares of Voting Stock Beneficially Owned by any Interested
Stockholder) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the
record owner(s) of all shares Beneficially Owned by such person who it is
reasonably believed is an Interested Stockholder, (ii) the number of and class
or series of shares Beneficially Owned by such person who it is reasonably
believed is an Interested Stockholder and held of record by each such record
owner and the number(s) of the stock certificate(s) evidencing such shares, and
(iii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this
Article XI, as may be reasonably requested of such person, and such person shall
furnish such information within 10 days after receipt of such demand.
F. Nothing contained in this Article XI shall be construed to relieve any
Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.
G. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Restated Certificate of
Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote
or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any
particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by law, this Certificate
of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation, the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of all of the
then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class,
shall be required to alter, amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent
with this Article XI.
ARTICLE XII
Each person who is or was or had agreed to become a director or officer of the
Corporation, or each such person who is or was serving or who had agreed to
serve at the request of the Board of Directors or an officer of the Corporation
as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise (including the heirs, executor,
administrators or estate of such person), shall be indemnified by the
Corporation, in accordance with the By-Laws of the Corporation, to the full
extent permitted from time to time by the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of
any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the
Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted
the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) or any other applicable laws
as presently or hereafter in effect. Without limiting the generality or the
effect of the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify other persons as provided
in the By-Laws, and the Corporation may enter into one or more agreements with
any person which provide for indemnification greater or different than that
provided in this Article XII. Any amendment or repeal of this Article XII shall
not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately
prior to such amendment or repeal.
ARTICLE XIII
A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation
or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to either the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director
C-13
<PAGE>
derived an improper personal benefit. Any amendment or repeal of this Article
XIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the
Corporation existing immediately prior to such amendment or repeal.
ARTICLE XIV
The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend,
alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of
Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Designation, and any other provisions
authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be
added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein or by
applicable law, and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature
conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and
pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as
hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article XIV;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any amendment or repeal of Article XII or Article XIII
of this Certificate of Incorporation shall not adversely affect any right or
protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such amendment or repeal; and
provided further that no Preferred Stock Designation shall be amended after the
issuance of any shares of the series of Preferred Stock created thereby, except
in accordance with the terms of such Preferred Stock Designation and the
requirements of applicable law.
Executed on August 13, 1997
By: /s/ Leonie S. Pan
--------------------------------------
Leonie S. Pan
Incorporator
C-14
<PAGE>
ANNEX D
BY-LAWS
OF
UNOVA, INC.
ARTICLE I
OFFICES AND RECORDS
SECTION 1.1. DELAWARE OFFICE.
The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be
located in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name and
address of its registered agent is Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre
Road, Wilmington, Delaware.
SECTION 1.2. OTHER OFFICES.
The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State
of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the
Corporation may from time to time require.
SECTION 1.3. BOOKS AND RECORDS.
The books and records of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of
Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the
Board of Directors.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
SECTION 2.1. ANNUAL MEETING.
The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such
date commencing in the year 1999 and at such place and time as may be fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors.
SECTION 2.2. SPECIAL MEETING.
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of stock having a preference
over the Common Stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation
("Preferred Stock") with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, special
meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or
by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the
total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no
vacancies (the "Whole Board").
SECTION 2.3. PLACE OF MEETING.
The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, as the case may be, may
designate the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting
of the stockholders called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the
Board. If no designation is so made, the place of meeting shall be the principal
office of the Corporation.
SECTION 2.4. NOTICE OF MEETING.
Written or printed notice, stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and
the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered by
the Corporation not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before
the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, to each stockholder of
D-1
<PAGE>
record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed
to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon
prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her, or its address as it appears
on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Such further notice shall be
given as may be required by law. Only such business shall be conducted at a
special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting
pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting. Meetings may be held without
notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present, or if notice is waived
by those not present in accordance with Section 7.4 of these By-Laws. Any
previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and (unless
the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides) any special meeting of the
stockholders may be canceled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon
public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of
stockholders.
SECTION 2.5. QUORUM AND ADJOURNMENT.
Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), represented in
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders,
except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of
stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class
or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction
of such business. The Chairman of the meeting or a majority of the shares so
represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is
such a quorum. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be
given except as required by law. The stockholders present at a duly called
meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less
than a quorum.
SECTION 2.6. PROXIES.
At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy executed in
writing (or in such other manner prescribed by the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware) by the stockholder, or by his duly authorized attorney in
fact.
SECTION 2.7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AND NOMINATIONS.
A. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.
(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the
Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the
stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (a) pursuant
to the Corporation's notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the
Board of Directors, or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a
stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this
By-Law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, and who complies with the
notice procedures set forth in this By-Law.
(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an
annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph A.(1) of
this By-Law, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in
writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must
otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a
stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal
executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on
the 60th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to
the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided,
however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than
30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by
the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close
of business on the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than
the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such annual
meeting or the 10th day following the day
D-2
<PAGE>
on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by
the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment
of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a
stockholder's notice as described above. Such stockholder's notice shall set
forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for
election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such
person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for
election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and Rule 14a-11 thereunder (including
such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a
nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (b) as to any other
business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief
description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the
reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material
interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if
any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder
giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the
nomination or proposal is made, (i) the name and address of such
stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such
beneficial owner and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation
which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such
beneficial owner.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph A.(2)
of this By-Law to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to
be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and
there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the
nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of
Directors at least 70 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding
year's annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this By-Law shall
also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new
positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the
Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later
than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such
public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
B. SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.
Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as
shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice
of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be
made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected
pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of
the Board of Directors or (b) provided that the Board of Directors has
determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder
of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of
notice provided for in this By-Law, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting
and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-Law. In the
event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of
electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder
may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such
position(s) as specified in the Corporation's notice of meeting, if the
stockholder's notice required by paragraph A.(2) of this By-Law shall be
delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation
not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such special
meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day
prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public
announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the
nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no
event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting
commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described
above.
C. GENERAL.
(1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this By-Law shall be eligible to serve as directors
and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as
shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the
D-3
<PAGE>
procedures set forth in this By-Law. Except as otherwise provided by law,
the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine
whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the
meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the
procedures set forth in this By-Law and, if any proposed nomination or
business is not in compliance with this By-Law, to declare that such
defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.
(2) For purposes of this By-Law, "public announcement" shall mean
disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service,
Associated Press, or comparable national news service or in a document
publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-Law, a
stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the
matters set forth in this By-Law. Nothing in this By-Law shall be deemed to
affect any rights (a) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in
the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange
Act or (b) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect
directors under specified circumstances.
SECTION 2.8. PROCEDURE FOR ELECTION OF DIRECTORS; REQUIRED VOTE.
Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are
to be elected shall be by ballot, and, subject to the rights of the holders of
any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances,
a plurality of the votes cast thereat shall elect directors. Except as otherwise
provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, in all
matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority
of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and
entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders.
SECTION 2.9. INSPECTORS OF ELECTIONS; OPENING AND CLOSING THE POLLS.
The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more inspectors, which
inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the Corporation in
other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents
or representatives, to act at the meetings of stockholders and make a written
report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to
replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been
appointed to act or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of
the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each
inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath
faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and
according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) shall have the
duties prescribed by law.
The Chairman or the Secretary of the meeting shall fix and announce at the
meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each
matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting.
SECTION 2.10. NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT.
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with
respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to
be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or
special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by
any consent in writing by such stockholders.
D-4
<PAGE>
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 3.1. GENERAL POWERS.
The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction
of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these
By-Laws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all
such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not
by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required
to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
SECTION 3.2. NUMBER, TENURE, AND QUALIFICATIONS.
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect
directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed
from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of
the Whole Board. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the
holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be
divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into
three classes, as nearly equal in number as is reasonably possible, with the
term of office of the first class to expire at the 1999 annual meeting of
stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the 2000
annual meeting of stockholders and the term of office of the third class to
expire at the 2001 annual meeting of stockholders, with each director to hold
office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At
each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the 1999 annual meeting,
(i) directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms then expire shall
be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting
of stockholders after their election, with each director to hold office until
his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, and (ii) if
authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors, directors may be elected
to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors, regardless of how such vacancy
shall have been created.
SECTION 3.3. REGULAR MEETINGS.
A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after the
annual meeting of stockholders without other notice than this By-Law. Regular
meetings of the directors may be held without notice at such place and times as
shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3.4. SPECIAL MEETINGS.
Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called at the request of the
Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the Board of Directors
then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the
Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings.
SECTION 3.5. NOTICE.
Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director at
his or her business or residence in writing by hand delivery, first-class or
overnight mail or courier service, telegram or facsimile transmission,
electronic mail, or orally by telephone. If mailed by first-class mail, such
notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States
mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before
such meeting. If by telegram, overnight mail, or courier service, such notice
shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the
telegraph corporation or the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or
courier service corporation at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting.
If by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, such notice shall be deemed
adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twelve (12) hours
before such meeting. If by telephone or by hand delivery, the notice shall be
given at least twelve (12)
D-5
<PAGE>
hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be
transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board
of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for
amendments to these By-Laws, as provided under Section 8.1. A meeting may be
held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not
present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Section 7.4 of these
By-Laws.
SECTION 3.6. ACTION BY CONSENT OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of
Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all
members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in
writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings
of the Board or committee.
SECTION 3.7. CONFERENCE TELEPHONE MEETINGS.
Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in
a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference
telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a
meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
SECTION 3.8. QUORUM.
Subject to Section 3.9, a whole number of directors equal to at least a majority
of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business,
but if at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a
quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from
time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board
of Directors. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to
transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough
directors to leave less than a quorum.
SECTION 3.9. VACANCIES.
Subject to applicable law and the rights of the holders of any series of
Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, and unless the
Board of Directors otherwise determines, vacancies resulting from death,
resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause,
and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized
number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of
the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors,
and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual
meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they
have been elected expires and until any such director's successor shall have
been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized
directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent
director.
SECTION 3.10. EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES.
The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole
Board, designate an Executive Committee to exercise, subject to applicable
provisions of law, all the powers of the Board in the management of the business
and affairs of the Corporation when the Board is not in session, including
without limitation the power to declare dividends, to authorize the issuance of
the Corporation's capital stock and to adopt a certificate of ownership and
merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, and may, by resolution similarly adopted, designate one or more other
committees. The Executive Committee and each such other committee shall consist
of two or more directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more
directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, other
than the Executive Committee (the powers of which are expressly provided for
herein), may to the extent permitted by law exercise such powers and shall have
such
D-6
<PAGE>
responsibilities as shall be specified in the designating resolution. In the
absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the
member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from
voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another
member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or
disqualified member. Each committee shall keep written minutes of its
proceedings and shall report such proceedings to the Board when required.
A majority of any committee may determine its action and fix the time and place
of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide. Notice of such
meetings shall be given to each member of the committee in the manner provided
for in Section 3.5 of these By-Laws. The Board shall have power at any time to
fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such
committee. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board from appointing
one or more committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not
directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that no such committee shall
have or may exercise any authority of the Board.
SECTION 3.11. REMOVAL.
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with
respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any director, or the entire Board of
Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only
by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting
power of all of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as
a single class.
SECTION 3.12. RECORDS.
The Board of Directors shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of
the proceedings of the meetings of the Board and of the stockholders,
appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and accounts as
may be necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation.
SECTION 3.13. ADVISORY DIRECTORS.
The Board of Directors may elect one or more advisory directors who shall have
such powers and shall perform such duties as the directors shall assign to them.
Advisory directors shall, upon election, serve until the next annual meeting of
stockholders. Advisory directors shall receive notices of all meetings of the
Board of Directors in the same manner and at the same time as the directors.
They shall attend said meetings referred to in said notices in an advisory
capacity, but will not cast a vote or be counted to determine a quorum. Any
advisory directors may be removed either with or without cause, by a majority of
the directors at the time in office, at any regular or special meeting of the
Board of Directors.
Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any advisory director
from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, or
otherwise.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
SECTION 4.1. OFFICERS.
The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, a
Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary,
expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a President, a Vice Chairman
of the Board, one or more Chief Operating Officers, one or more Vice Presidents
(one or more of whom may be designated Executive or Senior Vice President), one
or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers. Except as
may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing
him or her, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board, if
any, need be a director. Except as may be limited by law, any number of offices
may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.
D-7
<PAGE>
Unless otherwise provided for in the resolution choosing him or her, each
officer shall be chosen for a term that shall continue until the meeting of the
Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until
his or her successor shall have been chosen and qualified.
All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such
duties as shall be prescribed in the By-Laws or in the resolutions of the Board
of Directors designating and choosing such officers and shall have such
additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the
extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. Any officer may be
removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any
office may be filled by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.2. OTHER OFFICERS AND AGENTS.
The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem
advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such
powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the
Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer may appoint key executives to
the position of staff vice president. Such staff vice presidents shall not be
corporate officers and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are
assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, if any, or by
any other officer of the Corporation designated for such purpose by the Chief
Executive Officer or President, if any.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL STOCK
SECTION 5.1. SHARES.
The shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by
certificates or shall be uncertificated. Each registered holder of shares of
capital stock, upon request to the Corporation, shall be provided with a stock
certificate, representing the number of shares owned by such holder. Absent
specific request for such a certificate by the registered owner or transferee
thereof, all shares shall be uncertificated upon the original issuance thereof
by the Corporation or upon the surrender for transfer of the certificate
representing such shares to the Corporation or its transfer agent.
SECTION 5.2. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES OF STOCK.
The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form,
not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by
the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be signed, countersigned, and
registered in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution prescribe,
which resolution may permit any of all of the signatures on such certificates to
be in facsimile.
In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who shall have signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed upon any such certificate or certificates
shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar of the Corporation,
whether because of death, resignation, or otherwise, before such certificate or
certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or
certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or
persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such
officer, transfer agent, or registrar of the Corporation.
All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same
are issued. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with
the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the
books of the corporation.
Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation
for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificates or uncertificated shares
shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have
been surrendered and canceled.
D-8
<PAGE>
SECTION 5.3. LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES.
No certificate for shares of stock in the Corporation shall be issued in place
of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed, or stolen, except on
production of such evidence of such loss, destruction, or theft and on delivery
to the Corporation of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms, and
secured by such surety, as the Board of Directors or the Secretary of the
Corporation may in its, his, or her discretion require.
SECTION 5.4. TRANSFER OF SHARES.
Upon surrender to the Corporation or to the transfer agent of the Corporation of
a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of
succession, assignation, or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue
or cause to be issued uncertificated shares or, if requested by the appropriate
person, a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the surrendered
certificate, and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper
transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such
uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent
uncertificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the
transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation.
SECTION 5.5. REGULATIONS.
The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and
regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and
registration of uncertificated shares or certificates for shares of stock of the
Corporation.
SECTION 5.6. STATEMENTS RELATING TO UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES.
Within two business days after an issuance, transfer, pledge, or release from a
pledge of uncertificated shares has been registered, the Corporation shall send
to the registered owner thereof and, if shares are or were subject to a
registered pledge, to the registered pledgee, a written notice, signed in such
manner as the Board of Directors may prescribe, stating (a) that the Corporation
shall furnish to such person(s) upon request and without charge a full statement
of the designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares
of each class of the Corporation's stock authorized to be issued and the
designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of each series of
preferred stock so far as the same has been fixed and the authority of the Board
of Directors to designate and fix the relative rights, preferences and
limitations of other series; (b) the number of shares and a description of the
issue of which such shares are a part including the class of shares, and the
designation of the series, if any, which have been issued, transferred, pledged
or released from a pledge, as the case may be; (c) the name, address, and
taxpayer identification number, if any, of the person or persons to which such
shares have been issued or transferred, and, in the case of registration of a
pledge or a release from a pledge, of the registered owner and the registered
pledgee whose interest is being granted or released, (d) any liens or
restrictions of the Corporation, and any adverse claims (i) which are embodied
in a restraining order, injunction, or other legal process served upon the
Corporation at a time and in a manner which afforded it a reasonable opportunity
to act on it in accordance with applicable law, (ii) of which the Corporation
has received written notification from the registered owner or the registered
pledgee at a time and in a manner which afforded it a reasonable opportunity to
act on it in accordance with applicable law, (iii) to which the registration of
transfer to the present registered owner was subject and so noted in a statement
sent to such person under this paragraph including restrictions on transfer not
imposed by the Corporation, and (iv) of which the Corporation is charged with
notice from a controlling instrument which the Corporation has elected to
require as assurance that a necessary endorsement or instruction is genuine and
effective, to which the shares are subject or a statement that there are no such
liens, restrictions, or adverse claims; and (e) the date the issuance, transfer,
pledge, or release from a pledge, as the case may be, was registered. The
Corporation shall maintain a printed copy of the most recent statement sent to a
person with respect to uncertificated shares pursuant to this paragraph.
D-9
<PAGE>
Within two business days after a transfer of uncertificated shares has been
registered, the Corporation shall send to the former registered owner and the
former registered pledgee, if any, a written notice stating (a) the number of
shares and a description of the issue of which such shares are a part, including
the class of shares, and the designation of the series, if any, which have been
transferred; (b) the name, address and taxpayer identification number, if any;
of the former registered owner and of the former registered pledgee, if any; and
(c) the date the transfer was registered.
The Corporation shall send to each registered holder and registered pledgee of
uncertificated shares, no less frequently than annually, and at any time upon
the written request of any such person, a dated written notice stating (a) if
such notice is to the registered owner, the number of shares and a description
of the issue of which such shares are a part, including the class of shares, and
the designation of the series, if any, registered in the name of such registered
owner on the date of the statement; (b) the name, address, and taxpayer
identification number, if any, of the registered owner; (c) the name, address
and taxpayer identification number, if any, of any registered pledgee and the
number of shares subject to the pledge; and (d) any liens or restrictions of the
Corporation and any adverse claims (i) which are embodied in a restraining
order, injunction, or other legal process served upon the Corporation at a time
and in a manner which afforded it a reasonable opportunity to act on it in
accordance with applicable law, (ii) of which the Corporation has received
written notification from the registered owner or the registered pledgee at a
time and in a manner which afforded it a reasonable opportunity to act on it in
accordance with applicable law, (iii) to which the registration of transfer to
the present registered owner was subject and so noted in a statement sent to
such person under this paragraph, including restrictions on transfer not imposed
by the Corporation, and (iv) of which the Corporation is charged with notice
from a controlling instrument which the Corporation has elected to require as
assurance that a necessary endorsement or instruction is genuine and effective,
to which the shares are subject or a statement that there are no such liens,
restrictions or adverse claims.
Each notice sent pursuant to this Section 5.6 shall bear a legend reading
substantially as follows: "This statement is merely a record of the rights of
the addressee as of the time of its issuance. Delivery of the statement, of
itself, confers no rights upon the recipient. This statement is neither a
negotiable instrument nor a security."
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION; ADVANCE OF EXPENSES
SECTION 6.1. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION.
A. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to
or is involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding") by reason of the
fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is
or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the
request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another
corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise,
including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored
by the Corporation, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an
official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other
capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent, shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent
authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same
exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only
to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader
indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior
to such amendment), against all expense, liability, and loss (including
attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts
paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person
in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person
who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to
the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and administrators; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that except as provided in Section 6.2.B. of this Article VI, the
Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in
connection with a
D-10
<PAGE>
proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding
(or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.
B. Each person referred to in Section 6.1.A. of this Article VI shall be paid by
the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in
advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation
within 20 days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements
from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
requires, the advancement of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in
his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in
which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer,
including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) prior to the
final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the
Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer, to
repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such
director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or
otherwise.
C. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article VI and the right to be
paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such
proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article VI each
shall be a contract right.
SECTION 6.2. PROCEDURE TO OBTAIN INDEMNIFICATION.
A. To obtain indemnification under this Article VI, a claimant shall submit to
the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such
documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is
reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is
entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for
indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 6.2.A., a
determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant's
entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (1) if requested by the claimant,
by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined) or (2) if no request is made by
the claimant for a determination by Independent Counsel, (a) by the Board of
Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors
(as hereinafter defined) or (b) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting
of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum
of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written
opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the
claimant, or (c) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by the
stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the determination of entitlement
to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel at the request of the
claimant, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors
unless there shall have occurred within six years prior to the date of the
commencement of the action, suit, or proceeding for which indemnification is
claimed a "Change of Control" as defined in the Corporation's 1997 Stock
Incentive Plan, in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the
claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the
Board of Directors. If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to
indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within 10 days after such
determination.
B. If a claim under Section 6.1 of this Article VI is not paid in full by the
Corporation within 30 days after a written claim pursuant to Section 6.2.A. of
this Article VI has been received by the Corporation or, in the case of a claim
pursuant to Section 6.1.B., within the 20-day period provided therein, the
claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to
recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part,
the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such
claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to
enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of
its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has
been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of
conduct which makes it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount
of the claims, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the
Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of
Directors, Independent Counsel, or stockholders) to have made a determination
prior to the
D-11
<PAGE>
commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in
the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct
set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual
determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent
Counsel, or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard
of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the
claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
C. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6.2.A. of this
Article VI that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation
shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced
pursuant to Section 6.2.B. of this Article VI.
D. The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding
commenced pursuant to Section 6.2.B. of this Article VI that the procedures and
presumptions of this Article VI are not valid, binding, and enforceable and
shall stipulate in such proceeding that the Corporation is bound by all the
provisions of this Article VI.
SECTION 6.3. NO DIMINUTION OF RIGHTS.
The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a
proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article VI
shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter
acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation,
By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors, or
otherwise. No repeal or modification of this Article VI shall in any way
diminish or adversely affect the rights of any director, officer, employee, or
agent of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any occurrence of matter
arising prior to any such repeal or modification.
SECTION 6.4. INSURANCE.
The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and
any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or any person
serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or
agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other
enterprise against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not the
Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense,
liability, or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing
such insurance, each such director or officer, and each such agent or employee
to which rights to indemnification have been granted as provided in Section 6.5
of this Article VI, shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance
with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any
such director, officer, employee, or agent.
SECTION 6.5. DISCRETIONARY INDEMNIFICATION.
The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of
Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the
Corporation and the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of
its final disposition, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the
fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the
indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the
Corporation.
SECTION 6.6. ENFORCEABILITY.
If any provision or provisions of this Article VI shall be held to be invalid,
illegal, or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality,
and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VI (including,
without limitation, each portion of any section of this Article VI containing
any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, that is not
itself held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the
provisions of this Article VI (including, without limitation, each such portion
of any section of
D-12
<PAGE>
this Article VI containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or
unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested
by the provision held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable.
SECTION 6.7. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.
For purposes of this Article VI:
(a) "Disinterested Director" means a director of the Corporation who is not and
was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by
the claimant.
(b) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm that is nationally recognized for its
experience in matters of Delaware corporation law and shall not include any
person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then
prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the
Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant's rights
under this Article VI.
SECTION 6.8. NOTICES.
Any notice, request, or other communication required or permitted to be given to
the Corporation under this Article VI shall be in writing and either delivered
in person or sent by telecopy, telex, telegram, electronic mail, overnight mail
or courier service, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return
receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
SECTION 7.1. FISCAL YEAR.
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January and
end on the thirty-first day of December of each year.
SECTION 7.2. DIVIDENDS.
The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may
pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and
conditions provided by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.
SECTION 7.3. SEAL.
The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the words "Corporate Seal," the
year of incorporation and around the margin thereof the words "UNOVA,
Inc.--Delaware."
SECTION 7.4. WAIVER OF NOTICE.
Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of
the Corporation under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State
of Delaware or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person
or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated
therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the
business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting
of the stockholders or the Board of Directors or committee thereof need be
specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting.
SECTION 7.5. AUDITS.
The accounts, books, and records of the Corporation shall be audited upon the
conclusion of each fiscal year by an independent certified public accountant
selected by the Board of Directors, and it shall be the duty of the Board of
Directors to cause such audit to be done annually.
D-13
<PAGE>
SECTION 7.6. RESIGNATIONS.
Any director of any officer, whether elected or appointed, may resign at any
time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairman of the Board,
the President, if any, or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be deemed to
be effective as of the close of business on the date said notice is received by
the Chairman of the Board, the President, if any, or the Secretary, or at such
later time as is specified therein. No formal action shall be required of the
Board of Directors or the stockholders to make any such resignation effective.
SECTION 7.7. PROXIES.
Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the
Chairman of the Board, the President, if any, or any Vice President may from
time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the
Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes
which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other
securities in any other corporation, any of whose stock or other securities may
be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other
securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing, in the name of
the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation, and may
instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such
votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed in the
name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise,
all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or
proper in the premises.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
SECTION 8.1. AMENDMENTS.
These By-Laws may be altered, amended, or repealed at any meeting of the Board
of Directors or of the stockholders, provided notice of the proposed change was
given in the notice of the meeting and, in the case of a meeting of the Board of
Directors, in a notice given not less than two days prior to the meeting;
provided, however, that, in the case of amendments by stockholders,
notwithstanding any other provisions of these By-Laws or any provision of law
which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any
affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital
stock of the Corporation required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or
these By-Laws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the
voting power of all the then outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting
together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend, or repeal any
provision of these By-Laws.
D-14
<PAGE>
[LOGO]
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE
- --------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
2 Form of Distribution and Indemnity Agreement......................................................
3A Certificate of Incorporation of UNOVA, Inc. (attached to Information
Statement as Annex C)
3B By-laws of UNOVA, Inc. (attached to Information Statement as
Annex D)
3C Rights Agreement dated as of September 24, 1997 between UNOVA, Inc. and The Chase Manhattan Bank,
as Rights Agent...................................................................................
10A Form of 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (attached to Information Statement
as Annex B)
10B* Form of Tax Sharing Agreement.....................................................................
10C Form of Distribution and Indemnity Agreement (filed as Exhibit 2)
10D Form of Benefits Agreement........................................................................
10E* Form of Intellectual Property Agreement...........................................................
10F* Form of Change of Control Employment Agreement with certain
executive officers of UNOVA, Inc. ................................................................
10G Form of Director Stock Option and Fee Plan (attached to Information
Statement as Annex A)
10H* UNOVA, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan................................................
10I* UNOVA, Inc. Restoration Plan......................................................................
10J* Employment Agreement between Intermec Corporation and Michael
Ohanian, dated May 18, 1995, as amended...........................................................
10K* Employment Agreement between UNOVA, Inc. and Clayton A. Williams dated August, 1997...............
10L* Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement between UNOVA, Inc. and Alton J. Brann................
10M* Credit Agreement dated as of September 24, 1997 among UNOVA, Inc., the banks listed therein and
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Agent...............................................
21* Subsidiaries of UNOVA, Inc. ......................................................................
</TABLE>
- ------------------------
* Previously filed.
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 2
DISTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
BETWEEN
WESTERN ATLAS INC.
AND
UNOVA, INC.
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS................................................1
Section 1.1 General....................................................1
ARTICLE II.
THE DISTRIBUTION..............................................................4
Section 2.1 The Distribution...........................................4
Section 2.2 Cooperation Prior to the Distribution......................4
Section 2.3 Conditions to Distribution.................................5
ARTICLE III.
TRANSACTIONS RELATING TO THE DISTRIBUTION.....................................5
Section 3.1 Intercorporate Reorganization..............................5
Section 3.2 Dividend; Cancellation of Intercompany
Indebtedness...............................................6
Section 3.3 Other Agreements...........................................7
Section 3.4 The UNOVA Board............................................7
Section 3.5 UNOVA Charter and By-laws..................................7
Section 3.6 Insurance..................................................7
Section 3.7 Western Atlas Employees Good Government Fund...............9
Section 3.8 Western Atlas Foundation..................................10
ARTICLE IV.
INDEMNIFICATION ..........................................................10
Section 4.1 Indemnification by Western Atlas..........................10
Section 4.2 Indemnification by UNOVA..................................10
Section 4.3 Limitations on Indemnification Obligations................11
Section 4.4 Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims......11
Section 4.5 Remedies Cumulative.......................................14
Section 4.6 Survival of Indemnities...................................14
<PAGE>
PAGE
ARTICLE V.
ACCESS TO INFORMATION; SERVICES..............................................15
Section 5.1 Access to Information.....................................15
Section 5.2 Production of Witnesses...................................15
Section 5.3 Retention of Records......................................16
Section 5.4 Confidentiality...........................................16
Section 5.5 Provision of Services.....................................16
Section 5.6 Costs.....................................................17
ARTICLE VI.
MISCELLANEOUS ...............................................................17
Section 6.1 Complete Agreement; Construction..........................17
Section 6.2 Survival of Agreements....................................18
Section 6.3 Expenses..................................................18
Section 6.4 Governing Law.............................................18
Section 6.5 Notices...................................................18
Section 6.6 Amendments................................................19
Section 6.7 Successors and Assigns....................................19
Section 6.8 Termination...............................................19
Section 6.9 No Third-Party Beneficiaries..............................20
Section 6.10 Titles and Headings.......................................20
Section 6.11 Legal Enforceability......................................20
Section 6.12 Arbitration...............................................20
(ii)
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
DISTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"),
dated as of October 31, 1997, between WESTERN ATLAS INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Western Atlas"), and UNOVA, INC., a Delaware corporation and,
as of the date hereof, a wholly owned subsidiary of Western Atlas ("UNOVA").
WHEREAS, the Western Atlas Board has determined that it
is appropriate and desirable to spin off its holdings of UNOVA by
distributing all outstanding shares of UNOVA Common Stock on a pro rata basis
to holders of Western Atlas Common Stock; and
WHEREAS, Western Atlas and UNOVA have determined that it
is appropriate and desirable to set forth the principal corporate
transactions required to effect such distribution and certain other
agreements that will govern certain matters relating to such distribution and
the relationships thereafter between Western Atlas and UNOVA; and
WHEREAS, Western Atlas and UNOVA are entering into this
Agreement in the spirit of mutual benefit and good faith.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual
agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, and the
benefits to be derived from the distribution by Western Atlas and UNOVA, the
parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 GENERAL. As used in this Agreement, the
following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be
equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms
defined):
ACTION: any action, suit, arbitration, inquiry,
proceeding or investigation by or before any court, any governmental or other
regulatory or administrative agency or commission or any arbitration tribunal.
AFFILIATE: as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act,
including, with respect to Western Atlas, any Western Atlas Subsidiary and, with
respect to UNOVA, any UNOVA Subsidiary.
AGENT: ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as
distribution agent.
<PAGE>
BENEFITS AGREEMENT: the Benefits Agreement between UNOVA
and Western Atlas, the form of which is attached hereto as Annex A.
CODE: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
COMMISSION: the Securities and Exchange Commission.
DISTRIBUTION: the distribution to holders of Western
Atlas Common Stock of the shares of UNOVA Common Stock owned by Western Atlas
on the Distribution Date.
DISTRIBUTION DATE: the date determined by the Western
Atlas Board on which the Distribution shall be effected.
EXCHANGE ACT: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
FORM 10: the registration statement on Form 10 filed by
UNOVA with the Commission to effect the registration of the UNOVA Common
Stock pursuant to the Exchange Act.
INFORMATION STATEMENT: the information statement to be
sent to the holders of Western Atlas Common Stock in connection with the
Distribution.
INSURANCE PROCEEDS: those monies (i) received by an
insured from an insurance carrier on an insurance claim or (ii) paid by an
insurance carrier on behalf of the insured on an insurance claim, in either
case net of any applicable deductibles, retentions, or costs paid by such
insured, but such term does not refer to proceeds received from an insurer on
an employee benefits group insurance policy.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT: the Intellectual
Property Agreement between UNOVA and Western Atlas, the form of which is
attached hereto as Annex B.
IRS: the Internal Revenue Service.
LIABILITIES: any and all debts, liabilities and
obligations, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or
unliquidated, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising and
whether or not the same would be reflected on a balance sheet (unless
otherwise specified in this Agreement), including all costs and expenses
relating thereto, and including, without limitation, those debts, liabilities
and obligations arising under any law, rule, regulation, Action, threatened
Action, order or consent decree of any governmental entity or any award of
any arbitrator of any kind, and those arising under any contract, commitment
or undertaking.
-2-
<PAGE>
LOSSES: any and all losses, Liabilities, claims,
damages, obligations, fines, penalties, payments, costs and expenses, matured
or unmatured, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or
unliquidated, known or unknown (including, without limitation, the costs and
expenses of any and all Actions, threatened Actions, demands, assessments,
judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto and attorneys' fees
and any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating,
preparing or defending against any such Actions or threatened Actions).
RECORD DATE: the close of business on the date to be
determined by the Western Atlas Board as the record date for the Distribution.
SUBSIDIARIES: the term "subsidiaries" as used herein
with respect to any entity shall be deemed to refer to other entities in
which such entity owns or controls a majority of the voting power and shall,
unless otherwise indicated, be deemed to refer to both direct and indirect
subsidiaries of such entity.
TAX SHARING AGREEMENT: the Tax Sharing Agreement between
UNOVA and Western Atlas, the form of which is attached hereto as Annex C.
UNOVA COMMON STOCK: the Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share, of UNOVA.
UNOVA SUBSIDIARY: any direct or indirect subsidiary of
UNOVA that will remain a direct or indirect subsidiary of UNOVA immediately
following the Distribution Date, and any other direct or indirect subsidiary
of UNOVA that thereafter may be organized or acquired.
WAI INSURANCE PROGRAM: the insurance policies and
self-insurance program of Western Atlas referred to in Section 3.6 hereof.
WESTERN ATLAS BOARD: the Board of Directors of Western
Atlas.
WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK: the Common Stock, $1.00 par
value, of Western Atlas.
WESTERN ATLAS SUBSIDIARY: any direct or indirect
subsidiary of Western Atlas other than UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary.
-3-
<PAGE>
ARTICLE II.
THE DISTRIBUTION
Section 2.1 THE DISTRIBUTION. Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, on the
Distribution Date, Western Atlas will deliver to the Agent, for the benefit of
holders of record of Western Atlas Common Stock on the Record Date, a single
stock certificate, endorsed by Western Atlas in blank, representing all of the
then outstanding shares of UNOVA Common Stock owned by Western Atlas, and shall
instruct the Agent to distribute on the Distribution Date (or as soon as
practicable thereafter) the appropriate number of such shares of UNOVA Common
Stock to each such holder or designated transferee or transferees of such
holder. The Distribution shall be effective on the Distribution Date. UNOVA
will provide to the Agent all information or documents necessary to effect
direct registration, and Western Atlas will provide to the Agent any information
required in order to complete the Distribution on the basis of one share of
UNOVA Common Stock for each share of Western Atlas Common Stock outstanding on
the Record Date.
Section 2.2 COOPERATION PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION.
(a) Western Atlas and UNOVA have prepared, and Western
Atlas shall mail, prior to the Distribution Date, to the holders of Western
Atlas Common Stock, the Information Statement, which shall set forth
appropriate disclosure concerning UNOVA, the Distribution and other matters.
Western Atlas and UNOVA have prepared, and UNOVA has filed with the
Commission, the Form 10, which includes or incorporates by reference the
Information Statement. Western Atlas and UNOVA shall use reasonable efforts
to cause the Form 10 to become effective under the Exchange Act as soon as
practicable.
(b) Western Atlas and UNOVA shall cooperate in
preparing, filing with the Commission and causing to become effective any
registration statements or amendments thereof which are required to reflect
the establishment of, or amendments to, any employee benefit and other plans
contemplated by the Benefits Agreement.
(c) Western Atlas and UNOVA shall take all such action
as may be necessary or appropriate under the securities or blue sky laws of
states or other political subdivisions of the United States, in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(d) Western Atlas and UNOVA have prepared, and UNOVA has
filed in preliminary form and shall seek to make effective,
-4-
<PAGE>
applications to list the UNOVA Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange
(the "NYSE").
Section 2.3 CONDITIONS TO DISTRIBUTION. This Agreement and the
consummation of each of the transactions provided for herein shall be subject
to approval of the Western Atlas Board. The Western Atlas Board shall in its
discretion establish the Record Date and the Distribution Date and all
appropriate procedures in connection with the Distribution, but in no event
shall the Distribution Date occur prior to such time as each of the following
have occurred or have been waived by the Western Atlas Board in its sole
discretion: (i) the Western Atlas Board shall have formally approved the
Distribution; (ii) the Form 10 shall have been declared effective by the
Commission; (iii) Western Atlas shall have received a statement from the
Staff of the Commission that the Distribution may be effected without
registration of the UNOVA Common Stock under the Securities Act of 1933;
(iv) the Western Atlas Board shall have received opinions of counsel
satisfactory to it that the Distribution will be a tax-free "spin-off" under
Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code; (v) the Board of Directors of
UNOVA, constituted as contemplated by Section 3.4, shall have been duly
elected, and the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-laws of UNOVA, as
described in Section 3.5, shall have been adopted and be in effect; (vi) the
UNOVA Common Stock shall have been authorized for listing on the NYSE; (vii)
the transactions contemplated by Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 shall have been
consummated in all material respects; (viii) UNOVA shall have arranged for a
bank credit facility or comparable source of funding for its capital needs;
and (ix) no preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, decree or
ruling issued by a court of competent jurisdiction or by a government,
regulatory or administrative agency or commission, and no statute, rule,
regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental
authority, shall be in effect preventing the payment of the Distribution;
PROVIDED that the satisfaction of such conditions shall not create any
obligation on the part of Western Atlas or any other party hereto to effect
the Distribution or in any way limit Western Atlas' power of termination set
forth in Section 6.8 or alter the consequences of any such termination from
those specified in such Section.
ARTICLE III.
TRANSACTIONS RELATING TO THE DISTRIBUTION
Section 3.1 INTERCORPORATE REORGANIZATION.
(a) At or prior to the Distribution, there shall have
been contributed to Honsberg Lamb Sonderwerkzeugmachinen Gmbh, as additional
paid-in capital, a shareholder loan in the amount of
-5-
<PAGE>
DM 2.8 million (U.S. $1,546,961). At or prior to the Distribution, there
shall have been transferred to UNOVA Industrial Automation Systems, Inc. all
of the assets and liabilities of Western Atlas Landis USA Division (MIS #
M02610), including all the assets and liabilities of Gardner Division and
CITCO Division; all the assets and liabilities of Western Atlas Lamb
Technicon Body & Assembly Division (MIS # M02415), including all outstanding
shares of Grand Design, Inc. and J.S. McNamara Company; all the assets and
liabilities of Western Atlas Lamb Technicon Machining Systems Division (MIS #
M02410); and all the outstanding shares of M M & E, Inc. At or prior to the
Distribution, there shall have been transferred to UNOVA all of the
outstanding shares of UNOVA Industrial Automation Systems, Inc., Standard
Components Corp., Limited Partner I Corporation, General Partner I
Corporation, Stanko UNOVA Corporation, UNOVA Canada, Inc., UNOVA U.K.
Limited, Intermec Technologies Corporation, Lamb-Unima Maschinenbau Gmbh and
Honsberg Lamb Sonderwerkzeugmachinen Gmbh. At or prior to the Distribution,
there shall have been transferred to UNOVA certain assets and liabilities of
Western Atlas Corporate Division (MIS # Z00050 and MIS # Z00900), and all the
assets and liabilities of Western Atlas IAS Administration Division (MIS #
M09010). The transfer of capital stock shall be effected by means of delivery
of stock certificates duly endorsed or accompanied by duly executed stock
powers and notation on the stock record books of the corporations or other
legal entities involved. Following the Distribution Date, Western Atlas and
UNOVA shall cooperate and, if requested, assist each other in perfecting
title to various properties referred to in this paragraph, at the expense of
the party requesting such assistance.
(b) Prior to the Distribution Date, Western Atlas and
UNOVA shall take all steps necessary to increase the outstanding shares of
UNOVA Common Stock so that immediately prior to the Distribution, Western
Atlas will hold a number of shares of UNOVA Common Stock equal to the number
of shares of Western Atlas Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date.
Section 3.2 DIVIDEND; CANCELLATION OF INTERCOMPANY INDEBTEDNESS.
Immediately prior to the Distribution, UNOVA shall pay a dividend to Western
Atlas in the amount of $230 million, which amount shall be utilized by Western
Atlas to repay short-term debt. Any intercompany indebtedness owed by UNOVA and
the UNOVA Subsidiaries to Western Atlas and the Western Atlas Subsidiaries shall
be canceled as a contribution to the capital of UNOVA.
-6-
<PAGE>
Section 3.3 OTHER AGREEMENTS. On or prior to the date of the
Distribution, Western Atlas and UNOVA will execute and deliver agreements
substantially in the form of Annexes A through C.
Section 3.4 THE UNOVA BOARD. Western Atlas and UNOVA shall take
all actions that may be required to elect or otherwise appoint as directors of
UNOVA, on or prior to the Distribution Date, the persons named in the Form 10 to
constitute the Board of Directors of UNOVA on the Distribution Date.
Section 3.5 UNOVA CHARTER AND BY-LAWS. Prior to the Distribution
Date, (a) Western Atlas shall cause the Certificate of Incorporation of UNOVA,
substantially in the form of Annex B to the Form 10, to be filed with the
Secretary of State of Delaware and to be in effect on the Distribution Date, and
(b) the Board of Directors of UNOVA shall adopt the By-laws of UNOVA
substantially in the form of Annex C to the Form 10.
Section 3.6 INSURANCE.
(a) Western Atlas will continue to provide coverage for
workers' compensation, general liability, automobile liability, other
liability, property and other insurable business risks and exposures to UNOVA
and the UNOVA Subsidiaries in the same manner and to the same extent as in
effect on the date of this Agreement (the "WAI Insurance Program") for
incidents, acts, omissions or occurrences occurring from the date such
coverage first commenced until 12:00 midnight on the Distribution Date or
such later date as may be agreed to in writing by Western Atlas and UNOVA,
and UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries shall pay Western Atlas the costs, fees
and expenses for such coverage in accordance with the past and current
practices established between Western Atlas, UNOVA and the UNOVA
Subsidiaries. Such costs include, but are not limited to, premiums,
deductibles, retrospective rating adjustments, assessments paid and audit
adjustments completed.
(b) Western Atlas shall cooperate and, if requested,
shall assist UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries in obtaining their own separate
insurance coverage and self-insurance coverage for UNOVA and the UNOVA
Subsidiaries, effective with respect to incidents, acts, omissions or
occurrences occurring from and after the Distribution Date. Following the
Distribution Date, each of the parties shall cooperate with and assist the
other party in the prevention of conflicts or gaps in insurance coverage
and/or collection of Insurance Proceeds.
(c) Western Atlas and UNOVA agree that UNOVA and the
UNOVA Subsidiaries shall have the right to present claims di-
-7-
<PAGE>
rectly to Western Atlas' insurers under the WAI Insurance Program for insured
and self-insured incidents, acts, omissions or occurrences occurring from the
date said coverage first commenced until the Distribution Date. Any such
claims shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the WAI Insurance
Program which for this purpose shall include the so-called "tail" coverage
referred to below in this subsection (c). All such claims by UNOVA or the
UNOVA Subsidiaries against Western Atlas' insurers shall be presented when
known by UNOVA and in any event by the reporting requirements specified under
an insurance policy with respect to a specific claim. The parties
acknowledge that any such policies written on a "claims made" rather than
"occurrence" basis may not, in their present form, provide coverage to UNOVA
and the UNOVA Subsidiaries for incidents, acts, omissions or occurrences
occurring prior to the Distribution Date but which are first reported after
the Distribution Date and, accordingly, the parties have agreed that Western
Atlas shall cooperate and, if requested, assist UNOVA and the UNOVA
Subsidiaries in acquiring "tail" insurance coverage, effective upon the
Distribution Date.
(d) With respect to any insured Losses or retrospective
premium adjustments relating to assets and/or operations of UNOVA and/or the
UNOVA Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution Date: (i) Western Atlas shall
pay over to UNOVA within 60 days of receipt any Insurance Proceeds it
receives on account of such Losses and any such retrospective premium
reductions (all subject to support documentation); and (ii) UNOVA and the
UNOVA Subsidiaries shall reimburse Western Atlas within 60 days of Western
Atlas' request for all costs, expenses or payments (all subject to support
documentation) made by Western Atlas after the Distribution Date to insurers
or incurred by Western Atlas with respect to self-insurance on account of
such Losses and any such retrospective premium increases, except that
self-insured Losses shall be funded directly by UNOVA through a Western Atlas
bank account maintained to fund such Losses. The defense of and the
responsibility for any litigation or claims pending at the Distribution Date,
or commenced after the Distribution Date (as respects Losses which occurred
prior to the Distribution Date), relating to UNOVA or the UNOVA Subsidiaries
and covered by the WAI Insurance Program shall continue to be managed by
UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries. UNOVA shall advise Western Atlas when
there is a reasonable expectation that any such litigation will exceed the
policy limits of the current WAI Insurance Program or result in a loss not
covered by such program.
(e) Western Atlas shall maintain as part of the WAI
Insurance Program the Directors and Officers insurance program with the same
insurance carriers, limits of liability, terms and conditions through May 31,
1999. UNOVA shall obtain and maintain a similar Directors and Officers
insurance program at least
-8-
<PAGE>
through May 31, 1999. Material modification to either party's Directors and
Officers insurance program prior to May 31, 1999 shall require the prior
approval of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Material modifications include adverse changes in terms and conditions,
decreased limits of liability and the substitution of insurance carriers.
(f) Western Atlas maintains various bonding facilities
on behalf of itself and its various subsidiaries, including UNOVA and the
UNOVA Subsidiaries. UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries shall have the right to
continue to have the benefit of such bonding facilities after the
Distribution Date until UNOVA is able to arrange its own bonding facilities;
provided, however, that UNOVA shall reimburse Western Atlas for the amount of
any Losses on Western Atlas bonds covering UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries
and shall also reimburse Western Atlas for all fees and out-of-pocket costs
incurred by Western Atlas with respect to Western Atlas bonds covering UNOVA
and the UNOVA Subsidiaries.
(g) In recognition that premiums, premium adjustments,
retrospective rating adjustments, assessments and audit adjustments have been
paid or charged to UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution
Date, and that similar such payments and charges will be made by and to UNOVA
and the UNOVA Subsidiaries after the Distribution Date, Western Atlas agrees
to cooperate with UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries in insured litigation.
Furthermore, in insured litigation in which the reasonable expectation is
that UNOVA and/or UNOVA Subsidiaries will be financially responsible for the
entire result in the litigation (a "UNOVA Responsibility Case"), UNOVA shall
have the right to participate and control at its cost the defense of such
litigation, to the extent that Western Atlas would be able to do so. In such
event, Western Atlas shall cooperate with UNOVA in all reasonable respects in
the defense and resolution of such UNOVA Responsibility Case.
(h) For purposes of this Section 3.6, the term
Distribution Date means 12:00 midnight on the later of the date determined by
the Western Atlas Board on which the Distribution shall be effected or the
later date agreed upon pursuant to subsection 3.6(a).
(i) For purposes of this Section 3.6, the terms
"self-insured" and "self-insurance" refer only to those incidents, omissions
or occurrences related to the self-insured portion of the State of Washington
Workers' Compensation exposures.
Section 3.7 WESTERN ATLAS EMPLOYEES GOOD GOVERNMENT FUND. Prior
to the Distribution Date, (i) UNOVA shall undertake to sponsor a political
committee by establishing a nonprofit,
-9-
<PAGE>
unincorporated association in the State of California (the "UNOVA Fund"), and
(ii) the parties shall cause all moneys in the Western Atlas Inc. Employees Good
Government Fund that relate to the employees of UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary to
be transferred to the UNOVA Fund.
Section 3.8 WESTERN ATLAS FOUNDATION. Prior to the Distribution
Date, the parties shall cause The Western Atlas Foundation, a private foundation
under the Code and a nonprofit public benefit corporation organized under the
laws of the State of California, to change its name to "The UNOVA Foundation,"
and UNOVA will be substituted for Western Atlas as the sponsor of The UNOVA
Foundation from and after such name change.
ARTICLE IV.
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 4.1 INDEMNIFICATION BY WESTERN ATLAS. Except with respect
to employee benefits or other Liabilities to employees, which shall be governed
by the Benefits Agreement, and except with respect to insurance and
self-insurance claims, which shall be governed by Sections 3.6 and 4.3 hereof,
Western Atlas shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless UNOVA, each Affiliate of
UNOVA and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (in
their capacities as directors, officers, employees and agents of UNOVA and its
Affiliates) and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of
the foregoing (the "UNOVA Indemnitees") from and against any and all Losses of
the UNOVA Indemnitees arising out of or due to the failure of Western Atlas or
any of its Affiliates to pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any
item set forth on Schedule A. Anything in this Section 4.1 to the contrary
notwithstanding, neither Western Atlas nor any Western Atlas Subsidiary shall
have any liability whatsoever to either UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary in respect
of any Tax (as such term is defined in the Tax Sharing Agreement), except as
otherwise provided in Schedule A hereto or in the Tax Sharing Agreement.
Section 4.2 INDEMNIFICATION BY UNOVA. Except with respect to
employee benefits or other Liabilities to employees, which shall be governed by
the Benefits Agreement, and except with respect to insurance and self-insurance
claims, which shall be governed by Sections 3.6 and 4.3 hereof, UNOVA shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless Western Atlas, each Affiliate of Western
Atlas and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (in
their capacities as directors, officers, employees and agents of Western Atlas
and its Affiliates) and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of
any of the foregoing (the "Western Atlas Indemnitees") from and against
-10-
<PAGE>
any and all Losses of the Western Atlas Indemnitees arising out of or due to the
failure of UNOVA or any of its Affiliates to pay, perform or otherwise discharge
in due course any item set forth on Schedule B. Anything in this Section 4.2 to
the contrary notwithstanding, neither UNOVA nor any UNOVA Subsidiary shall have
any liability whatsoever to either Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Subsidiary
in respect of any Tax, except as otherwise provided in Schedule B hereto or in
the Tax Sharing Agreement.
Section 4.3 LIMITATIONS ON INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS. The amount
that any party (an "Indemnifying Party") is or may be required to pay to any
other party (an "Indemnitee") pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 shall be
reduced (including, without limitation, retroactively) by any Insurance Proceeds
or other amounts actually recovered by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, in
reduction of the related Loss. If an Indemnitee shall have received the payment
required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Loss and
the Indemnitee shall subsequently actually receive Insurance Proceeds or other
amounts in respect of such Loss, then such Indemnitee shall pay to such
Indemnifying Party a sum equal to the amount of such Insurance Proceeds or other
amounts actually received (up to but not in excess of the amount of any
indemnity payment made hereunder). An insurer who would otherwise be obligated
to pay any claim shall not be relieved of the responsibility with respect
thereto, or, solely by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof, have any
subrogation rights with respect thereto, it being expressly understood and
agreed that no insurer or any other third party shall be entitled to a
"windfall" (I.E., a benefit they would not be entitled to receive in the absence
of the indemnification provisions hereof) by virtue of the indemnification
provisions hereof.
Section 4.4 PROCEDURES FOR INDEMNIFICATION OF THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS.
Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims shall be as follows:
(a) If an Indemnitee shall receive notice or otherwise
learn of the assertion or probable assertion by a person (including, without
limitation, any governmental entity) who is not a party to this Agreement or
to any of the agreements in the form of Annexes A through C hereto
(hereinafter referred to as the "Other Agreements") of any claim or of the
commencement by any such person of any Action (a "Third-Party Claim") with
respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide
indemnification pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or any other Section of this
Agreement or pursuant to the Other Agreements, such Indemnitee shall give
such Indemnifying Party written notice thereof promptly after becoming aware
of such Third-Party Claim; PROVIDED
-11-
<PAGE>
that the failure of any Indemnitee to give notice as provided in this Section
4.4(a) shall not relieve the related Indemnifying Party of its obligations under
this Article IV, unless the notice was intentionally withheld and such
Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure to give notice. Such notice
shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail and, if reasonably
ascertainable, shall indicate the amount (estimated if necessary) of the Loss
that has been or may be sustained by such Indemnitee.
(b) An Indemnifying Party may elect to defend or to seek
to settle or compromise, at such Indemnifying Party's own expense and by such
Indemnifying Party's own counsel, any Third-Party Claim. Within 30 days of
the receipt of notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section 4.4(a)
(or sooner, if the nature of such Third-Party Claim so requires), the
Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnitee of its election whether the
Indemnifying Party will assume responsibility for defending such Third-Party
Claim, which election shall specify any reservations or exceptions. After
notice from an Indemnifying Party to an Indemnitee of its election to assume
the defense of a Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall not be
liable to such Indemnitee under this Article IV for any legal or other
expenses (except expenses approved in advance by the Indemnifying Party)
subsequently incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense
thereof; PROVIDED that if the defendants in any such claim include both the
Indemnifying Party and one or more Indemnitees and in any Indemnitee's
reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between one or more of such
Indemnitees and such Indemnifying Party exists in respect of such claim or if
the Indemnifying Party shall have assumed responsibility for such claim with
any reservations or exceptions, such Indemnitees shall have the right to
employ separate counsel to represent such Indemnitees and in that event the
reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel (but not more than one
separate counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnifying Party) shall be
paid by such Indemnifying Party; provided, however, if and to the extent that
there is a conflict of defenses or positions among the Indemnitees, the
Indemnitees shall have the right to retain such number of additional separate
counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnifying Party, as is reasonably
necessary to avoid such conflicts, and the Indemnifying Party shall be
responsible for the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional separate
counsel. If an Indemnifying Party elects not to assume responsibility for
defending a Third-Party Claim, or fails to notify an Indemnitee of its
election as provided in this Section 4.4(b), such Indemnitee may defend or
(subject to the remainder of this Section 4.4(b)) seek to compromise or
settle such Third-Party Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither an
Indemnifying Party nor an Indemnitee may settle or compromise any claim over
the objection of the other; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that consent to settlement
-12-
<PAGE>
or compromise shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and PROVIDED
FURTHER, HOWEVER, if the Indemnifying Party has not affirmatively elected by
written notice to the Indemnitee within 30 days of notice from the Indemnitee to
assume the defense of, or to seek to settle or compromise the Third-Party Claim,
and the Indemnifying Party has not similarly acknowledged, within such 30-day
period, its responsibility to indemnify the Indemnitee against the Third-Party
Claim, the Indemnitee may settle or compromise the Third-Party Claim over the
objections of the Indemnifying Party without prejudice to the Indemnitee's claim
against the Indemnifying Party. Neither an Indemnifying Party nor an Indemnitee
shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of any
Third-Party Claim which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the
giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnitee, in the case of a consent
or settlement by an Indemnifying Party, or the Indemnifying Party, in the case
of a consent or settlement by the Indemnitee, of a written release from all
liability in respect to such Third-Party Claim.
(c) If an Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or to
seek to compromise or settle any Third-Party Claim, the related Indemnitee
shall make available to such Indemnifying Party any personnel or any books,
records or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the
ability to make available that are necessary or appropriate for such defense,
settlement or compromise, and shall otherwise cooperate in the defense,
settlement or compromise of such Third-Party Claims. The Indemnifying Party
shall promptly reimburse the Indemnitee its out-of-pocket costs incurred in
providing assistance pursuant to the foregoing sentence and for the
Indemnitee's personnel costs on any occasion on which personnel of the
Indemnitee spend one full day or more in providing such assistance.
(d) Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 4.4 to
the contrary, if an Indemnifying Party notifies the related Indemnitee in
writing of such Indemnifying Party's desire to settle or compromise a
Third-Party Claim on the basis set forth in such notice (provided that such
settlement or compromise includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving
by the claimant or plaintiff of a written release of the Indemnitee from all
liability in respect thereof) and the Indemnitee shall notify the
Indemnifying Party in writing that such Indemnitee declines to accept any
such settlement or compromise, such Indemnitee may continue to contest such
Third-Party Claim, free of any participation by such Indemnifying Party, at
such Indemnitee's sole expense. In such event, the obligation of such
Indemnifying Party to such Indemnitee with respect to such Third-Party Claim
shall be equal to (i) the costs and expenses of such Indemnitee prior to the
date such Indemnifying Party notifies such Indemnitee of the offer to settle
or compromise (to the extent such
-13-
<PAGE>
costs and expenses are otherwise indemnifiable hereunder) PLUS (ii) the lesser
of (A) the amount of any offer of settlement or compromise that such Indemnitee
declined to accept and (B) the actual out-of-pocket amount such Indemnitee is
obligated to pay subsequent to such date as a result of such Indemnitee's
continuing to pursue such Third-Party Claim.
(e) Any claim on account of a Loss that does not result
from a Third-Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the
Indemnitee to the related Indemnifying Party. Such Indemnifying Party shall
have a period of 30 days after the receipt of such notice within which to
respond thereto. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such
30-day period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have refused to
accept responsibility to make payment. If such Indemnifying Party does not
respond within such 30-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part,
such Indemnitee shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to
such party under this Agreement or under applicable law except as otherwise
required by Section 6.12.
(f) In addition to any adjustments required pursuant to
Section 4.3, if the amount of any Loss shall, at any time subsequent to the
payment required by this Agreement, be reduced by recovery, settlement or
otherwise, the amount of such reduction that has been received by the
Indemnitee, less any expenses incurred in connection therewith, shall
promptly be repaid by the Indemnitee to the Indemnifying Party.
(g) In the event of payment by an Indemnifying Party to any
Indemnitee in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party
shall be subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnitee as to any
events or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right
or claim relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff
asserting such Third-Party Claim or against any other person. Such Indemnitee
shall cooperate with such Indemnifying Party in a reasonable manner, and at the
cost and expense of such Indemnifying Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right
or claim.
Section 4.5 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The remedies provided in this
Article IV shall be cumulative and shall not preclude assertion by any
Indemnitee of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies
against any Indemnifying Party under Article IV of this Agreement or under
Western Atlas' directors and officers liability insurance policy.
Section 4.6 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITIES. The obligations of each of
Western Atlas and UNOVA under this Article IV shall
-14-
<PAGE>
survive the sale or other transfer by it of any assets, businesses or
Liabilities.
ARTICLE V.
ACCESS TO INFORMATION; SERVICES
Section 5.1 ACCESS TO INFORMATION. From and after the Distribution
Date, Western Atlas shall afford to UNOVA and its authorized accountants,
counsel and other designated representatives (collectively, "Representatives")
reasonable access (including using reasonable efforts to give access to persons
or firms possessing information) and duplicating rights during normal business
hours to all records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other
data and information (collectively, "Information") within Western Atlas'
possession relating to UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary, insofar as such access is
reasonably required by UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary, without cost to UNOVA.
Similarly, UNOVA shall afford to Western Atlas and its Representatives
reasonable access (including using reasonable efforts to give access to persons
or firms possessing information) and duplicating rights during normal business
hours to Information within UNOVA's possession or in the possession of the UNOVA
Subsidiaries relating to Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Subsidiary and
insofar as such access is reasonably required by Western Atlas or any Western
Atlas Subsidiary, without cost to Western Atlas. For purposes of this Section
5.1 only, Information is limited to information relating to periods ending on or
preceding the Distribution Date. Information may be requested under this
Article V for, without limitation, audit, accounting, claims, litigation and tax
purposes, as well as for purposes of fulfilling disclosure and reporting
obligations and for performing this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby. After the Distribution Date, (i) to the extent that Western Atlas has
in its possession Information relating solely to UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary,
Western Atlas shall deliver the originals of such Information to UNOVA within a
reasonable time following the Distribution Date, and (ii) to the extent that
UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary has in its possession Information relating solely
to Western Atlas, UNOVA or such UNOVA Subsidiary shall deliver the originals of
such Information to Western Atlas within a reasonable time following the
Distribution Date.
Section 5.2 PRODUCTION OF WITNESSES. After the Distribution Date,
each of Western Atlas and UNOVA and its respective subsidiaries shall use
reasonable efforts to make available to the other party and its subsidiaries,
upon written request, its directors, officers, employees and agents as witnesses
to the extent that any such person may reasonably be required (giving
consideration to business demands of such Representatives) in
-15-
<PAGE>
connection with any legal, administrative or other proceedings in which the
requesting party may from time to time be involved, without cost to the
requesting party.
Section 5.3 RETENTION OF RECORDS. Except as otherwise required by
law or agreed to in writing, each of Western Atlas and UNOVA shall retain, and
shall cause its subsidiaries to retain following the Distribution Date, for a
period consistent with the document retention policies in effect at Western
Atlas and UNOVA, respectively, all significant Information relating to the
business of the other and the other's subsidiaries, but not less than the
three-year period following the Distribution Date. In addition, such
Information shall not be destroyed or otherwise disposed of if during such
period a party shall request in writing that any of the Information be retained
for additional specific and reasonable periods of time at the expense of the
party so requesting.
Section 5.4 CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of UNOVA and the UNOVA
Subsidiaries on the one hand, and Western Atlas and the Western Atlas
Subsidiaries on the other hand, shall hold, and shall cause its Representatives
to hold, in strict confidence, all Information concerning the other in its
possession or furnished by the other or the other's Representatives pursuant to
this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements (except to the extent that such
Information has been (a) in the public domain through no fault of such party or
(b) later lawfully acquired from other sources by such party or subsequently
developed by such party), and each party shall not release or disclose such
Information to any other person, except to its auditors, attorneys, financial
advisors, bankers and other consultants and advisors, and on terms and
conditions substantially the same as the terms and conditions on which such
party releases its own Information, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or
administrative process or, as advised by its counsel, by other requirements of
law.
Section 5.5 PROVISION OF SERVICES.
(a) Western Atlas shall make available to UNOVA, during
normal business hours and in a manner that will not unreasonably interfere
with Western Atlas' business, its tax, internal audit, accounting, treasury,
legal, risk management and similar staff services (collectively "Services")
whenever and to the extent that they may be reasonably required in connection
with the preparation of tax returns, audits, claims or litigation, and
otherwise to assist in effecting an orderly transition following the
Distribution. Western Atlas shall be entitled to receive from UNOVA, upon
the presentation of invoices therefor, reimbursement for all direct costs of
providing the Services, includ-
-16-
<PAGE>
ing such amounts relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket
expenses.
(b) UNOVA shall make available to Western Atlas, during
normal business hours and in a manner that will not unreasonably interfere
with UNOVA's business, Services whenever and to the extent that they may be
reasonably required in connection with the preparation of tax returns,
audits, claims or litigation, and otherwise to assist in effecting an orderly
transition following the Distribution. UNOVA shall be entitled to receive
from Western Atlas, upon the presentation of invoices therefor, reimbursement
for all direct costs of providing the Services, including such amounts
relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses.
(c) UNOVA shall make available to Western Atlas, during
normal business hours and in a manner that will not interfere with UNOVA's
business, risk management Services, similar to the Services currently being
provided to the Oilfield Services group to the extent that they may be
reasonably required in connection with the WAI Insurance Program, and
otherwise to assist in effecting an orderly transition following the
Distribution. UNOVA shall be entitled to receive from Western Atlas, upon
presentation of invoices therefor, reimbursement for all direct costs of
providing such Services, including such amounts relating to supplies,
disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses.
(d) For a period of not less than one year following the
Distribution, UNOVA shall provide to Western Atlas, during normal business
hours and in a manner that will not interfere with UNOVA's business, stock
option administration services, similar to the services currently being
provided to the executives of Western Atlas and its subsidiaries who
participate in the WAI Stock Option Program, and otherwise to assist in the
administration of such program following the Distribution. UNOVA shall be
entitled to receive from Western Atlas, upon presentation of invoices
therefor, reimbursement for all direct costs of providing such services,
including such amounts relating to personnel, supplies, disbursements and
other out-of-pocket expenses.
Section 5.6 COSTS. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement,
each party shall bear all costs and expenses of that party in its performance of
its obligations under this Agreement.
ARTICLE VI.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 6.1 COMPLETE AGREEMENT; CONSTRUCTION. This Agreement, the
Benefits Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreement,
-17-
<PAGE>
including any schedules and exhibits hereto or thereto, and other agreements and
documents referred to herein, shall constitute the entire agreement between the
parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all
previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject
matter. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement to the contrary,
in the event and to the extent that there shall be a conflict between the
provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any of the Other Agreements,
the provisions of the Other Agreements shall control.
Section 6.2 SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENTS. Except as otherwise
contemplated by this Agreement, all covenants and agreements of the parties
contained in this Agreement shall survive the Distribution Date.
Section 6.3 EXPENSES. Except as otherwise set forth in this
Agreement or any of the Other Agreements, all costs and expenses arising on or
prior to the Distribution Date (whether or not then payable) in connection with
the Distribution (other than the costs incurred in printing the stock
certificates of UNOVA) shall be paid by Western Atlas to the extent that
appropriate documentation concerning such costs and expenses shall be provided
to Western Atlas.
Section 6.4 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard
to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
Section 6.5 NOTICES. All notices, requests, claims, demands and
other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by
hand, mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), or sent
by cable, telegram, telex or telecopy (confirmed by regular, first-class mail),
to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses for a
party as shall be specified by like notice) and shall be deemed given on the
date on which such notice is received:
if to Western Atlas:
Western Atlas Inc.
10205 Westheimer Road
Houston, Texas 77042
Attention: General Counsel
Fax No.: (713) 266-1717
-18-
<PAGE>
or to such other person or place as Western Atlas shall have specified to UNOVA
in a notice in accordance with this Section 6.5,
if to UNOVA:
UNOVA, Inc.
360 North Crescent Drive
Beverly Hills, California 90210
Attention: General Counsel
Fax No.: (310) 888-2848
or to such other person or place as UNOVA shall have specified to Western Atlas
in a notice in accordance with this Section 6.5.
Section 6.6 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may not be modified or
amended except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties.
Section 6.7 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Neither party shall have the
right to assign this Agreement or any of its rights or interests herein without
the written consent of the other party, and any attempted assignment without
such consent shall be null and void; provided, however, that Western Atlas shall
have the right to assign this Agreement to a purchaser or acquirer of
substantially all of the business, properties, and assets of Western Atlas or to
the survivor of a statutory merger or consolidation to which Western Atlas is a
constituent party; provided, however, that UNOVA shall have the right to assign
this Agreement to a purchaser or acquirer of substantially all of the business,
properties and assets of UNOVA or to the survivor of a statutory merger or
consolidation to which UNOVA is a constituent party; and provided further,
however, that in the event of any such assignment by Western Atlas or UNOVA,
Western Atlas or UNOVA, as the case may be, shall nevertheless remain liable and
obligated under this Agreement. This Agreement and the Agreements in the form
of Annexes A through C hereof, as the same may be amended or modified, and the
provisions hereof and thereof, shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
Section 6.8 TERMINATION. This Agreement may be terminated and the
Distribution abandoned at any time prior to the Distribution Date by and in the
sole discretion of the Western Atlas Board without the approval of UNOVA or
Western Atlas' shareholders. In the event of such termination, no party shall
have any liability of any kind to any other party on account of such termination
except that expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereby shall be paid as provided in Section 6.3.
-19-
<PAGE>
Section 6.9 NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Except for the
provisions of Article IV relating to Indemnitees, and except as may be otherwise
provided for in any of the Agreements in the form of Annexes A through C hereto,
as the same may be amended or modified, this Agreement is solely for the benefit
of the parties hereto and their respective Affiliates and should not be deemed
to confer upon third parties (including any employee of Western Atlas or UNOVA
or any Western Atlas or UNOVA Subsidiary) any remedy, claim, reimbursement,
claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to
this Agreement.
Section 6.10 TITLES AND HEADINGS. Titles and headings to sections
herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are not intended
to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 6.11 LEGAL ENFORCEABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement
that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. Any such
prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
Section 6.12 ARBITRATION. Any dispute hereunder which is not
resolved by agreement of the parties, shall be subject to resolution by
arbitration in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association
but subject to the procedural stipulation set forth on Schedule C. Any decision
or award in such arbitration shall be legally enforceable between the parties by
any Court of competent jurisdiction. Such arbitration proceeding shall be
conducted before a single arbitrator unless either party requests a panel of
three arbitrators.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
WESTERN ATLAS INC.
By:_____________________________
UNOVA, INC.
By:_____________________________
-20-
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE A
Items with respect to which Western Atlas will indemnify
the UNOVA Indemnitees in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Agreement:
(1) All Losses arising out of the businesses conducted
or to be conducted by Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Subsidiary, whether
such Losses relate to events occurring, or whether such Losses are asserted,
before or after the Distribution Date (excluding the businesses conducted or
to be conducted by UNOVA (whether directly or through a subsidiary or
Affiliate of UNOVA) and the UNOVA Subsidiaries) and all Losses arising out
of, or attributable to, any and all of the businesses or operations of
Western Atlas or any of Western Atlas' current or former subsidiaries which
have been discontinued, designated discontinued (excluding UNOVA's inclusion
in such account), liquidated, sold or otherwise disposed of at any time on or
prior to the Distribution Date and which relate or did relate to the
businesses to be conducted by Western Atlas and the Western Atlas
Subsidiaries following the Distribution Date (the "Western Atlas Discontinued
Operations"), including without limitation the Core Laboratories Division,
the manufacturing operations of the Western Geophysical Division and the
Western Atlas Software Division (except to the extent provided for in the
Benefits Agreement); and
(2) All of Western Atlas' and any Western Atlas
Subsidiary's Liabilities arising out of this Agreement or any of the Other
Agreements, except as otherwise provided for in such Other Agreements;
(3) All Losses arising out of or based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all
information set forth in the following sections of the Information Statement
or any preliminary or final Form 10 or any amendment thereto:
"Introduction"; "The Distribution"; "Arrangements Between Western Atlas and
UNOVA Relating to the Distribution"; "Summary of Certain Information" (only
to the extent that such summary includes information also contained in the
foregoing sections); and any letter to shareholders from an officer of
Western Atlas; and
(4) Any Liability arising in connection with any Action
brought by or on behalf of any governmental entity for reimbursement,
surrender or delivery to a governmental entity of unclaimed property under
the escheat laws of any State or Country, to the extent that such Liability
is attributable to the businesses conducted or to be conducted by Western
Atlas or any West-
<PAGE>
ern Atlas Subsidiary following the Distribution Date (excluding the businesses
conducted or to be conducted by UNOVA (whether directly or through a subsidiary
or Affiliate of UNOVA) and the UNOVA Subsidiaries or to any of the "UNOVA
Discontinued Operations" (as defined in Schedule B)) or to any of the Western
Atlas Discontinued Operations, whether such liability arose before or arises
after the Distribution Date.
-2-
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE B
Items with respect to which UNOVA will indemnify the
Western Atlas Indemnitees in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Agreement:
(1) All Losses arising out of any guarantees,
indemnities, or obligations to third parties including, without limitation,
letters of credit and surety bonds, of Western Atlas or any Western Atlas
Subsidiary with respect to any obligations of UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary
to third parties or with respect to the obligations of Western Atlas to third
parties arising out of or attributable to any and all of the businesses or
operations of Western Atlas or any of Western Atlas' current or former
subsidiaries which have been discontinued, designated discontinued,
liquidated, sold or otherwise disposed of at any time on or prior to the
Distribution Date and which relate or did relate to the businesses to be
conducted by UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries following the Distribution
Date, including without limitation the Material Handling Systems Division,
the VantageWare Division, the Automated Guided Vehicles Division, Pro-Tac
System AB, Lamb-Unima and Western Atlas Filtration Systems (collectively, the
"UNOVA Discontinued Operations"); and the Liabilities of UNOVA under the
Benefits Agreement which shall be included within UNOVA's indemnity of
Western Atlas and the Western Atlas Subsidiaries;
(2) All Losses arising out of the businesses conducted
or to be conducted by UNOVA (whether directly or through a subsidiary or
Affiliate of UNOVA) and the UNOVA Subsidiaries, and any Liability of UNOVA or
of any of the UNOVA Subsidiaries with respect to the UNOVA Discontinued
Operations, whether such Losses relate to events occurring, or whether such
Losses are asserted before or after the Distribution Date;
(3) The liability and obligation of Western Atlas or of
any Western Atlas Subsidiary under or with respect to any Revenue Bond
financing related to any of the properties and assets utilized by UNOVA or
any of the UNOVA Subsidiaries in their respective businesses, irrespective of
whether or not Western Atlas has suffered actual loss;
(4) All of UNOVA's and any of the UNOVA Subsidiaries'
Liabilities arising out of this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements,
except as otherwise provided for in such Other Agreements; and
(5) All Losses arising out of or based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not
<PAGE>
misleading, with respect to all information contained in the Information
Statement or any preliminary or final Form 10 or any amendment thereto;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such indemnification shall not apply to any Losses
that arise out of or are based upon any statement or omission made in any of
the sections of the Information Statement or Form 10 that are listed in
paragraph (3) of Schedule A;
(6) Any Liability arising in connection with any Action
brought by or on behalf of any governmental entity for reimbursement,
surrender or delivery to a governmental entity of unclaimed property under
the escheat laws of any State or Country, to the extent that such Liability
is attributable to the businesses conducted or to be conducted by UNOVA or
any UNOVA Subsidiary or to any of the UNOVA Discontinued Operations, whether
such liability arose before or arises after the Distribution Date.
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE C
ARBITRATION PROCEDURAL RULES
1. ADMINISTRATION AND CONDUCT OF ARBITRATION.
(a) At the discretion of the Arbitrator, an administrative conference
with the Arbitrator and the parties and/or their representatives will be
scheduled in appropriate cases to expedite the Arbitration proceedings.
(b) It is intended that the Arbitration be conducted in an
expeditious manner and without evidentiary hearing or oral presentation and
argument, unless the Arbitrator determines that an evidentiary hearing, and/or
oral presentation or argument is required for the rendition of an award or a
decision. However, any such evidentiary hearing shall be limited to not more
than fifteen days, and oral presentation and argument shall be limited to eight
hours, with time equally divided between the parties.
(c) On such schedule as may be established by the Arbitrator, each of
the parties shall submit simultaneous briefs, including exhibits, to the
Arbitrator supporting their respective positions. There shall be no limit to
the number of pages included in such briefs or to the number of exhibits. Each
party shall have a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Arbitrator, to
reply to the brief of the other. The Arbitrator shall have the right to
request additional written statements of all or any of the parties; provided
that each party shall have the reasonable opportunity to reply to any such
additional statements submitted in response to the request of the Arbitrator.
(d) The Arbitrator shall render its award or decision
within two months of the Arbitrator's appointment.
2. FIXING OF LOCALE. The parties may mutually agree to the
locale where the Arbitration is to be held. If the parties cannot agree on
the locale, the Arbitrator shall have the power to determine the locale and
its decision shall be final and binding.
3. DATE, TIME AND PLACE OF HEARING. The Arbitrator shall set the
date, time, and place for any hearing. The Arbitrator shall mail to each
party notice thereof at least ten days in advance, unless the parties by
mutual agreement waive such notice or modify the terms thereof.
4. POSTPONEMENTS. The Arbitrator for good cause shown may
postpone any hearing upon the request of a party or upon the Arbitrator's own
initiative, and shall also grant such postponement when all of the parties
agree thereto.
<PAGE>
5. OATHS. Before proceeding with the first hearing, the
Arbitrator may take an oath of office and, if required by law, shall do so.
The Arbitrator may require witnesses to testify under oath administered by
any duly qualified person and, if it is required by law, shall do so.
6. ORDER OF PROCEEDINGS AND COMMUNICATION WITH ARBITRATOR.
(a) A hearing shall be opened by the filing of the oath of the
Arbitrator, where required, and by the recording of the date, time, and place of
the hearing, and the presence of the Arbitrator, the parties, and their
representatives, if any.
(b) The Arbitrator may, at the beginning of the hearing,
ask for statements clarifying the issues involved.
(c) The complaining party shall then present evidence
and/or argument, as required by the Arbitrator, to support its claim. The
defending party shall then present evidence and/or argument supporting its
position and responding to the position of the other. Witnesses, if any, for
each party shall submit to questions or other examination. The Arbitrator
has the discretion to vary this procedure but, within the time limits
specified above, shall afford a full and equal opportunity to all parties for
the presentation of any material and relevant evidence.
(d) Exhibits, when offered by either party, may be
received in evidence by the Arbitrator. The names and addresses of any
witnesses and a description of the exhibits in the order received shall be
made a part of the record.
(e) There shall be no direct communication between
either of the parties and the Arbitrator other than at oral hearing, unless
the parties and the Arbitrator agree in writing.
7. ARBITRATION IN THE ABSENCE OF A PARTY OR REPRESENTATIVE.
Unless the law provides to the contrary, the Arbitration may proceed in the
absence of any party or representative who, after due notice, fails to be
present or fails to obtain a postponement ("absent in default"). An award
shall not be made solely on the default of a party. The Arbitrator shall
require the party who is present to submit such evidence as the Arbitrator
may require for the making of an award.
8. EVIDENCE.
(a) The parties may offer such evidence as is relevant
and material to the dispute and shall produce such evidence as the Arbitrator
may deem necessary to an understanding and determination of the dispute.
-2-
<PAGE>
(b) The Arbitrator shall be the judge of the relevance
and materiality of the evidence offered, and conformity to legal rules of
evidence shall not be necessary. All evidence shall be taken in the presence
of the Arbitrator and all of the parties, except where any of the parties is
absent in default or has waived the right to be present.
9. EVIDENCE BY AFFIDAVIT AND POST-HEARING FILING OF
DOCUMENTS OR OTHER EVIDENCE.
(a) The Arbitrator may receive and consider the evidence
of witnesses by affidavit, but shall give it only such weight as the
Arbitrator deems it to be entitled to after consideration of any objection
made to its admission.
(b) If the parties agree or the Arbitrator directs that
documents or other evidence be submitted to the Arbitrator after the hearing,
the documents or other evidence shall be filed with the Arbitrator. All
parties shall be afforded an opportunity to examine such documents or other
evidence.
10. CLOSING OF HEARING. If satisfied that the record is
complete, the Arbitrator shall declare the hearing closed and a minute
thereof shall be recorded. If briefs are to be filed, the hearing shall be
declared closed as of the final date set by the Arbitrator for the receipt of
briefs. If documents are to be filed as provided in Section 9 and the date
set for their receipt is later than that set for the receipt of briefs, the
later date shall be the date of closing and the hearing.
11. REOPENING OF HEARING. The hearing may be reopened on the
Arbitrator's initiative at any time before the award is made. If reopening
the hearing would prevent the making of the award within the specified time
limit, the matter may not be reopened unless the parties agree on an
extension of time.
12. WAIVER OF ORAL HEARING. The parties may provide, by written
agreement, for the waiver of oral hearing in any case.
13. WAIVER OF RULES. Any party who proceeds with the
Arbitration after knowledge that any provision or requirement of these rules
has not been complied with and who fails to state an objection thereto in
writing shall be deemed to have waived the right to object.
14. EXTENSIONS OF TIME. The parties may modify any period of
time by mutual agreement. The Arbitrator may for good cause extend any
period of time established by these rules, except the time for making the
award. The Arbitrator shall notify the parties of any extension.
-3-
<PAGE>
15. SERVING OF NOTICE. Each party shall be deemed to have
consented that any papers, notices, or process necessary or proper for the
initiation or continuation of an Arbitration under these rules, for any court
action in connection therewith, or for the entry of judgment on any award
made under these rules may be served on a party by mail addressed to the
party or its representative at the address specified in Section 6.15 or by
personal service, in or outside the state where the Arbitration is to be
held, provided that reasonable opportunity to be heard with regard thereto
has been granted to the party.
16. TIME OF THE AWARD. The award shall be made promptly by
the Arbitrator and, unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or
specified by law, no later than thirty days from the date of closing the
hearing, or, if oral hearings have not been held, from the date of the
transmittal of the final briefs, statements and proofs to the Arbitrator.
17. AWARD UPON SETTLEMENT. If the parties settle their
dispute during the course of the Arbitration, the Arbitrator may set forth
the terms of the agreed settlement in an award. Such an award is referred to
as a consent award.
18. DELIVERY OF AWARD TO PARTIES. Parties shall accept as
legal delivery of the award the placing of the award or a true copy thereof
in the mail addressed to a party or its representative at the last known
address, personal service of the award, or the filing of the award in any
other manner that is permitted by law.
19. APPLICATIONS TO COURT AND EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY.
(a) No judicial proceeding by a party relating to the
subject matter of the Arbitration shall be deemed a waiver of the party's
right to arbitrate.
(b) Parties to these rules shall be deemed to have
consented that judgment upon the Arbitration award may be entered in any
federal or state court having jurisdiction thereof.
20. INTERPRETATION AND APPLICATION OF RULES. The Arbitrator
shall interpret and apply these rules insofar as they relate to the
Arbitrator's powers and duties. If there is more than one Arbitrator and a
difference arises among them concerning the meaning or application of these
rules, it shall be decided by a majority vote.
-4-
<PAGE>
21. COMPLEX PROCEDURES. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
the parties mutually agree, any Arbitration to be conducted between the
parties may be conducted in the manner provided for in the Supplementary
Procedure for Large Complex Disputes of the American Arbitration Association.
-5-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 3C
[Conformed Copy]
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNOVA, INC.
and
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
Rights Agent
Rights Agreement
Dated as of September 24, 1997
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PAGE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 1. Certain Definitions ............................................1
Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent.....................................7
Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates.....................................7
Section 4. Form of Right Certificates.....................................10
Section 5. Countersignature and Registration..............................11
Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right
Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right
Certificates...................................................12
Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of
Rights.........................................................14
Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates.............16
Section 9. Availability of Preferred Shares...............................17
Section 10. Preferred Shares Record Date...................................18
Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number
of Rights......................................................19
Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of
Shares.........................................................33
Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or
Earning Power..................................................34
Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares........................36
Section 15. Rights of Action...............................................39
Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders.....................................40
Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder..............41
Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent....................................41
-i-
<PAGE>
PAGE
Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights
Agent..........................................................43
Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent.........................................44
Section 21. Change of Rights Agent.........................................48
Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates.............................50
Section 23. Redemption.....................................................50
Section 24. Exchange.......................................................52
Section 25. Notice of Certain Events.......................................55
Section 26. Notices........................................................57
Section 27. Supplements and Amendments.....................................58
Section 28. Successors.....................................................59
Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement.....................................59
Section 30. Severability...................................................59
Section 31. Governing Law..................................................60
Section 32. Counterparts...................................................60
Section 33. Descriptive Headings...........................................60
-i1-
<PAGE>
Agreement, dated as of September 24, 1997, between UNOVA,
Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and The Chase Manhattan Bank
(the "Rights Agent").
The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and
declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for
each Common Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Company to be issued in the
distribution of Common Shares (the "Spin-Off") by Western Atlas Inc., a
Delaware corporation, to its stockholders, each Right representing the right
to purchase one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share (as hereinafter defined),
upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, and has
further authorized and directed the issuance of one Right with respect to
each Common Share that shall become outstanding between the record date of
the Spin-Off (the "Record Date") and the earliest of the Distribution Date,
the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date (as such terms are
hereinafter defined).
Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the
mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:
Section 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this
Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
(a) "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person (as such
term is hereinafter defined) who or which, together with all Af-
<PAGE>
filiates and Associates (as such terms are hereinafter defined) of such
Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner (as such term is hereinafter defined)
of 15% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding, but
shall not include (i) the Company; (ii) any Subsidiary (as such term is
hereinafter defined) of the Company; (iii) any employee benefit plan of the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or any entity holding Common Shares
for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan; or (iv) Unitrin, Inc., a
Delaware corporation ("Unitrin"), and its subsidiaries as long as such
entities in the aggregate beneficially own less than [12,658,000] Common
Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall become an "Acquiring
Person" as the result of an acquisition of Common Shares by the Company
which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the
proportionate number of shares beneficially owned by such Person to 15% or
more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that if a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the
Common Shares of the Company then outstanding by reason of share purchases by
the Company and shall, after such share purchases by the Company, become the
Beneficial Owner of any additional Common Shares of the Company, then such
Person shall be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person". Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith
that a Person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person", as defined
pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph
-2-
<PAGE>
(a), has become such inadvertently, and such Person divests as promptly as
practicable a sufficient number of Common Shares so that such Person would no
longer be an "Acquiring Person", as defined pursuant to the foregoing
provisions of this paragraph (a), then such Person shall not be deemed to be
an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no Person (and no Affiliate or Associate of any Person) shall
be deemed to be the "Beneficial Owner" of or to "beneficially own" particular
securities if such Person is the Beneficial Owner of or "beneficially owns"
such securities solely as a result of its status as an Affiliate or Associate
of Unitrin and if such Person would not otherwise be the Beneficial Owner of
or "beneficially own" such securities.
(b) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the
respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules
and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), as in effect on the date of this Agreement.
(c) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of
and shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities:
(i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or
Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;
-3-
<PAGE>
(ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or
Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time)
pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other
than customary agreements with and between underwriters and
selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering
of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights,
exchange rights, rights (other than these Rights), warrants or
options, or otherwise; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Person shall
not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own,
securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made
by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's
Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are
accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote
pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Person shall not be deemed the
Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security if the
agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security
(1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such
Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation
made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules
and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is
not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act
(or any comparable or successor report); or
-4-
<PAGE>
(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly,
by any other Person with which such Person or any of such
Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement
or understanding (other than customary agreements with and
between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a
bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by
the proviso to Section 1(c)(ii)(B)) or disposing of any
securities of the Company.
Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial
Ownership to the contrary, the phrase "then outstanding," when used with
reference to a Person's Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Company,
shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together
with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding
which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.
(d)"Business Day" shall mean any day other than a
Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the State of
New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
(e)"Close of business" on any given date shall mean 5:00
P.M., New York City time, on such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if such date
is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the
next succeeding Business Day.
-5-
<PAGE>
(f)"Common Shares" when used with reference to the
Company shall mean the shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of
the Company. "Common Shares" when used with reference to any Person other
than the Company shall mean the capital stock (or equity interest) with the
greatest voting power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a
Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control
such first-mentioned Person.
(g)"Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set forth
in Section 3 hereof.
(h)"Final Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set
forth in Section 7 hereof.
(i)"Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation
or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of
such entity.
(j)"Preferred Shares" shall mean shares of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
Company.
(k)"Redemption Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7 hereof.
-6-
<PAGE>
(l)"Shares Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of
public announcement by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring
Person has become such.
(m)"Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any corporation
or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity
securities or equity interest is owned, at the time of determination,
directly or indirectly, by such Person.
Section 2. APPOINTMENT OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Company
hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company in
accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby
accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such
co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable.
Section 3. ISSUE OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES. (a) Until the
earlier of (i) the tenth day after the Shares Acquisition Date or (ii) the
tenth business day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the
Board of Directors prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring
Person) after the date of the commencement by any Person (other than the
Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the
Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company or any entity holding Common
Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) of, or of the first
public announcement of the intention of any Person (other than the Company,
any Subsidiary of the Company, any em-
-7-
<PAGE>
ployee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company or any
entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan)
to commence, a tender or exchange offer the consummation of which would
result in any Person becoming the Beneficial Owner of Common Shares
aggregating 15% or more of the then outstanding Common Shares (including any
such date which is after the date of this Agreement and prior to the issuance
of the Rights; the earlier of such dates being herein referred to as the
"Distribution Date"), (x) the Rights will be evidenced by the certificates
for Common Shares (or, in the case of uncertificated Common Shares, by the
book-entry account that evidences record ownership of such Common Shares)
registered in the names of the holders thereof and not by separate Right
Certificates, and (y) the right to receive Right Certificates will be
transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Shares. As soon
as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and
execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Company will send or
cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested, send) by
first-class, insured, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common
Shares as of the close of business on the Distribution Date, at the address
of such holder shown on the records of the Company, a Right Certificate, in
substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (a "Right Certificate"),
evidencing one Right for each Common Share so held. As of the Distribution
-8-
<PAGE>
Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.
(b) Certificates for Common Shares which become outstanding
(including, without limitation, reacquired Common Shares referred to in the last
sentence of this paragraph (b)) after the Record Date but prior to the earliest
of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date shall
have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the
following legend:
This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to
certain rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between UNOVA, Inc.
and The Chase Manhattan Bank, dated as of September 24, 1997 (the
"Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein
by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive
offices of UNOVA, Inc. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in
the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate
certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate.
UNOVA, Inc. will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the
Rights Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request
therefor. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights
Agreement, Rights issued to any Person who becomes an Acquiring Person
(as defined in the Rights Agreement) may become null and void.
With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the
Distribution Date, the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented by
such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the
surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the
transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby.
In the
-9-
<PAGE>
event that the Company purchases or acquires any Common Shares after the Record
Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common
Shares shall be deemed cancelled and retired so that the Company shall not be
entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Shares which are no
longer outstanding.
Section 4. FORM OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES. The Right
Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase Preferred Shares and of
assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially the
same as Exhibit A hereto and may have such marks of identification or
designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as
the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the
provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any
applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with
any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from
time to time be listed, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of
Section 22 hereof, the Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof
to purchase such number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as shall
be set forth therein at the price per one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share
set forth therein (the "Purchase Price"), but the number of such one
one-hundredths of a Preferred Share and the Purchase Price shall be subject
to adjustment as provided herein.
-10-
<PAGE>
Section 5. COUNTERSIGNATURE AND REGISTRATION. The Right
Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of
the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its Vice Chairman and Chief Financial
Officer, any of its Vice Presidents, or its Treasurer, either manually or by
facsimile signature, shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal or a
facsimile thereof, and shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The
Right Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Rights Agent and
shall not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned. In case any officer
of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall
cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights
Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Right Certificates,
nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and
delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person
who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the
Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by
any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right
Certificate, shall be an officer of the Company, although at the date of the
execution of this Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer.
Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will
keep or cause to be kept, at its principal office, books for reg-
-11-
<PAGE>
istration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder. Such books
shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right
Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right
Certificates and the date of each of the Right Certificates.
Section 6. TRANSFER, SPLIT UP, COMBINATION AND EXCHANGE
OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES; MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN RIGHT
CERTIFICATES. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof, at any time
after the close of business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the
close of business on the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final
Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates (other than
Right Certificates representing Rights that have become void pursuant to
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof or that have been exchanged pursuant to Section 24
hereof) may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Right
Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the registered holder to
purchase a like number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as the
Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder
to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine
or exchange any Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such
request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the
Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined
or exchanged at the principal office of the Rights Agent. Thereupon the
Rights Agent shall
-12-
<PAGE>
countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or
Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that
may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or
exchange of Right Certificates.
Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence
reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of
a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or
security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, at the Company's request,
reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses
incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of
the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new
Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for delivery to the
registered holder in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or
mutilated.
Section 7. EXERCISE OF RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE; EXPIRATION
DATE OF RIGHTS. (a) The registered holder of any Right Certificate may
exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein)
in whole or in part at any time after the Distribution Date upon surrender of
the Right Certificate, with the form of election to purchase on the reverse
side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the principal office of
the
-13-
<PAGE>
Rights Agent, together with payment of the Purchase Price for each one
one-hundredth of a Preferred Share as to which the Rights are exercised, at or
prior to the earliest of (i) the close of business on September 24, 2007 (the
"Final Expiration Date"), (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed as
provided in Section 23 hereof (the "Redemption Date"), or (iii) the time at
which such Rights are exchanged as provided in Section 24 hereof.
(b) The Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a
Preferred Share purchasable pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall
initially be $70, and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as
provided in Section 11 or 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of
the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.
(c) Upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing
exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed,
accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for the shares to be purchased
and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the
holder of such Right Certificate in accordance with Section 9 hereof by
certified check, cashier's check or money order payable to the order of the
Company, the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i)(A) requisition from
any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares certificates for the number of
Preferred Shares to be purchased and the Com-
-14-
<PAGE>
pany hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such
requests, or (B) requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts
representing such number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as are to be
purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares represented by
such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary
agent) and the Company hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with such
request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash
to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section
14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts,
cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of
such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by
such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, deliver such cash to or
upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate.
(d) In case the registered holder of any Right
Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new
Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining
unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of
such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the
provisions of Section 14 hereof.
-15-
<PAGE>
Section 8. CANCELLATION AND DESTRUCTION OF RIGHT
CERTIFICATES. All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of
exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered
to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for
cancellation or in cancelled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent,
shall be cancelled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu
thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Rights
Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation
and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other
Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon
the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Right
Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company,
destroy such cancelled Right Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a
certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.
Section 9. AVAILABILITY OF PREFERRED SHARES. The Company
covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out
of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares or any Preferred Shares held
in its treasury, the number of Preferred Shares that will be sufficient to
permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights in accordance with
Section 7. The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such
action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares delivered upon
exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery
-16-
<PAGE>
of the certificates for such Preferred Shares (subject to payment of the
Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and
nonassessable shares.
The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay
when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges
which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right
Certificates or of any Preferred Shares upon the exercise of Rights. The
Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be
payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a
person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary
receipts for the Preferred Shares in a name other than that of, the
registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for
exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts
for Preferred Shares upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall
have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Right
Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the
Company's reasonable satisfaction that no such tax is due.
Section 10. PREFERRED SHARES RECORD DATE. Each person in
whose name any certificate for Preferred Shares is issued upon the exercise
of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of
record of the Preferred Shares represented thereby on, and such certificate
shall be dated, the date upon
-17-
<PAGE>
which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and
payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon
which the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company are closed, such person
shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such
certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the
Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company are open. Prior to the exercise
of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate shall not be
entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Shares for which the Rights
shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to
receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights,
and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the
Company, except as provided herein.
Section 11. ADJUSTMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE, NUMBER OF
SHARES OR NUMBER OF RIGHTS. The Purchase Price, the number of Preferred
Shares covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject
to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.
(a) (i)In the event the Company shall at any time after
the date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Shares
payable in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the
-18-
<PAGE>
outstanding Preferred Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Shares into
a smaller number of Preferred Shares or (D) issue any shares of its capital
stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Shares (including any such
reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the
Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise
provided in this Section 11(a), the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the
record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision,
combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of capital
stock issuable on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the
holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive the
aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if such Right had
been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the Preferred
Shares transfer books of the Company were open, he would have owned upon such
exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision,
combination or reclassification; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the
consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the
aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon
exercise of one Right.
(ii) Subject to Section 24 of this Agreement, in the event any
Person becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right shall thereafter
have a right to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the then
current Purchase Price mul-
-19-
<PAGE>
tiplied by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a
Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in
lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common Shares of the Company as shall
equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by
the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then
exercisable and dividing that product by (y) 50% of the then current per share
market price of the Company's Common Shares (determined pursuant to Section
11(d) hereof) on the date of the occurrence of such event. In the event that
any Person shall become an Acquiring Person and the Rights shall then be
outstanding, the Company shall not take any action which would eliminate or
diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.
From and after the occurrence of such event, any Rights
that are or were acquired or beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person (or
any Associate or Affiliate of such Acquiring Person) shall be void and any
holder of such Rights shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights
under any provision of this Agreement. No Right Certificate shall be issued
pursuant to Section 3 that represents Rights beneficially owned by an
Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding
sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof; no Right Certificate shall be
issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to an Acquiring Person
whose Rights would be void pursuant to the pre-
-20-
<PAGE>
ceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee of such
Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate; and any Right Certificate delivered to
the Rights Agent for transfer to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void
pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be cancelled.
(iii) In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common
Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the
exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph
(ii), the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize
additional Common Shares for issuance upon exercise of the Rights. In the
event the Company shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such
action as may be necessary to authorize such additional Common Shares, the
Company shall substitute, for each Common Share that would otherwise be
issuable upon exercise of a Right, a number of Preferred Shares or fraction
thereof such that the current per share market price of one Preferred Share
multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share
market price of one Common Share as of the date of issuance of such Preferred
Shares or fraction thereof.
(b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the
issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares
entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such
record date) to subscribe for or pur-
-21-
<PAGE>
chase Preferred Shares (or shares having the same rights, privileges and
preferences as the Preferred Shares ("equivalent preferred shares")) or
securities convertible into Preferred Shares or equivalent preferred shares at a
price per Preferred Share or equivalent preferred share (or having a conversion
price per share, if a security convertible into Preferred Shares or equivalent
preferred shares) less than the then current per share market price of the
Preferred Shares (as defined in Section 11(d)) on such record date, the Purchase
Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying
the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a
fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares
outstanding on such record date plus the number of Preferred Shares which the
aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Shares and/or
equivalent preferred shares so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial
conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase
at such current market price and the denominator of which shall be the number of
Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional
Preferred Shares and/or equivalent preferred shares to be offered for
subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be
offered are initially convertible); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall
the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the
aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock
-22-
<PAGE>
of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription
price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form
other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be
described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent. Preferred Shares owned by
or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the
purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively
whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such rights, options
or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the
Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been
fixed.
(c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the
making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares (including
any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in
which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of
indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend or a
dividend payable in Preferred Shares) or subscription rights or warrants
(excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to
be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the
Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction,
the numerator of which shall be the then current per share market price of
the Preferred
-23-
<PAGE>
Shares on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be
described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the
assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription
rights or warrants applicable to one Preferred Share and the denominator of
which shall be such current per share market price of the Preferred Shares;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the
exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of
capital stock of the Company to be issued upon exercise of one Right. Such
adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and
in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall
again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such
record date had not been fixed.
(d) (i)For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the
"current per share market price" of any security (a "Security" for the
purpose of this Section 11(d)(i)) on any date shall be deemed to be the
average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the 30
consecutive Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter defined) immediately
prior to such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event that the current per
share market price of the Security is determined during a period following
the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (A) a dividend
-24-
<PAGE>
or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or
securities convertible into such shares, or (B) any subdivision, combination or
reclassification of such Security and prior to the expiration of 30 Trading Days
after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date
for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such
case, the current per share market price shall be appropriately adjusted to
reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security. The
closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in
case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and
asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal
consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or
admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Security is not
listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the
principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities
listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is
listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to
trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so
quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter
market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
Automated Quotations System ("NASDAQ") or such other system then in use, or, if
on any such date the Security is not
-25-
<PAGE>
quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices
as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Security
selected by the Board of Directors of the Company. The term "Trading Day" shall
mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the
Security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of
business or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any
national securities exchange, a Business Day.
(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the
"current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be determined
in accordance with the method set forth in Section 11(d)(i). If the
Preferred Shares are not publicly traded, the "current per share market
price" of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the current
per share market price of the Common Shares as determined pursuant to Section
11(d)(i) (appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend
or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof), multiplied by one
thousand. If neither the Common Shares nor the Preferred Shares are publicly
held or so listed or traded, "current per share market price" shall mean the
fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of
the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with
the Rights Agent.
-26-
<PAGE>
(e) No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be
required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at
least 1% in the Purchase Price; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any adjustments which
by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried
forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All
calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to
the nearest one one-millionth of a Preferred Share or one ten-thousandth of
any other share or security as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first
sentence of this Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11
shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of
the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the date of the
expiration of the right to exercise any Rights.
(f) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to
Section 11(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall
become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other
than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so
receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from
time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to
the provisions with respect to the Preferred Shares contained in Section
11(a) through (c), inclusive, and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10 and 13
with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply on like terms to any such
other shares.
-27-
<PAGE>
(g) All Rights originally issued by the Company
subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall
evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of
one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time
hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as
provided herein.
(h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election
as provided in Section 11(i), upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a
result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and (c), each Right
outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall
thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price,
that number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share (calculated to the
nearest one one-millionth of a Preferred Share) obtained by (i) multiplying
(x) the number of one one-hundredths of a share covered by a Right
immediately prior to this adjustment by (y) the Purchase Price in effect
immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price and (ii) dividing
the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after
such adjustment of the Purchase Price.
(i) The Company may elect on or after the date of any
adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in
substitution for any adjustment in the number of one one-hundredths of a
Preferred Share purchasable upon the exercise of
-28-
<PAGE>
a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of
Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred
Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment.
Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall
become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth)
obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect
immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in
effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall
make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights,
indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the
amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which
the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right
Certificates have been issued, shall be at least 10 days later than the date of
the public announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each
adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(i), the Company
shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record
of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject
to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be
entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall
cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and
replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior
-29-
<PAGE>
to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the
Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders
shall be entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be
distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided
for herein and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of
Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.
(j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the
Purchase Price or the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share
issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore
and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the
number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the
initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.
(k) Before taking any action that would cause an
adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below one one-hundredth of the then
par value, if any, of the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the
Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion
of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and
legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Preferred Shares at such adjusted
Purchase Price.
-30-
<PAGE>
(l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require
that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record
date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the
occurrence of such event the issuing to the holder of any Right exercised
after such record date of the Preferred Shares and other capital stock or
securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above
the Preferred Shares and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if
any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect
prior to such adjustment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall deliver
to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such
holder's right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the
event requiring such adjustment.
(m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary
notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the
Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this
Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall
determine to be advisable in order that any consolidation or subdivision of
the Preferred Shares, issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Shares at
less than the current market price, issuance wholly for cash of Preferred
Shares or securities which by their terms are convertible into or
exchangeable for Preferred Shares, dividends on Preferred Shares payable in
Preferred Shares or issuance of rights, options or
-31-
<PAGE>
warrants referred to hereinabove in Section 11(b), hereafter made by the Company
to holders of its Preferred Shares shall not be taxable to such stockholders.
(n) In the event that at any time after the date of this
Agreement and prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall (i) declare
or pay any dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or (ii)
effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Shares)
into a greater or lesser number of Common Shares, then in any such case (A)
the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable after such
event upon proper exercise of each Right shall be determined by multiplying
the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share so purchasable
immediately prior to such event by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of Common Shares outstanding immediately before such event and the
denominator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately
after such event, and (B) each Common Share outstanding immediately after
such event shall have issued with respect to it that number of Rights which
each Common Share outstanding immediately prior to such event had issued with
respect to it. The adjustments provided for in this Section 11(n) shall be
made successively whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a
subdivision, combination or consolidation is effected.
-32-
<PAGE>
Section 12. CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTED PURCHASE PRICE OR
NUMBER OF SHARES. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 11
or 13 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting
forth such adjustment, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such
adjustment, (b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for
the Common Shares or the Preferred Shares a copy of such certificate and (c)
mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in
accordance with Section 25 hereof.
Section 13. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OR TRANSFER OF
ASSETS OR EARNING POWER. In the event, directly or indirectly, at any time
after a Person has become an Acquiring Person, (a) the Company shall
consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person, (b) any Person
shall consolidate with the Company, or merge with and into the Company and
the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger
and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the Common Shares shall
be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other
Person (or the Company) or cash or any other property, or (c) the Company
shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall
sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning
power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company
and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person other than the
Company or one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries,
-33-
<PAGE>
then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that (i) each
holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided herein) shall thereafter have
the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at a price equal to the then
current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-hundredths of a
Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common
Shares of such other Person (including the Company as successor thereto or as
the surviving corporation) as shall equal the result obtained by (A) multiplying
the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a
Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product
by (B) 50% of the then current per share market price of the Common Shares of
such other Person (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of
consummation of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (ii) the issuer of
such Common Shares shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue
of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer, all the obligations and duties
of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) the term "Company" shall
thereafter be deemed to refer to such issuer; and (iv) such issuer shall take
such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient
number of its Common Shares in accordance with Section 9 hereof) in connection
with such consummation as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof
shall thereafter be applicable,
-34-
<PAGE>
as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to the Common Shares thereafter
deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights. The Company shall not consummate
any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer unless prior thereto the
Company and such issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a
supplemental agreement so providing. The Company shall not enter into any
transaction of the kind referred to in this Section 13 if at the time of such
transaction there are any rights, warrants, instruments or securities
outstanding or any agreements or arrangements which, as a result of the
consummation of such transaction, would eliminate or substantially diminish the
benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights. The provisions of this Section
13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or
other transfers.
Section 14. FRACTIONAL RIGHTS AND FRACTIONAL SHARES. (a)
The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to
distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of
such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the
Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would
otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the
current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section
14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price
of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such
fractional Rights would have been oth-
-35-
<PAGE>
erwise issuable. The closing price for any day shall be the last sale price,
regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of
the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the
principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities
listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Rights
are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect
to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the
Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or
admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price
or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the
over-the-counter market, as reported by NASDAQ or such other system then in use
or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the
average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional
market maker making a market in the Rights selected by the Board of Directors of
the Company. If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the
Rights, the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in good faith by
the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.
(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions
of Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one
one-hundredth of a Preferred Share) upon
-36-
<PAGE>
exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence
fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral
multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share). Fractions of Preferred
Shares in integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share may,
at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant
to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by
it; PROVIDED, that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such
depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to
which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares
represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional Preferred
Shares that are not integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred
Share, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates
at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash
equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one Preferred
Share. For the purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a
Preferred Share shall be the closing price of a Preferred Share (as
determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for
the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.
(c) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right
expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional
shares upon exercise of a Right (except as provided above).
-37-
<PAGE>
Section 15. RIGHTS OF ACTION. All rights of action in
respect of this Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights
Agent under Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective registered
holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the
registered holders of the Common Shares); and any registered holder of any
Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares),
without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right
Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), may,
in his own behalf and for his own benefit, enforce, and may institute and
maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or
otherwise act in respect of, his right to exercise the Rights evidenced by
such Right Certificate in the manner provided in such Right Certificate and
in this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available
to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of
Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this
Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations
under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the
obligations of any Person subject to, this Agreement.
Section 16. AGREEMENT OF RIGHT HOLDERS. Every holder of
a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the
Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:
-38-
<PAGE>
(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be
transferable only in connection with the transfer of the Common Shares;
(b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates
are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if
surrendered at the principal office of the Rights Agent, duly endorsed or
accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer; and
(c) the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat
the person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution
Date, the associated Common Shares) is registered as the absolute owner
thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of
ownership or writing on the Right Certificates or the associated Common
Shares certificate (if any) made by anyone other than the Company or the
Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the
Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 17. RIGHT CERTIFICATE HOLDER NOT DEEMED A
STOCKHOLDER. No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled
to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the
Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time
be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall
anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer
upon
-39-
<PAGE>
the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder
of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any
matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold
consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other
actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in Section 25 hereof), or to
receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or
Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised in
accordance with the provisions hereof.
Section 18. CONCERNING THE RIGHTS AGENT. The Company
agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services
rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights
Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements
incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the
exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to
indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss,
liability, or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful
misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by
the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this
Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of
liability in the premises.
-40-
<PAGE>
The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no
liability for, or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it
in connection with, its administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any
Right Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Shares or Common Shares or
for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer,
power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction,
consent, certificate, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to
be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or
acknowledged, by the proper person or persons, or otherwise upon the advice
of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof.
Anything in this Agreement to the contrary
notwithstanding, in no event shall the Rights Agent be liable for special,
indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including
but not limited to lost proftits), even if the Rights Agent has been advised
of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of the
action.
Section 19. MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OR CHANGE OF NAME OF
RIGHTS AGENT. Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any
corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights
Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to the
-41-
<PAGE>
stock transfer or corporate trust powers of the Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto; PROVIDED, that such corporation would be eligible for
appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21
hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the
agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right Certificates shall have been
countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the
countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right
Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right
Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may
countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights
Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such
Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates
and in this Agreement.
In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be
changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been
countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the
countersignature under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so
countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall
not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Right
Certificates either in
-42-
<PAGE>
its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Right
Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and
in this Agreement.
Section 20. DUTIES OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Rights Agent
undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the
following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders
of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:
(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who
may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall
be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to
any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such
opinion.
(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this
Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact
or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or
suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in
respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be
conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the
Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman and
Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary
of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall
be full authorization to the Rights
-43-
<PAGE>
Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the
provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.
(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the
Company and any other Person only for its own negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct.
(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by
reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this
Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature thereof)
or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are
and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.
(e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any
responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution
and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or
in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its
countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the
Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any
Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the
exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights
(including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Section 3,
11, 13, 23 or 24, or the as-
-44-
<PAGE>
certaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or
adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right
Certificates after actual notice that such change or adjustment is required);
nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or
warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares to be
issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any
Preferred Shares will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid
and nonassessable.
(f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute,
acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and
delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may
reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing
by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.
(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed
to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties
hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, the Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President,
the Secretary or the Treasurer of the Company, and to apply to such officers
for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be
liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accor-
-45-
<PAGE>
dance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while
waiting for those instructions.
(h) The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director,
officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the
Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in
any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or
lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it
were not the Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall
preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company
or for any other legal entity.
(i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the
rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either
itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall
not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct
of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from
any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was
exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof.
Section 21. CHANGE OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Rights Agent or
any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under
this Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to
each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares by registered or
certified mail, and
-46-
<PAGE>
to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may
remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon 30 days' notice in
writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may
be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares by
registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by
first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall
otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to
the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a
period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been
notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or
incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall,
with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the Company),
then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor
Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or
of the State of New York (or of any other state of the United States so long as
such corporation is authorized to do business as a banking institution in the
State of New York), in good standing, having an office in the State of New York,
which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or stock
transfer powers and is subject to
-47-
<PAGE>
supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the
time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at
least $50 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be
vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had
been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the
predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights
Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any
further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later
than the effective date of any such appointment the Company shall file notice
thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of
the Common Shares or Preferred Shares, and mail a notice thereof in writing to
the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice
provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not
affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights
Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.
Section 22. ISSUANCE OF NEW RIGHT CERTIFICATES.
Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to
the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates
evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors
to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or
kind or class of
-48-
<PAGE>
shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Right
Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Section 23. REDEMPTION. (a) The Board of Directors of
the Company may, at its option, at any time prior to such time as any Person
becomes an Acquiring Person, redeem all but not less than all the then
outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $.01 per Right, appropriately
adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction
occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter
referred to as the "Redemption Price"). The redemption of the Rights by the
Board of Directors may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with
such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may
establish.
(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of
Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this Section 23, and without any further action and without
any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only
right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption
Price. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such
notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within 10 days
after such action of the Board of Directors order-
-49-
<PAGE>
ing the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption
to all the holders of the then outstanding Rights at their last addresses as
they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the
Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common
Shares. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be
deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice
of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price
will be made. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may
redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other
than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 24 hereof, and
other than in connection with the purchase of Common Shares prior to the
Distribution Date.
Section 24. EXCHANGE. (a) The Board of Directors of the
Company may, at its option, at any time after any Person becomes an Acquiring
Person, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights
(which shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the
provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) for Common Shares at an exchange
ratio of one Common Share per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any
stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date
hereof (such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange
Ratio"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be
empowered to effect such
-50-
<PAGE>
exchange at any time after any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of
the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any such Subsidiary, or
any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan),
together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the
Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Shares then outstanding.
(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of
Directors of the Company ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to
paragraph (a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without
any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only
right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number
of Common Shares equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder
multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall promptly give public
notice of any such exchange; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give, or
any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange.
The Company promptly shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the
holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the
registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner
herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the
notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the
exchange of the Common Shares for Rights will be effected and, in the event
of any partial exchange, the number of
-51-
<PAGE>
Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata
based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant
to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.
(c) In the event that there shall not be sufficient
Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit
any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this Section 24,
the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize
additional Common Shares for issuance upon exchange of the Rights. In the
event the Company shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such
action as may be necessary to authorize such additional Common Shares, the
Company shall substitute, for each Common Share that would otherwise be
issuable upon exchange of a Right, a number of Preferred Shares or fraction
thereof such that the current per share market price of one Preferred Share
multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share
market price of one Common Share as of the date of issuance of such Preferred
Shares or fraction thereof.
(d) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions
of Common Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional
Common Shares. In lieu of such fractional Common Shares, the Company shall
pay to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which
such fractional Com-
-52-
<PAGE>
mon Shares would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same
fraction of the current market value of a whole Common Share. For the purposes
of this paragraph (d), the current market value of a whole Common Share shall be
the closing price of a Common Share (as determined pursuant to the second
sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to
the date of exchange pursuant to this Section 24.
Section 25. NOTICE OF CERTAIN EVENTS. (a) In case the
Company shall propose (i) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class
to the holders of its Preferred Shares or to make any other distribution to
the holders of its Preferred Shares (other than a regular quarterly cash
dividend), (ii) to offer to the holders of its Preferred Shares rights or
warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Preferred Shares or
shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options,
(iii) to effect any reclassification of its Preferred Shares (other than a
reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding Preferred
Shares), (iv) to effect any consolidation or merger into or with, or to
effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its
Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one or more
transactions, of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company
and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person, (v) to effect
the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or (vi) to declare
or pay any dividend on the Common Shares pay-
-53-
<PAGE>
able in Common Shares or to effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation
of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of
dividends in Common Shares), then, in each such case, the Company shall give to
each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a
notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the
purposes of such stock dividend, or distribution of rights or warrants, or the
date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer,
liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of
participation therein by the holders of the Common Shares and/or Preferred
Shares, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in
the case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least 10 days
prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred Shares for
purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least 10
days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of
participation therein by the holders of the Common Shares and/or Preferred
Shares, whichever shall be the earlier.
(b) In case the event set forth in Section 11(a)(ii)
hereof shall occur, then the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter
give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26
hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe
such event and the conse-
-54-
<PAGE>
quences of such event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.
Section 26. NOTICES. Notices or demands authorized by
this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of
any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or
made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another
address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:
UNOVA, Inc.
360 North Crescent Drive
Beverly Hills, CA 90210
Attention: Corporate Secretary
Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized
by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any
Right Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made
if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address
is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:
The Chase Manhattan Bank
400 South Hope Street
4th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the
Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate shall be
sufficiently given or made if sent by
-55-
<PAGE>
first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of
such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.
Section 27. SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS. The Company may
from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of
any holders of Right Certificates in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct
or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or
inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other
provisions with respect to the Rights which the Company may deem necessary or
desirable, any such supplement or amendment to be evidenced by a writing
signed by the Company and the Rights Agent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that from and
after such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, this Agreement
shall not be amended in any manner which would adversely affect the interests
of the holders of Rights. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company may at
any time prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person amend
this Agreement to lower the thresholds set forth in Sections 1(a) and 3(a) to
not less than the greater of (i) the sum of .001% and the largest percentage
of the outstanding Common Shares then known by the Company to be beneficially
owned by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company,
any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company,
any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the
-56-
<PAGE>
terms of any such plan, or Unitrin and its subsidiaries) and (ii) 10%.
Section 28. SUCCESSORS. All the covenants and provisions
of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent
shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and
assigns hereunder.
Section 29. BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT. Nothing in this
Agreement shall be construed to give to any person or corporation other than
the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right
Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares) any
legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this
Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the
Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior
to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares).
Section 30. SEVERABILITY. If any term, provision,
covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent
jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the
remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be
affected, impaired or invalidated.
Section 31. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and each Right
Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a con-
-57-
<PAGE>
tract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable
to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.
Section 32. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed
in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all
purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall
together constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 33. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS. Descriptive headings
of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only
and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the
provisions hereof.
-58-
<PAGE>
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Agreement to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first
above written.
Attest: UNOVA, INC.
By /s/ Virginia S. Young By /s/ Norm L. Roberts
--------------------- ----------------------
Name: Virginia S. Young Name: Norm L. Roberts
Title: Vice President Title: Senior Vice President
and Secretary
Attest: THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
By /s/ Mary Chan By /s/ Eric Leason
--------------------- ----------------------
Name: Mary Chan Name: Eric Leason
Title: Assistant Vice Title: Vice President
President
-59-
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT A
Form of Right Certificate
Certificate No. R- ____ Rights
NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER SEPTEMBER 24, 2007 OR EARLIER IF REDEMPTION OR
EXCHANGE OCCURS. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $.01 PER
RIGHT AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.
Right Certificate
UNOVA, INC.
This certifies that ___________, or registered assigns,
is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of
which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of September 24, 1997 (the
"Rights Agreement"), between UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and The Chase Manhattan Bank (the "Rights Agent"), to purchase
from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is
defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time,
on September 24, 2007 at the principal office of the Rights Agent, or at the
office of its successor as Rights Agent, one one-hundredth of a fully paid
non-assessable share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par
value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Shares"), of the Company, at a purchase
price of $70 per one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share (the "Purchase
Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Right Certificate with the
Form of Election to Purchase duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced
by this Right Certificate (and the number of one one-hundredths of a
Preferred Share which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above,
and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as
of September 24, 1997, based on the Preferred Shares as constituted at such
date. As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number
of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon the
exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are subject to
modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.
This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms,
provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions
and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part
hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full
description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and
immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the
Right
A-1
<PAGE>
Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal
executive offices of the Company and the above-mentioned offices of the Rights
Agent.
This Right Certificate, with or without other Right
Certificates, upon surrender at the principal office of the Rights Agent, may
be exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like
tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like
aggregate number of Preferred Shares as the Rights evidenced by the Right
Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder
to purchase. If this Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the
holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Right
Certificate or Right Certificates for the number of whole Rights not
exercised.
Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the
Rights evidenced by this Certificate (i) may be redeemed by the Company at a
redemption price of $.01 per Right or (ii) may be exchanged in whole or in
part for Preferred Shares or shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value
$.01 per share.
No fractional Preferred Shares will be issued upon the
exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which
are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, which may,
at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), but in
lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement.
No holder of this Right Certificate shall be entitled to
vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the
Preferred Shares or of any other securities of the Company which may at any
time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the
Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as
such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote
for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at
any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action,
or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders
(except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or
subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by
this Right Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights
Agreement.
This Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory
for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.
A-2
<PAGE>
WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of
the Company and its corporate seal. Dated as of ___________________, _____.
ATTEST: UNOVA, INC.
_____________________________ By ____________________
Name: Name:
Title: Title:
Countersigned:
THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
_____________________________
Name:
Title:
A-3
<PAGE>
Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate
FORM OF ASSIGNMENT
(To be executed by the registered holder if such
holder desires to transfer the Right Certificate.)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED _________________________________________
hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _______________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
(Please print name and address of transferee)
___________________________________________________________________________
this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and
does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________Attorney, to
transfer the within Right Certificate on the books of the within-named Company,
with full power of substitution.
Dated:_______________________,____
-------------------------
Signature
Signature Guaranteed:
Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a
registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an
office or correspondent in the United States.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights
evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by an
Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the
Rights Agreement).
---------------------------
Signature
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A-4
<PAGE>
Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate -- continued
FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE
(To be executed if holder desires to exercise
Rights represented by the Right Certificate.)
To: UNOVA, INC.
The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise
_____________________ Rights represented by this Right Certificate to purchase
the Preferred Shares or Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Rights
and requests that such Preferred Shares or Common Shares be issued in the name
of:
Please insert social security
or other identifying number
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please print name and address)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Right
Certificate, a new Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights
shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:
Please insert social security
or other identifying number
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please print name and address)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dated: ______________,___
_______________________________
Signature
Signature Guaranteed:
Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a
registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an
office or correspondent in the United States.
A-5
<PAGE>
Form of Reverse Side of Right Certificate -- continued
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights
evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by an
Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the
Rights Agreement).
____________________________
Signature
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTICE
The signature in the Form of Assignment or Form of
Election to Purchase, as the case may be, must conform to the name as written
upon the face of this Right Certificate in every particular, without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
In the event the certification set forth above in the
Form of Assignment or the Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be,
is not completed, the Company and the Rights Agent will deem the beneficial
owner of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate to be an Acquiring
Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights
Agreement) and such Assignment or Election to Purchase will not be honored.
A-6
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 10D
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") dated as of October
__, 1997 by and between Western Atlas Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Western
Atlas") and UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("UNOVA"), which, as of the
date hereof, is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Western Atlas.
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Western Atlas has decided to
distribute all of the stock of UNOVA to the shareholders of Western Atlas in
a transaction intended to qualify under Section 355 of the Code (the
"Distribution");
WHEREAS, Western Atlas and UNOVA are entering into a Distribution
and Indemnity Agreement (the "Distribution Agree-ment") which, among other
things, together with the annexes to the Distribution Agreement, sets forth
the principal corporate transactions required to effect the Distribution and
sets forth other agreements that will govern certain other matters following
the Distribution; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the Distribution, Western Atlas and
UNOVA desire to provide for the allocation of assets and liabilities and
other matters relating to employee benefit plans and compensation
arrangements;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements,
provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, Western Atlas and UNOVA
agree as follows:
Section 1. Definitions.
Terms used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the
meanings set forth in the Distribution Agreement. As used in this Agreement
the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be
equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the term defined):
Affiliate: with respect to a Person, any Person controlled by,
controlling or under common control with such Person.
Benefit Plan: any Plan, existing on or prior to the Distribution
Date which was established by any member of the Western Atlas Group or the
UNOVA Group, or any predecessor or Affiliate of any of the foregoing, to
which any member of the Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group contributes,
has contributed, is required to
<PAGE>
contribute or has been required to contribute, or under which any employee,
former employee, director or former director of any member of the Western
Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group or any beneficiary thereof is covered, is
eligible for coverage or has benefits rights.
Code: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Current Plan Year: the plan year during which the Distribution
Date occurs.
Distribution Date: the date on which the Distribution is effected.
ERISA: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.
Existing Retirement Plans: the Western Atlas Inc. Retirement Plan,
the Landis Tool Pension Plan and the Retirement Plan of the von Gal
Operations of Western Atlas Inc.
Group: the Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group.
Liability: any debt, liability or obligation, whether absolute or
contingent, matured or unmatured, liqui dated or unliquidated, accrued or
unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising, and whether or not the same
would properly be reflected on a balance sheet, and all costs and expenses
related thereto.
Nonqualified Plan: any Plan that provides retirement benefits and
is not intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.
Person: an individual, a partnership, a joint ven ture, a
corporation, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated
organization or a government or any department or agency thereof.
Plan: any bonus, incentive compensation, deferred compensation,
pension, profit sharing, retirement, stock option, stock purchase, stock
ownership, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, leave of absence,
layoff, vacation, day or dependent care, legal services, cafeteria, life,
health (in cluding medical, dental and vision care), accident, disability,
severance, pay in lieu of notice, separation, workers' compen sation, travel
or other employee benefit plan, practice, policy or arrangement of any kind
(including, but not limited to, any "employee benefit plan" (within the
meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA)).
-2-
<PAGE>
Prior Plan Year: to the extent applicable with respect to any
Plan, any plan year that ended on or prior to the Distribution Date.
Qualified Plan: a Plan which is an employee benefit pension plan
(within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA) and which is intended to
qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code.
Subsidiary: a corporation more than 50% of the voting power of
whose outstanding voting securities are owned directly or indirectly by
another specified corporation.
UNOVA Common Stock: the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of
UNOVA.
UNOVA-only Director: any director of UNOVA immediately after the
Distribution Date who was a director of Western Atlas immediately prior to
the Distribution Date, but who ceases to be a director of Western Atlas in
connection with the Distribution.
UNOVA Employee: any individual who immediately after the
Distribution Date is an officer or employee of the UNOVA Group.
UNOVA Former Employee: any terminated employee of Western Atlas
who was, as of such employee's termination of employment, principally
employed (i) in the business which will be conducted by the UNOVA Group or
(ii) at the corporate headquarters of Western Atlas, and any beneficiary or
dependent of any such terminated employee.
UNOVA Group: UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries and Affiliates.
UNOVA Inc. Pension Plan: the Western Atlas Inc. Re tirement Plan
assumed by UNOVA on or prior to the Distribution Date and renamed the UNOVA
Inc. Pension Plan.
UNOVA Option Plan: the UNOVA 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.
UNOVA Participant: any individual, with respect to a particular
Plan maintained by the UNOVA Group or the Western Atlas Group, who (i) is a
UNOVA Employee and who is eligible to participate in such Plan, (ii) at any
time after the Distribution Date is or becomes an officer or employee of any
member of the UNOVA Group and is eligible to participate in such Plan or
(iii) is a beneficiary or dependent of any individual described in clause (i)
or (ii).
-3-
<PAGE>
UNOVA Subsidiaries: any direct or indirect Subsidiary of UNOVA at
or after the Distribution.
Welfare Plan: any Plan, other than a Qualified Plan, which
provides medical, health, disability, accident, life in surance, death,
dental or other welfare benefits, including any post-employment benefits or
retiree medical, life insurance or other such benefits.
Western Atlas Bonus Plan: the Western Atlas Inc. 1995 Incentive
Compensation Plan and the Western Atlas Inc. Individual Performance Award
Plan, and any other cash incentive plan in which both UNOVA Employees and
Western Atlas Employees participated.
Western Atlas Employee: any individual who immediately after the
Distribution Date is an officer or employee of a member of the Western Atlas
Group.
Western Atlas Former Employee: any terminated employee of Western
Atlas other than a UNOVA Former Employee.
Western Atlas FSSP: the Western Atlas Financial Security and
Savings Program.
Western Atlas Group: Western Atlas and the Subsidiaries and
Affiliates of Western Atlas, other than UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries and
Affiliates.
Western Atlas Indemnitee: each member of the Western Atlas Group
and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (but
only in their capacities as such) and each of the heirs, executors,
successors and assigns of any of the foregoing.
Western Atlas Miscellaneous Plans: any Benefit Plan, other than
any Qualified Plan, Nonqualified Plan, Welfare Plan, Western Atlas Bonus Plan
or Western Atlas Stock Option Plan.
Western Atlas Nonqualified Plans: the Supplemental Retirement
Agreement between Western Atlas Inc. and Alton J. Brann (dated March 17,
1994), the Western Atlas Inc. Restoration Plan, the Western Atlas Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and the Western Atlas Inc. Deferred
Compensation Plan for Directors.
Western Atlas Option: an option to purchase shares of Western
Atlas Common Stock granted pursuant to a Western Atlas Stock Option Plan or
assumed by Western Atlas under Plans of Norand Corporation.
Western Atlas Participant: any individual who is a participant in
any Benefit Plan and is not a UNOVA Participant or UNOVA Former Employee, and
any beneficiary or dependent of such individual.
-4-
<PAGE>
Western Atlas Stock Option Plans: the Western Atlas Inc. Director
Stock Option Plan and the Western Atlas Inc. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan.
Section 2. Offers of Employment; Assumption of Employment,
Severance and Consulting Agreements.
(a) On or prior to the Distribution Date, the UNOVA Group shall
offer to employ, to the extent required in this Section 2(a), each employee
employed by the Western Atlas Group who is principally employed by Western
Atlas in connection with the Western Atlas industrial automation systems
businesses which will be conducted by the UNOVA Group following the
Distribution and each Western Atlas corporate headquarters employee, except
as may otherwise be agreed upon by Western Atlas and UNOVA with respect to
any particular Western Atlas corporate headquarters employees. The employees
to be offered employment by the UNOVA Group shall include all active and
inactive employees of such businesses, including all employees laid-off,
disabled or on leave of absence, unless their employment with the Western
Atlas Group has been terminated. The UNOVA Group is not obligated to employ
any such employees of the Western Atlas Group who decline employment with the
UNOVA Group, and Western Atlas shall not be obligated to continue the
employment of such employees.
(b) Western Atlas and UNOVA agree that with respect to individuals
who, in connection with the Distribution, cease to be employees of the
Western Atlas Group and become employees of the UNOVA Group, such cessation
shall not be deemed a severance of employment from either Group for purposes
of any Plan or agreement that provides for the payment of severance, salary
continuation or similar benefits or stock repurchase rights and, in
connection with the Distribution, if and to the extent appropriate, Western
Atlas and UNOVA shall use their best efforts (without payment of monetary
compensation) to obtain waivers from individuals against any such assertion.
(c) The UNOVA Group shall assume and be solely responsible for,
and shall indemnify the Western Atlas Group against, all liabilities and
obligations whatsoever in connection with claims made by or on behalf of
UNOVA Employees or UNOVA Former Employees in respect of severance pay, salary
continuation and similar obligations relating to the termination or alleged
termination of any such person's employment either before, on or after the
Distribution Date.
-5-
<PAGE>
Section 3. Cash Bonus Plans.
(a) Western Atlas shall be responsible for the payment of all
Liabilities for benefits due and payable but unpaid as of and through the
Distribution Date under each Western Atlas Bonus Plan with respect to any
Prior Plan Year (other than the Current Plan Year), other than with respect
to benefits due and payable to UNOVA Participants or UNOVA Former Employees.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) below, under each Western
Atlas Bonus Plan, the UNOVA Group shall be responsible for the payment of all
Liabilities for benefits to UNOVA Participants and UNOVA Former Employees due
and payable after the Distribution Date or due and payable but unpaid as of
and through the Distribution Date, including the portions of awards made
prior to the Distribution Date which are not payable prior to the
Distribution Date.
(c) Prior to the Distribution Date, Western Atlas shall determine
1997 annual bonus awards under the Western Atlas Bonus Plans for UNOVA
Employees who are Western Atlas corporate headquarters employees. Such
awards shall be pro rated based upon the portion of the 1997 bonus year which
had expired as of the Distribution Date. Western Atlas shall pay a portion
of the cash bonus prior to the Distribution Date (the bonus amount that is up
to 50% of the employee's base salary earned for 1997 prior to the
Distribution Date), and UNOVA shall pay the balance of the bonus following
the Distribution Date in installments pursuant to the terms of the Western
Atlas Bonus Plans.
(d) Following the end of 1997, UNOVA shall determine 1997 annual
bonus awards for UNOVA Employees who were not Western Atlas corporate
headquarters employees, and shall make such payments to such UNOVA Employees.
(e) For purposes of the Western Atlas Bonus Plans, individuals
who, in connection with the Distribution, cease to be employees of Western
Atlas and become UNOVA Employees shall not be deemed to have terminated
employment under such Plans as a result of becoming UNOVA Employees for
purposes of receiving installments of prior year "Final Awards" under the
Western Atlas Bonus Plans. To the extent applicable, for purposes of
receiving payments of installments of prior year "Final Awards" under the
Western Atlas Bonus Plans, UNOVA Employees must at the time such payment is
due (i) be in the active employ of UNOVA or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of
UNOVA, (ii) have terminated employment with UNOVA by reason of death, or
"Disability" or "Retirement" (as defined in the UNOVA Option Plan) or (iii)
be on an "Approved Leave of Absence" (as determined by
-6-
<PAGE>
the UNOVA Compensation Committee or, prior to the Distribution, by the
Western Atlas Compensation Committee but including, without limitation, a
leave of absence for purposes of service in the Armed Services of the United
States).
Section 4. Stock Options.
Western Atlas shall take all action necessary to amend (if
necessary), or otherwise provide for adjustments of outstanding awards under,
the Western Atlas Stock Option Plan, so that each outstanding Western Atlas
Option will be adjusted by (i) multiplying the number of shares of Western
Atlas Common Stock subject to the option by the Adjustment Factor and (ii)
dividing the exercise price per share of the option by the Ad justment
Factor. For these purposes, the "Adjustment Factor" is defined as the
quotient obtained by dividing (x) the Average Market Price of the Western
Atlas Common Stock plus the Average Market Price of the UNOVA Common Stock by
(y) the Average Market Price of the Western Atlas Common Stock. The "Average
Market Price" of Western Atlas Common Stock or UNOVA Common Stock, as the
case may be, is defined to be the average of the high and low daily prices of
such security as reported on the NYSE Composite Tape (or, if not listed on
such exchange, on any other national securities exchange on which the Western
Atlas Common Stock or the UNOVA Common Stock is listed or on NASDAQ) on the
sixth through tenth trading days, inclusive, following the Distribution Date.
Each Western Atlas Option held by a UNOVA Employee who, in (a) connection
with the Distribution, ceases to be a Western Atlas Employee and becomes a
UNOVA Employee, shall be amended to provide that (i) service with UNOVA shall
be deemed continuous service with Western Atlas for purposes of vesting,
exercisability and the duration of such Western Atlas Option and (ii) to
avoid the potential loss of the opportunity to exercise such Western Atlas
Option following a "Change in Control" of UNOVA (as defined in the UNOVA
Option Plan), such Western Atlas Option held by UNOVA Employees shall
immediately vest and become exercisable upon a Change in Control of UNOVA.
Each Western Atlas Option held by a UNOVA-only Director shall be vested and
exercisable in full on the Distribution Date, and each such Western Atlas
Option shall remain exercisable until the later of (A) ten years following
the date of grant of such option by Western Atlas and (B) three years
following the first to occur of the date of retirement or resignation of the
UNOVA-only Director as a director of UNOVA (or the failure of such UNOVA-only
Director to be reelected as a director of UNOVA), the UNOVA-only Director's
total or permanent disability or his death.
-7-
<PAGE>
Section 5. Qualified Plans.
(a) Effective on or prior to the Distribution Date, UNOVA shall
assume sponsorship of the Existing Retirement Plans. The Western Atlas Inc.
Retirement Plan shall be renamed the UNOVA, Inc. Pension Plan. The other two
Existing Retirement Plans will remain as frozen plans with no further benefit
accruals thereunder. The UNOVA, Inc. Pension Plan shall continue to provide
benefits for all individuals who, immediately prior to the Distribution Date,
were participants in the Western Atlas Inc. Retirement Plan. UNOVA agrees
that each such participant shall be, to the extent applicable, entitled, for
all purposes under the UNOVA, Inc. Pension Plan (including, without
limitation, eligibility, vesting and benefit accrual), to be credited with
the term of service credited to such participant as of the Distribution Date
under the terms of the Western Atlas Inc. Retirement Plan as if such service
had been rendered to UNOVA and had originally been credited to such
participant under the UNOVA, Inc. Pension Plan and shall have the same
accrued benefit under the UNOVA, Inc. Pension Plan immediately following the
Distribution Date as was accrued under the Western Atlas Inc. Retirement Plan
as of the Distribution Date. Western Atlas shall, as soon as practicable
after the Distribution Date, provide UNOVA with such additional information
(in the possession of the Western Atlas Group and not already in the
possession of the UNOVA Group) as may be reasonably requested by UNOVA and
necessary in order for the UNOVA Group to establish and administer
effectively the Existing Retirement Plans assumed by UNOVA.
(b) Effective on or prior to the Distribution Date, UNOVA shall
assume sponsorship of the Western Atlas FSSP and the Western Atlas FSSP shall
be renamed the UNOVA, Inc. Financial Security and Savings Program (the "UNOVA
FSSP"). UNOVA agrees that all service credited under the Western Atlas FSSP
as of the Distribution Date with respect to Western Atlas FSSP participants
shall be credited under the UNOVA FSSP for all Plan purposes, including
eligibility and vesting.
(c) From and after the Distribution Date, the Western Atlas Group
shall cease to have any Liability whatsoever with respect to participants
under the Western Atlas Inc. Retirement Plan or the Western Atlas FSSP, and
UNOVA and the UN-OVA, Inc. Pension Plan and the UNOVA FSSP, as the case may
be, shall assume or retain sole responsibility for, and shall indemnify the
Western Atlas Indemnitees with respect to, all Liabilities of either Group
with respect to participants under the UNOVA, Inc. Pension Plan and the UNOVA
FSSP.
-8-
<PAGE>
Section 6. Nonqualified Retirement Plans.
Effective as of the Distribution Date, UNOVA shall assume, and
shall indemnify the Western Atlas Indemnitees from and against, all
Liabilities with respect to the Supplemental Retirement Agreement between
Western Atlas Inc. and Alton J. Brann (dated March 17, 1994) and all
participants under the Western Atlas Inc. Restoration Plan, (ii) UNOVA
Participants and UNOVA Former Employees under the Western Atlas Inc.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan and (iii) UNOVA-only Directors under
the Western Atlas Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors. UNOVA
represents that it has established plans on substantially the same terms as
the Western Atlas Nonqualified Plans pursuant to which each participant for
whom UNOVA has assumed Liabilities will be credited with the term of service
credited to such participant as of the Distribution Date under the Western
Atlas Nonqualified Plans, as if such service had been rendered to UNOVA.
Section 7. Deferred Compensation.
Effective as of the Distribution Date, UNOVA shall assume and
indemnify the Western Atlas Indemnitees from and against all Liabilities with
respect to UNOVA Participants and UNOVA Former Employees in connection with
any deferred compensation plans.
Section 8. Welfare Plans.
(a) Effective on or prior to the Distribution Date, UNOVA shall
assume the Western Atlas Inc. Employees Welfare Benefit Trust, and such trust
shall be renamed the UNOVA, Inc. Employees Welfare Benefit Trust (the "UNOVA
Trust"). Effective as of the Distribution Date, UNOVA shall be responsible
for and shall indemnify the Western Atlas Indemnitees from and against all
Liabilities arising under any Welfare Plan with respect to claims by UNOVA
Participants or UNOVA Former Employees for benefits incurred prior to or
after the Distribution Date pursuant to the terms of the applicable Plan.
(b) Effective on or prior to the Distribution Date, UNOVA shall
assume sponsorship of the Welfare Plans maintained by Western Atlas in which
UNOVA Employees participate. In connection with the foregoing, Western Atlas
agrees to provide UNOVA or its designated insurance representative with such
information (in the possession of the Western Atlas Group and not already in
the possession of the UNOVA Group) as may be reasonably requested by UNOVA
and necessary for the UNOVA Group to assume or establish any such Welfare
Plan, and UNOVA agrees to provide Western Atlas or its designated insurance
representative with similar information. Split-dollar insurance policies
-9-
<PAGE>
noted on Exhibit A as UNOVA policies shall be assumed by UNOVA, and
split-dollar insurance policies noted on Exhibit A as Western Atlas policies
shall remain with Western Atlas.
Section 9. Western Atlas Miscellaneous Plans;
Post-Distribution Liabilities.
(a) The Western Atlas Group shall be solely responsible for the
payment of all Liabilities whatsoever with respect to any Western Atlas
Participant or Western Atlas Former Employee unpaid as of and through the
Distribution Date under any Western Atlas Miscellaneous Plan and the UNOVA
Group shall assume and be solely responsible for the payment of all
Liabilities with respect to any UNOVA Participant or UNOVA Former Employee
unpaid as of and through the Distribution Date under any Western Atlas
Miscellaneous Plan.
(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Western
Atlas Group shall be solely responsible for the payment of all Liabilities
whatsoever arising with respect to any Western Atlas Employee or Western
Atlas Former Employee and attributable to any period subsequent to the
Distribution Date and the UNOVA Group shall be solely responsible for the
payment of all Liabilities whatsoever arising with respect to any UNOVA
Employee or UNOVA Former Employee and attributable to any period subsequent
to the Distribution Date.
Section 10. Preservation of Rights to Amend or Terminate
Plans.
No provisions of this Agreement, including the agreement or
representation of Western Atlas or UNOVA that it, or any member of the
Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group, will make or has made a contribution
or payment to or under any Plan herein referred to for any period, shall be
construed as a limitation on the right of Western Atlas or UNOVA or any
member of the Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group to amend such Plan or
terminate its participation therein which Western Atlas or UNOVA or any
member of the Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group would otherwise have
under the terms of such Plan or otherwise, and no provision of this Agreement
shall be construed to create a right in any employee or former employee or
beneficiary of such employee or former employee under a Plan which such
employee or former employee or beneficiary would not otherwise have under the
terms of the Plan itself.
Section 11. Reimbursement; Indemnification.
Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that the Western Atlas
Group, on the one hand, and the UNOVA Group, on
-10-
<PAGE>
the other hand, may incur costs and expenses (including contributions to
Plans and the payment of insurance premiums) arising from or related to any
of the Plans which are, as set forth in this Agreement, the responsibility of
the other party hereto. Accordingly, Western Atlas and UNOVA agree to
reimburse each other, as soon as practicable but in any event within 30 days
of receipt from the other party of appropriate verification, for all such
costs and expenses.
Section 12. Transfer of Reserves.
To the extent that any Liability assumed by any member of the UNOVA
Group hereunder is secured by a reserve on the books of Western Atlas, such
reserve shall be transferred from Western Atlas to the books of UNOVA as soon
as practicable on or following the Distribution Date.
Section 13. Further Transfers.
Western Atlas and UNOVA recognize that there may be UNOVA Employees
who will, after the Distribution Date, become employed by Western Atlas and
there may be Western Atlas Employees who become employed, after the
Distribution Date, by UNOVA and there may be UNOVA Former Employees or
Western Atlas Former Employees who are hired by Western Atlas or UNOVA,
respectively. If Western Atlas and UNOVA so agree with respect to any such
individuals, the assets and liabilities with respect to such employees which
are associated with the plans and programs described in this Agreement may be
transferred and assumed in a manner consistent with this Agreement and such
employees will be treated as Western Atlas Employees or UNOVA Employees, as
the case may be. Any such transfers or assumptions and treatment of
employees will be considered to be governed by the terms of this Agreement
and shall not require the agreement of Western Atlas and UNOVA if they occur
within 3 months following the Distribution Date.
Section 14. Officers and Employees.
Except as otherwise agreed by the parties hereto, effective as of
the Distribution Date, all officers or employees of the UNOVA Group who are
acting as directors or officers of the Western Atlas Group and are UNOVA
Employees shall resign from such positions with the Western Atlas Group.
Section 15. Other Liabilities; Guarantee of Obligations.
(a) As of the Distribution Date, UNOVA shall assume and be solely
responsible for all Liabilities whatsoever of the Western Atlas Group with
respect to claims made by the UNOVA
-11-
<PAGE>
Employees or UNOVA Former Employees relating to any Liability not otherwise
expressly provided for in this Agreement, including earned salary, wages,
bonus, incentive or severance payments or other compensation and accrued
sick, holiday, vacation, health, dental or retirement benefits, regardless of
whether such Liability was incurred before or after the Distribution Date.
In the event of any claim pursuant to which UNOVA may be required to
indemnify Western Atlas with respect to any such Liability, UNOVA shall have
all of the rights and obligations of an "Indemnifying Party" that are
provided under Section 4.4 of the Distribution Agreement and Western Atlas
shall have all of the rights and obligations of an Indemnified Party that are
provided under Section 4.4 of the Distribution Agreement.
(b) As of the Distribution Date, Western Atlas shall assume and be
solely responsible for all Liabilities whatsoever of the UNOVA Group with
respect to claims made by the Western Atlas Employees or Western Atlas Former
Employees relating to any Liability not otherwise expressly provided for in
this Agreement, including earned salary, wages, bonus, incentive or severance
payments or other compensation and accrued sick, holiday, vacation, health,
dental or retirement benefits, regardless of whether such Liability was
incurred before or after the Distribution Date. In the event of any claim
pursuant to which Western Atlas may be required to indemnify UNOVA with
respect to any such Liability, Western Atlas shall have all of the rights and
obligations of an "Indemnifying Party" that are provided under Section 4.4 of
the Distribution Agreement and UNOVA shall have all of the rights and
obligations of an Indemnified Party that are provided under Section 4.4 of
the Distribution Agreement.
(c) Effective immediately after the Distribution, and in
connection with the assumption by UNOVA of obligations with respect to
employees of the UNOVA Subsidiaries, UNOVA shall cause each corporation which
will become an UNOVA Subsidiary, to perform, and guarantees the performance
of, each and every obligation of such UNOVA Subsidiaries with respect to the
provisions of this Agreement.
Section 16. Compliance.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the
extent any actions of the parties contemplated in this Agreement are
determined prior to the Distribution Date to violate law or result in
unintended tax liability
-12-
<PAGE>
for Western Atlas Participants or Western Atlas Former Employees or UNOVA
Participants or UNOVA Former Employees, such action may be modified to avoid
such violation of law or unintended tax liability.
Section 17. Termination of Participation.
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the participation of
UNOVA Participants in any Benefit Plan sponsored or maintained by Western
Atlas shall cease as of the Distribution Date.
Section 18. Complete Agreement.
This Agreement, together with the Distribution Agreement, and the
Annexes and Schedules thereto, shall constitute the entire agreement between
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall
supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to
such subject matter.
Section 19. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware (other than the laws regarding choice
of laws and conflicts of laws) as to all matters, including matters of
validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.
Section 20. Notices.
All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications
hereunder (collectively, "Notices") shall be in writing and shall be given
(and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in
person, by cable, telegram, telex, telecopy or other standard form of
telecommunications, or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
return receipt requested, addressed as follows:
If to Western Atlas:
Western Atlas Inc.
10205 Westheimer Road
Houston, Texas 77042
Attention: General Counsel
-13-
<PAGE>
If to UNOVA:
UNOVA, Inc.
360 North Crescent Drive
Beverly Hills, California 90210
Attention: General Counsel
or to such other address as any party hereto may have furnished to the other
parties by a notice in writing in accordance with this Section 20.
Section 21. Amendment and Modification.
This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by a
written agreement signed by Western Atlas and UNOVA, Inc.
Section 22. Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party
Beneficiaries.
This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding
upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and
permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights,
interests and obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any party hereto
without the prior written consent of each of the other parties (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld). This Agreement is solely for the
benefit of the parties hereto and their Subsidiaries and is not intended to
confer upon any other Persons any rights or remedies hereunder.
Section 23. Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute
one and the same instrument.
Section 24. Interpretation.
The Section headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the
purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the parties hereto and
shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 25. Termination.
Notwithstanding any provision hereof, this Agreement may be
terminated at any time prior to the Distribution Date. Any termination of the
Distribution Agreement shall result in
-14-
<PAGE>
the termination of this Agreement. In the event of such termination, no
party hereto shall have any Liability to any Person by reason of this
Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement
to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
WESTERN ATLAS INC.
By:____________________________
UNOVA, INC.
By:____________________________
-15-
